ML092120031: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(3 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 15: Line 15:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Appendix 0 Facility:
{{#Wiki_filter:Appendix 0                                   J.ob. Performance Measure                       Form ES-C':'1 Worksheet Facility:                SheEiron Harris*                            Task' No.:       301005H4or Task
SheEiron Harris* J.ob. Performance Measure Worksheet Form ES-C':'1 Task' No.: 301005H4or Task Title: . Determine Rod Misalignment Using JPM No.: 2009a NRC JPM Thermocouples ROA1-1 KIA  
 
==Title:==
. Determine Rod Misalignment Using           JPM No.:         2009a NRC JPM Thermocouples                                               ROA1-1 KIA  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
****
****       G2;17             4.4/4.7 Examinee:                                                       NRC Examiner:
G2;17 4.4/4.7 Examinee:
Facility Evaluator:                                             Oate: _ _............
NRC Examiner:
Simulated Performance: _--,-                                    ActuaiPerformance:           x Classroom
Facility Evaluator:
                                                        ----      Plant';
Oate: __ ............
                                                                            .~----
Simulated Performance: ActuaiPerformance:
twill explain the initial conditions; which steps to simulate or dr$cj~ilandprovide initiating*
x Classroom Plant'; ----
. cues. When you complete the task successfuUy. the objective for thl$ Job Performance .
twill explain the initial conditions; which steps to simulate or initiating* . cues. When you complete the task successfuUy.
Measure will be satisfied.         .
the objective for thl$ Job Performance . Measure will be satisfied. . Initial Conditions:
Initial Conditions:       The plant was at 90 perceot power, with ~*. loaddecrease in progress, when the. USCO. noticed that the DRPlindication for rod H02 was reading 24 stepshigherthan.the group demand, The load.decrease.has been stopped and AOp~01 entered;*                         ..               .
Initiating Cue: Task Standard:
Initiating Cue:            The USCO has directed you to calculate the temperature difference between thermocouple(s) adjacent to the misaligned rod and the average of symmetric therrnocouple(s), using Attachment 2 of AOP-001 and the provided TIC Core Maps.
Required Materials:
Task Standard:            All calculatiom;; withiri +/- 2° of actual.
The plant was at 90 perceot power, with *. loaddecrease in progress, when the. USCO. noticed that the DRPlindication for rod H02 was reading 24 stepshigherthan.the group demand, The load.decrease.has been stopped and entered;*  
Required Materials:        Calculator General  
.. . The USCO has directed you to calculate the temperature difference between thermocouple(s) adjacent to the misaligned rod and the average of symmetric therrnocouple(s), using Attachment 2 of AOP-001 and the provided TIC Core Maps. All calculatiom;;
withiri +/- 2° of actual. Calculator General  


==References:==
==References:==
AOP-001, Attachment 1 and Attachment2, Rev. 32 and Tech Specs Handouts:                  JPM Cue Sheets Pages 10-11 AOP-001, Attachments 1 and 2, (Rev. 32)
Time Critical Task:        No Validation Time:          12 minutes 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A1-1 FINAL
AppendixC                              Page 2 of 11 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION' Start Time: ______'
Performance Step: 1  OBTAIN PROCEDURE {provided with handout)
Standard:            Obtains AOP-OOtand refer$ to Attachmentst and 2:;
./ Performance Step: 2  . DETERMINETHERMOCOUPLEf6CATION(S) ADJAC~NT TO' THE MISALIGNED ROD USING THE CORE GRID MAP (SHEET 1). AND CIRCLE LOC~tION($) IN TABLE ABOVe.
THESE THERMOCOUPLE~(~J.AR~ AFFECTED.
                                                    , .y/
Using th$;doregrid map':; (Attachment' 2" .page {';Of2),
Determines:;aff$cledthermocot.!ple&
to be G02;JQ2, and HOS, Circles G02, J02, and HOa;'onthert1ble (Attachment 2. page 20(2).'.
Comment 2009A NRC Admin EXam RO A 1-1 FINAL
AppendixC                                  Page 3 of11                                          Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION
./ Performance* Step,: .3    RECORD VALueS FOR ALL OPERABLE AFFECTED AND
                          . SYMMETRIC THERMOCOUPLeS USING THE RVLlS CONSOLE. OR ERFIS. SYMMETRIC THERMOCOUPLES ARE THOSE IN THE SAME ROW~.                                      .
                                                                        ,            ~ ,,
Standard:            . Locates'R'VL1S Con~pleand~ccesSes/T1C.COReMAP*forTrai~ .
A.and Train B. '{Prir'Ju>qt of RVlI$core map provided in handoutl                . .                  . .. \,' .
                          . Records value for  Affect~d:T6;c30~(e62<1F} an(jSymmetric te*
P07 (63eQF}~.C*            .':';ii
                                                          '. ~.;'
Record~ ~alUtl for Affected.~bJ02 (e28~f)~~d SymmetricTC P07 (~3eQf:).                    ... , *....
Records.v~l~e for Affec(et:i TC H03 (ase';f) .8.nd syrnmtittic tes; COS  (6~~~F). H13 (640;F})' and NOS (644<1F):..                    . ..
'/Performa.nce Step:.4      OETERMINETHE*AVERAd~bF SYMMETRICTHERMo. *.
COUPLES,. FOR EACH AFFECTED THERMOCOUPLE~
Standard:
Determines (636&deg;F) for G02's: $ymmetric TC Determines (640&deg;F +/- 2&deg;F)forHo3's SymmetricTC.
Determines (636&deg;F) forJ()~S Symmetric TO Comment:
If the candidate includestft, adjacent TCs With the EXAMINERS NOTE;        Symmetric TC numbers the averages will be wrong and the end result "Yill be. that 8. wrong final difference will be given:
(~;::t.F)                                          .
Determines ~ for G02's Symmetric TCs                                    .
                                    .'    f- 3~1cf!f Determines 64 <IF) for H03's SYmmetricTCs .
                            .'                Fl Determines            for J021s Symmetric TCs.
~--------~~----------~
                                          ~ 31M~
2009ANRCAdmin Exam                      ROA1~1  FINAL
AppendixC                                  . Page40f 11                                              Form ES..C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION
.;'." Performance Step: 5  CALCULATE THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN EACHAFFECTEO:
THERMOCOUPLE AND. THE AVERAGE OF ITS SYMMETRIC'
                          . THERMOCOUPLES."                                  'I"~~fo~ rt:;. GOX' it>pr.fct'"                HO~'
standard:                                                              . f!l!JF  ~r                .Jo~
a.nd their symmetricTCs.)
                                                        .                            g~er.~
Reports that temperature difference is.wit~1 O&deg;F~ .
                                                                                .'  v.**.* . . ". ',.
                            .      ",,"'>  ....... . . * * . .. c"i:f31~/D't:                    "
Evaluator Cue:
                                                      ,      >.:'.~,)}i' .                  <"
Terminating Cue:          Difference between'          ea~>affected" symmetric thermocouples has been calculated.
thermocouple EXAMINERS NOTE:*      If the candidate included the                                TCswith the          .
Symmetric TC n                ' . , averages would have been*
wron            e calculated difference would be 12&deg;F.
erepo.rt would be that the temperature difference is                              .
                            $Jreater than 10&deg;F. This report would provide the USCO with Inaccurate information.
2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A1-1 FINAL
AppendixC                                    .      Page 5 of 11                      Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION KEY Aftachmem:2~Adjacent
                    . . ...      . .....  ... ~d<Symmetri~
Sheet fot 3* Th~rmOc~~.lOCatitlnS R~ Control    Rod**
T - ThennooouPle 1+ *: Ttret1T!.oCQuplesabaoooned IJ:Y EC 4.100*7 AOP-001                                      Rev. 32                        Page4Uof47 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A1-1 FINAL
Appendix C                                      Page 60111 VE.RIFICATION OF' COMPLETION KEY MAlfUNCTION OF ROD CONIROLANO IHOICATtONSYSTEM Attaclmumt 2~ Adjacent ilfId Symmetric Tti~tlpfe lOCMI1$, .
Sheet2ofl.
* S1o,Eor.. J-IOS,)<Os,tmt1POS have 11~ .me~~ locatiollS~;*
* SymmetfictbermocoiJpIU are 1~in the~ row, s
y M
M E
T R
I C
: 1. &#xa3;):ETERMIHE thermocoop~e ~ca1iOO{S)adJacen11Oths misaligned reid tlSingtOre grt~ map (Sheet 1), AND CIRCLE iocatioo(s)in Tabfeabove;                              .
AOP-IJ1J1                                                                    ~41of47      .
2009A NRC Admin Exam ROA1-1 FINAL
AppendixC          Page 7 of 11      Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION
AppendixC                                            Page 8 of11        '.        ."
VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION KEY MAlfUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL.::ANO INDICATION SYSTEM RECORD b~lli:rwirtgln tie table belowi
            *.\ Adjacent rc  oomber . ' .      <:', .
                                                ~ ,,~ ..
                                                          "';v e ,              ..
          '. Adjacent TC WiUe: ush,; theR,vtlS Console., ERRS, or OSl",~f ';
            *. S>,mmetrieTC nI.lmbers (not including adjacent TCsl'                .* "
* S-ymm&flic Tt va~ fOr alfoPiSR/lSLETCS uS!ng~ RVUS' Cot1~;riRFi&, Or' Oal~Pf            .... : . . . . .          ....      ",
: 4. COMPARE eaen adjacent thermoCouple valu& fisted to imsymmetrlc thermocouple av~ for indit::aticn of a;nli:Sai~ rod. {REFER TO Attachment 11.)            .
                                        --END OF ATTACHMENT 2-~
Pa~42 r:l41' 20091\ NRC Admin Exam RO A1-1 FINAL


AOP-001, Attachment 1 and Attachment2, Rev. 32 and Tech Specs Handouts:
AppendixC                             Page90f11                    Form ES-C~1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETiON Job Performance ~a$ureN'tt;: 2009a NBCJPM RO/SROA1:"!'
JPM Cue Sheets Pages 10-11 AOP-001, Attachments 1 and 2, (Rev. 32) Time Critical Task: No Validation Time: 12 minutes 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A1-1 FINAL AppendixC Start Time: ______ ' Performance Step: 1 Standard:
./ Performance Step: 2 Comment Page 2 of 11 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION' OBTAIN PROCEDURE
{provided with handout) Obtains AOP-OOtand refer$ to Attachmentst and 2:; . DETERMINETHERMOCOUPLEf6CATION(S)
TO' THE MISALIGNED ROD USING THE CORE GRID MAP (SHEET 1). AND CIRCLE IN TABLE ABOVe. THESE AFFECTED. , .y/ Using th$;doregrid map':; (Attachment' 2" . page {';Of2), Determines:;aff$cledthermocot.!ple&
to be G02;JQ2, and HOS, . .: ",., .. " ,,' Circles G02, J02, and HOa;'onthert1ble (Attachment
: 2. page 20(2).'. 2009A NRC Admin EXam RO A 1-1 FINAL AppendixC
./ Performance*
Step,: .3 Standard:
'/Performa.nce Step:.4 Standard:
Comment: EXAMINERS NOTE; Page 3 of11 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Form ES-C-1 RECORD VALueS FOR ALL OPERABLE AFFECTED AND . SYMMETRIC THERMOCOUPLeS USING THE RVLlS CONSOLE. OR ERFIS. SYMMETRIC THERMOCOUPLES ARE THOSE IN THE SAME . , , , . Locates'R'VL1S . A.and Train B. '{Prir'Ju>qt of RVlI$core map provided in handoutl .. . . .. \,' . . Records value for an(jSymmetric te* P07 . ':';ii . .. . '.
for SymmetricTC P07 . .. , *.... ;..:::;>"",.
for Affec(et:i TC H03 (ase';f) .8.nd syrnmtittic tes; COS H13 (640;F})'
and NOS (644<1F):.. . ..
SYMMETRICTHERMo.
*. COUPLES,.
FOR EACH AFFECTED Determines (636&deg;F) for G02's: $ymmetric TC Determines (640&deg;F +/- 2&deg;F)forHo3's SymmetricTC.
Determines (636&deg;F)
Symmetric TO If the candidate includestft, adjacent TCs With the Symmetric TC numbers the averages will be wrong and the end result "Yill be. that 8. wrong final difference will be given: . Determines for G02's Symmetric TCs . . ' f-Determines 64 <IF) for H03's SYmmetricTCs . . ' Fl Determines for J02 1 s Symmetric TCs.
2009ANRCAdmin Exam FINAL AppendixC
.;'." Performance Step: 5 standard:
Evaluator Cue: Terminating Cue: EXAMINERS NOTE:* . Page40f 11 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Form ES .. C-1 CALCULATE THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN EACHAFFECTEO:
THERMOCOUPLE AND. THE AVERAGE OF ITS SYMMETRIC' . THERMOCOUPLES."
rt:;. GOX' it>pr.fct'" . f!l!JF a.nd their symmetricTCs.) .
'. > .... '.' . .' v.**.* .... ". ',. Reports that temperature difference is . . ",,"'> ....... ..**. .. " , . <" Difference between' thermocouple symmetric thermocouples has been calculated. . ... If the candidate included the TCswith the . Symmetric TC n '., averages would have been* wron e calculated difference would be 12&deg;F. erepo.rt would be that the temperature difference is . $Jreater than 10&deg;F. This report would provide the USCO with Inaccurate information.
2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A1-1 FINAL AppendixC . Page 5 of 11 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION KEY . . ... .. ..... ... Sheet fot 3* ... Control Rod** T -ThennooouPle 1+ *: Ttret1T!.oCQuplesabaoooned IJ:Y EC 4.100*7 AOP-001 Rev. 32 Form ES-C-1 Page4Uof47 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A 1-1 FINAL Appendix C s y M M E T R I C Page 60111 VE.RIFICATION OF' COMPLETION KEY MAlfUNCTION OF ROD CONIROLANO IHOICATtONSYSTEM Attaclmumt Adjacent ilfId Symmetric lOCMI1$, . Sheet2ofl.
* S1o,Eor .. J-IOS,)<Os,tmt1POS have
* SymmetfictbermocoiJpIU are row, , .. " . 1. &#xa3;):ETERMIHE misaligned reid tlSingtOre map (Sheet 1), AND CIRCLE iocatioo(s)in Tabfeabove; . AOP-IJ1J1 . 2009A NRC Admin Exam ROA1-1 FINAL AppendixC Page 7 of 11 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Form ES-C-1 AppendixC Page 8 of11 '. ." VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION KEY MAlfUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL.::ANO INDICATION SYSTEM . . . . RECORD tie table belowi .. *. \ Adjacent rc oomber .. ' . <:', . "';v e , .. '. Adjacent TC WiUe: ush,; theR,vtlS Console., ERRS, or
'; *. S>,mmetrieTC nI.lmbers (not including adjacent TCsl' .* "
* S-ymm&flic Tt fOr alfoPiSR/lSLETCS RVUS' Or'
.... :..... .... ", .:;:. 4. COMPARE eaen adjacent thermoCouple valu& fisted to imsymmetrlc thermocouple for indit::aticn of rod. {REFER TO Attachment 11.) . --END OF ATTACHMENT r:l41' 20091\ NRC Admin Exam RO A1-1 FINAL AppendixC Page90f11 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETiON Job Performance 2009a NBCJPM RO/SROA1:"!'
DETERMJNEROO MISALIGNMENT USING, THERMOCOUPLES*
DETERMJNEROO MISALIGNMENT USING, THERMOCOUPLES*
Number of Attempts:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Question:  
Time to C6mplete~.
... Response:.
Question: ...
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiner's Signature:  
Response:.
*.Oate:.
Result:                     SAT           UNSAT Examiner's Signature: * . O a t e : .
Form 20Q9A NRC Admin. Exam RO FINAL AppendixC Initial Conditions:
                      ~----~----------------
Initiating Cue: Page 100f 11 'JPM CUE SHEET . ' Form ES-C-1 The' ptant* at. 90 Percent poweriwith a load decrease in . progress.
20Q9A NRC Admin. Exam RO A1~1 FINAL
when the USCOnoticed.
 
that the DRPf,ihdication for rod . H02was' reading.24 steps higper< than. the group The load decrease.
AppendixC                               Page 100f 11                       Form ES-C-1
has been stopped and,A.OP-001 entered. , >", **. * ...* '.'.,>".. . ... ,,' "'The USCOhas to cal,culatethe difference'between thermocoupJe(s) to the misaligned rOd. and the average of symmetrictherinqcoupJe(s)f 4sing" . Attachment 2 ofAOP-001 andthe providedTJCC9re;Maps; , 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A1-1 FINAl.
                                      'JPM CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:      The' ptant* w~s at. 90 Percent poweriwith a load decrease in
Appendix q" Form ES-C-1 TIC CORE MAP (DATA SHEET 1,* TRAIf4S MSG1J.245'" 1 15 3, 4 5 TRAIN'A TIC CORE MAP 2 3 4 13 14 K B C rC** 632 I 0 E 636 640;" E .' F 644 F f:l 640 Q. H' 640 644 652 640 640 H J K 640 644 50 K t.: L M 640 M N 636 640 644 N P 640 P R I 636 R 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 12 13 14 15 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A1 .. 1 FINAL Ab",),J Ao A 1-\
                      . progress. when the USCOnoticed. that the DRPf,ihdication for rod .
( MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM Attachment 1 -Indications of Misaligned Rod Sheet 1 of 1 The table below indicates the varjation in plant parameters which may be indicative ohod misalignment.
H02was' reading.24 steps higper< than. the group demand~ The load decrease. has been stopped and,A.OP-001 entered.
This variation refers to relative changes in indication from a reference condition at which the suspect rod's position was known to be properly aligned. The reference case may be taken from prior operating records, or it may be updated each time the proper rod positioning is verified by in-core measurements.
Initiating Cue:    "'The USCOhas dire~d'YOU to cal,culatethe tem~ratur~
In general, greater misalignment will cause larger variations.
difference'between thermocoupJe(s) .adjac~nt to the misaligned rOd. and the average of symmetrictherinqcoupJe(s)f 4sing" .
Variations in NI channel indication are also affected by the core location of the suspect rod. For example, a misaligned.rod that is closest to the N-44 detector should indicate that N-44 flux parameters are abnormal when compared with flux parameters of the other Power Range NI channels.
Attachment 2 ofAOP-001 andthe providedTJCC9re;Maps; 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A1-1 FINAl.
If the parameters below exhibit no abnormal variations with an individual DRPI differing from its group step counter demand position by more than 12 steps, it is probably a rod position indication problem. PLANT PARAMETER Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio (QPTR) Power Range Instrumentation Delta Flux Indicators Core Outlet Thermocouples Axial Flux Traces (in-core movable detector)
 
VALUE INDICATIVE OF ROD MISALIGNMENT Greater than 1.02 . Greater than 2% difference between any two channels (REFER TO Attachment  
Appendix q"                                                           Form ES-C-1 TIC CORE MAP (DATA SHEET 1,* TRAIf4S                                                 MSG1J.245'"
: 4) Greater than 2% difference between any two channels (REFER TO Attachment  
1                                                                             15 3,   4       5 TRAIN'A TIC CORE MAP 2     3     4                                             13     14 K
: 4) Greater than 10&deg;F difference between thermocouples adjacent to the misaligned rod and the average of symmetric thermocouples (PERFORM Attachment  
B C
: 2) CONSULT Reactor Engineering AND EVALUATE using in-core movable detectors per EST-922, Control Rod Position Determination Via Incore Instrumentation  
0 E
--END OF ATTACHMENT 1--AOP-001 I Rev. 32 I Page 39 of 47 MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM Attachment 2 -Adjacent and Symmetric Thermocouple Locations Sheet 1 of3 THERMOCOUPLE LOCATIONS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A ... ... ... ... ...  
F f:l rC**                 636 640 640;"
... ... ... ... ... . .. -... T* J J J. ... ... ... ... ... J ... ... , ... T R R RT J B I I I I , J C ... ... ... ... , ... -.. I R T R R T , 0 ... ... ... ... T R T R R R E R T R T T T R T T F R T* R *T R R T R T R T R G T* T R T R T R R T H R T T R T T R T T R T J T R R R T T* R K R T R T R RT R T* R R L R T T R T R T* M T R R T R T R N T R T R T R T P R T RT R R T R -Control Rod T -Thermocouple T* -Thermocouples abandoned by EC 47997 AOP-001 I Rev. 32 I Page 40 of 47
644 632      I
( ( .. MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM Attachment 2 -Adjacent and Symmetric Thermocouple Locations Sheet 2 of3 NOTE
                                                                            '~"
                                                                              .'           E F
Q.
    ~,628 H'                                             640 644       652       640           640   H J                                                                                           ~
K                                 640           644           50                             K t.:                                                                                         L M                                                   640                                     M N                       636         640       644                                         N P                                               640                                         P R
2     3     4 5 636 7     8                 12   13     14   15 R
1 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A1 ..1 FINAL
 
Ab",),J ~PfV\
Ao A1-\
 
MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM
(                        Attachment 1 - Indications of Misaligned Rod Sheet 1 of 1 The table below indicates the varjation in plant parameters which may be indicative ohod misalignment. This variation refers to relative changes in indication from a reference condition at which the suspect rod's position was known to be properly aligned. The reference case may be taken from prior operating records, or it may be updated each time the proper rod positioning is verified by in-core measurements. In general, greater misalignment will cause larger variations. Variations in NI channel indication are also affected by the core location of the suspect rod. For example, a misaligned.rod that is closest to the N-44 detector should indicate that N-44 flux parameters are abnormal when compared with flux parameters of the other Power Range NI channels. If the parameters below exhibit no abnormal variations with an individual DRPI differing from its group step counter demand position by more than 12 steps, it is probably a rod position indication problem.
PLANT PARAMETER                                 VALUE INDICATIVE OF ROD MISALIGNMENT Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio (QPTR)                   Greater than 1.02 .
Power Range Instrumentation                        Greater than 2% difference between any two channels (REFER TO Attachment 4)
Delta Flux Indicators                              Greater than 2% difference between any two channels (REFER TO Attachment 4)
Core Outlet Thermocouples                          Greater than 10&deg;F difference between thermocouples adjacent to the misaligned rod and the average of symmetric thermocouples (PERFORM Attachment 2)
Axial Flux Traces (in-core movable                  CONSULT Reactor Engineering detector)                                          AND EVALUATE using in-core movable detectors per EST-922, Control Rod Position Determination Via Incore Instrumentation
                                    --END OF ATTACHMENT 1--
AOP-001                       I               Rev. 32             I               Page 39 of 47
 
MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM Attachment 2 - Adjacent and Symmetric Thermocouple Locations Sheet 1 of3 THERMOCOUPLE LOCATIONS 1         2       3         4       5       6       7   8 9 10   11 12 13   14   15
            ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...         ... ... ... - ...       T*
A J
J ... ... , ...
J T       R             R   RT J.
J B                                 I I
I I
C J
I
                                      -                                 R     T R       R T
            ... ... ... ...       T         R       T       R                 R       R 0
R         T       R               T   T     T   R T       T E
R       T*         R     *T         R             R T R     T R T   R F
T*       T       R                           T       R   T R             R         T G
R       T                   T       R             T T R     T     T   R     T H
T       R                                   R       R T     T* R J
K                       R       T         R       T       R             RT   R   T* R     R R       T             T         R T R   T*
L T         R               R               T R     T R M
T       R       T       R   T R T N
R       T   RT   R P
R                                                                     T R - Control Rod T - Thermocouple T* - Thermocouples abandoned by EC 47997 AOP-001 I                         Rev. 32 I         Page 40 of 47
 
MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM
(              Attachment 2 - Adjacent and Symmetric Thermocouple Locations Sheet 2 of3 NOTE
* B10, E07, HOB, KOB, and POB have no symmetric locations .
* B10, E07, HOB, KOB, and POB have no symmetric locations .
* Symmetric thermocouples are those in the same row. SYMMETRIC LOCATIONS GRID II III. TRAIN A 8 A 8 A 8 A AOa* H15 G01* G15 RO? S L B05 E14 L14* Y 0 coa H13 NOa M C D03 C12 N04 M A E04 D05 E12 M11 L12 E T H11 Eoa Loa T F05 F11 E10 K11* K05 R 0 F03* F13 N10 N06 N G06 FOg J10 C S Goa HOg G02 J02 M09 J12*
* Symmetric thermocouples are those in the same row.
* Thermocouples abandoned by EC 47997 IV 8 H03 M03 H05 L06 K03 PO? 1. DETERMINE thermocouple location(s) adjacent to the misaligned rod using core grid map (Sheet 1), AND CIRCLE location(s) in Table above. AOP-001 I Rev. 32 I Page 41 of 47
SYMMETRIC LOCATIONS GRID                                 II                 III.               IV TRAIN       A       8         A         8       A           8     A         8 AOa*                                   H15 G01*                 G15                       RO?
( MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM Attachment 2 -Adjacent and Symmetric Thermocouple Locations Sheet 3 of 3 2. RECORD the following in the table below:
S     L     B05                           E14                 L14*
Y   0               coa       H13                                   NOa       H03 M     C             D03       C12                                   N04       M03 E04     D05                           M11         L12
( ..
M    A                                    E12 E     T                       H11         Eoa                 Loa             H05 T                     F05       F11       E10     K11*               K05       L06 R   0               F03*       F13                             N10 N06       K03 N     G06                 FOg                             J10 C   S               Goa                           HOg G02                                                       J02       PO?
M09         J12*
* Thermocouples abandoned by EC 47997
: 1. DETERMINE thermocouple location(s) adjacent to the misaligned rod using core grid map (Sheet 1), AND CIRCLE location(s) in Table above.
AOP-001                     I             Rev. 32             I           Page 41 of 47
 
MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM Attachment 2 - Adjacent and Symmetric Thermocouple Locations Sheet 3 of 3
: 2. RECORD the following in the table below:
* Adjacent TC number
* Adjacent TC number
* Adjacent TC value using the RVLlS Console, ERFIS, or OSI-PI
* Adjacent TC value using the RVLlS Console, ERFIS, or OSI-PI
* Symmetric TC numbers (not including adjacent TCs)
* Symmetric TC numbers (not including adjacent TCs)
* Symmetric TC values for*all OPERABLE TCs using the RVLlS Console, ERFIS, or OSI-PI 3. DETERMINE the average of symmetric thermocouples, for each adjacent thermocouple.
* Symmetric TC values for*all OPERABLE TCs using the RVLlS Console, ERFIS, or OSI-PI
Adjacent TC Number Value TC Number Value. Symmetric TC Average 4. COMPARE each adjacent thermocouple value listed to its symmetric thermocouple average for indication of a misaligned rod. (REFER TO Attachment 1.) --END OF ATTACHMENT 2--AOP-001 I Rev. 32 I Page 42 of 47
: 3. DETERMINE the average of symmetric thermocouples, for each adjacent thermocouple.
, AppendixC Job Performance Measure Worksheet Form ES-C-1 Facility:
Adjacent TC                        ~)'mmetric TC          Symmetric TC Number             Value           Number           Value.       Average
Shearon Harris. Task No.: 301005H401 Task Title: Determine Rod Misalignment Using' JPM No{: Thermocouples . KIA  
(
: 4. COMPARE each adjacent thermocouple value listed to its symmetric thermocouple average for indication of a misaligned rod. (REFER TO Attachment 1.)
                                  --END OF ATTACHMENT 2--
AOP-001                     I             Rev. 32             I             Page 42 of 47
 
, AppendixC                                     Job Performance Measure                     Form ES-C-1 Worksheet Facility:               Shearon Harris.                             Task No.:     301005H401 Task
 
==Title:==
Determine Rod Misalignment Using' JPM No{:
Thermocouples                 .
KIA  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
G2.17 Examinee:
G2.17 Examinee:
Simulated Performance:.
Simulated Performance:. _ _....
__ .... Classroom READ TO THE EXAMINEE' I will explain the. initial conditions;.
Classroom READ TO THE EXAMINEE' I will explain the. initial conditions;. which steps to sirm.JlateBr~i;CUs.S; and~rQvide'initlating cues, When you complete the task successfully, the objeCtive for this Job Perf()rman~                .
which steps to cues, When you complete the task successfully , the objeCtive for this Job . Measure will be satisfied. . . The plant was at 90 percent power,With a load when theUSCO noticed that the DRPL indication.
Measure will be satisfied.                       .                   .
for rod H02 was' . reading 24 steps higher than the group The toad decrease has been stopped and AOP-001 . /" " : : .,\' Initiating Cue: The USCOhas directed youtoealcufatethe temperature differenCe'*
The plant was at 90 percent power,With a load decreas~inprogres$.'
between thermocouple(s) adjacent to the misaligned rod and the average of symmetric tnermocouple(s), using Attachment 2 of AOP-001 and the Core Maps. Task Standard:
when theUSCO noticed that the DRPL indication. for rod H02 was' .
All calculations within:+/- 2&deg; of actual:.>
reading 24 steps higher than the group dernand~ The toad decrease has been stopped and AOP-001 entered~            .
Required Materjals:
                                          /"   "                             :     : .,\'
Calculator General  
Initiating Cue:             The USCOhas directed youtoealcufatethe temperature differenCe'*
between thermocouple(s) adjacent to the misaligned rod and the average of symmetric tnermocouple(s), using Attachment 2 of AOP-001 and the provid~dT/C Core Maps.
Task Standard:               All calculations within:+/- 2&deg; of actual:.>
Required Materjals:         Calculator General  


==References:==
==References:==
AOP-001, Attachment 1 and Attachment 2; Rev. 32 and Tech Specs Handouts:                  JPMCue Sheets Pages 10-11 AOP-001, Attachments 1 and 2, (Rev; 32)
Time Critical i ask:        No Validation Time:              16 minutes 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1':1 FINAL
                                              ,  Page 2,of 11 '
                                    '" PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time: ..........._ _--
PertormanceStep:1,'          OBT~IN PROCEDURE (pro\lidedwith handout)'
                                                  ,  ,:~ ;        ,          .  ,
Standard:                    ObtainsAOP-001 aridfefers to AttaehrilEmts 1, and 2.
                                *bETERMI~E'&#xa5;HERMoc6~;i.ELOCATION(S}AOJACENT THE MISALJGNED ROD USlNGTHECQRE GRID MAP, TO" (SHEET t),'ANDG1RCLE LOCATION(S) IN TABLE ABOVE..
                              , THESEJHERMOCOVfLES(S) ARE; AFFECTED",
Using'lhs*.core grid map (A~ChmeJli 2, pag~ 1 of, *2),t~ .*
Detarn'1inesaffectedthE!rmocouple$; ~obe G02, ,JO~. and HOS.: '
                                                                    ':'J' ,
circlea'G02,.J02; 8!1d HOS on th~t~~I~"
                            . "(Attachm~nt2. pageZof21***
Co.mment
./ Performance Step: a '        'RECORD VALUES FO'RAU. OPERA8LEAFF~CTEDAND' .
SYMMeTRIC THERMOCOUPLES USING THE RVLlS CONSOLE OR ERFIS. SYMMETRIC THERMOCOUPLES ARE THOSEiN THE SAME ROW.                    ..'    . . ,
Standard:                    Locates RVLlSConsole.and acceSSeS TIC CORE MAP for Train A and Train S .. (Printout of RVLlS core map provided in handout page 11)
                                  "  '  , ,/  ~    .        "      ' " '      ,  /
Records value for Affected tc G02 (662"F) and Symmetric TO P07 (636&deg;F).
Records value for Affected TO J02 (62S0F) and Symmetric TO POT (6.36&deg;P);                  . '              .'
Records value for Affected TO HOS (636&deg;P) and SymmetrlcTCs C08 (636&deg;F), H13 (640&deg;F), and NOS (644&deg;F);
Comment .
./ - Denotes a Critical Step                                2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A 1'-1 FINAL


AOP-001, Attachment 1 and Attachment 2; Rev. 32 and Tech Specs Handouts:
AppendixC                                            PageS of 11'"                         Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFPRMATION
JPMCue Sheets Pages 10-11 AOP-001, Attachments 1 and 2, (Rev; 32) Time Critical i ask: No Validation Time: 16 minutes 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A 1':1 FINAL 
../ Performance Step:* 4       DETERMINE THEA\lERAGE OF SYMMETRIC tHERMO~
, Page 2,of 11 ' '" PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time: ...........
COUPLES, FOR EACH AFFECTED THERMOCOUPLE; Standard:                  Det~rmines (636"F) forG02tsSymmetncTC.
__ --PertormanceStep:1,'
                              . Detetmines*(636.&deg;F) forJOa'sSymmetricTC. .
PROCEDURE (pro\lidedwith handout)' , ; , . , Standard:
Determines (640"F +/-2&deg;F) for H03's Symmetric TCs.
ObtainsAOP-001 aridfefers to AttaehrilEmts 1, and 2. Co.mment ./ Performance Step: a ' Standard:
~.. Performance Step: 5        CALCULATeTHEDIFFE~ENCE BETWEEN EACH AFFECTED THERMOCOUPLE AND tHE AVERAGE OF ITS SYMMETRIC THERMOCOUPLES.
Comment .. ./ -Denotes a Critical Step TO" THE MISALJGNED ROD USlNGTHECQRE GRID MAP, .' (SHEET t),'ANDG1RCLE LOCATION(S)
                                                                        }'f>~ for T'c. Go:;.t.
IN TABLE ABOVE .. , THESEJHERMOCOVfLES(S)
                                    .'                           . '.. 1PF'~or -n:.. H o~
ARE; AFFECTED", Using'lhs*.core grid map 2,
Standard:                  Calculates difference of~~la:t gop~f'                      .)0:.2.
1 of,
(+/- 2&deg;F between aU affecteQ TCs and their s metnc TCs.)
..
Rep.orts that temperature'.' difference is.:f..oF   '
* Detarn'1inesaffectedthE!rmocouple$;
t"~k~n Evaluato.r Cue: .         USCO acknowledge~calculations and report.
: G02, and HOS.: ' ':'J' , circlea'G02,.J02; 8!1d HOS on . "
(IF calculation difference is 4&deg;Ftllen)
pageZof21
                                            *                                 "A
** * 'RECORD VALUES FO'RAU. . SYMMeTRIC THERMOCOUPLES USING THE RVLlS CONSOLE OR ERFIS. SYMMETRIC THERMOCOUPLES ARE THOSEiN THE SAME ROW. ..' . . , Locates RVLlSConsole.and acceSSeS TIC CORE MAP for Train A and Train S .. (Printout of RVLlS core map provided in handout page 11) " ' , ,/ . " '"' ,/ Records value for Affected tc G02 (662"F) and Symmetric TO P07 (636&deg;F). Records value for Affected TO J02 (62S0F) and Symmetric TO POT (6.36&deg;P);
* Cue! Evafuate Tech Specs for compliance;" When evaluating Tecft Spec compliance, assume that the other parameters listed' onAttachment 1 of AOP..001 agree with your. determination of thermocouples.
.' .' Records value for Affected TO HOS (636&deg;P) and SymmetrlcTCs C08 (636&deg;F), H13 (640&deg;F), and NOS (644&deg;F); 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A 1'-1 FINAL AppendixC
(IF cal,culation difference is >10&deg;F then)
../ Performance Step:* 4 Standard: Performance Step: 5 Standard:
Cue: Evaluate' Tech Specs for compliance. When evaluating Tech Spec compliance, assume that rod H02 is untnppable; Comment:
Evaluato.r Cue: . Comment: ./ -Denotes a Critical Step PageS of 11'" PERFORMANCE INFPRMATION Form ES-C-1 DETERMINE THEA\lERAGE OF SYMMETRIC COUPLES, FOR EACH AFFECTED THERMOCOUPLE; (636"F) forG02 t sSymmetncTC . . Detetmines*(636.&deg;F) forJOa'sSymmetricTC. . Determines (640"F +/- 2&deg;F) for H03's Symmetric TCs. " .','; '. . ... -' "
./ - Denotes a Critical Step                              2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-1 FINAL
BETWEEN EACH AFFECTED THERMOCOUPLE AND tHE AVERAGE OF ITS SYMMETRIC THERMOCOUPLES.
 
for T'c. Go:;.t. .' . '.. -n:.. H Calculates difference gop .)0:.2. (+/- 2&deg;F between aU affecteQ TCs and their s metnc TCs.) Rep.orts that temperature difference is.:f. .oF. '.' A' USCO and report. (IF calculation difference is 4&deg;Ftllen)  
AppehdixC                                     Page 4 of 11. .
* "A
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
* Cue! Evafuate Tech Specs for compliance;" When evaluating Tecft Spec compliance, assume that the other parameters listed' onAttachment 1 of AOP .. 001 agree with your. determination of thermocouples. (IF cal,culation difference is >10&deg;F then) Cue: Evaluate' Tech Specs for compliance.
.r   Performance Step: SOaTAIN AND EVALUATE TeCH SPECS Standard:
When evaluating Tech Spec compliance, assume that rod H02 is untnppable; 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-1 FINAL AppehdixC Page 4 of 11. . PERFORMANCE INFORMATION .r Performance Step: SOaTAIN AND EVALUATE TeCH SPECS Standard:
(lFcandidattincorrectly   cafcUla~cI'~he te~petature        .. . .
Evaluator Cue: Comment: stop Time: _____ _ Terminating Cue: ./ Denotes a Critical Step (lFcandidattincorrectly . .....
* difference th1lJ Tech$pec reported wiUbe~ ACTION a)
* difference th1lJ Tech$pec reported ACTION a) ... . . ** .... **3.1, 3/"S/cft:t,/ .
                                              ..                   . . * . . **3.1, 3.~.~ 3/"S/cft:t,/
ackno\Vledge$.Jech Spec calt. END OF JPM' Diff$rence between each affected therrn09Ouple, and it's symmetric thermocouples has been calculated/'* . 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-1 FINAl;.
Evaluator Cue:          . U~CO  ackno\Vledge$.Jech Spec calt.
Appendix C Page 5 of 11 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION KEY MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTE,.. AUnchment2
END OF JPM' Comment:
* Adjacent and Symmetric Themlocouple Locations Sheen Qf3 THERMOCOUPLE LOCATIONS 1 2 :3 .:; 5 'H} 11 12 13 14 15 A ", "-' " -,>< '<' ','-' ..
stop Time: ______
* I * .. : Y.-.' .,_': :'" A_': '-h:. -.-" T If * *
Terminating Cue:                Diff$rence between each affected therrn09Ouple, and it's symmetric thermocouples has been calculated/'*           .
* B C D E : : :  
./ ~ Denotes a Critical Step                        2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-1 FINAl;.
.* -*
 
".' .** _"" ,,>  
Appendix C                                                                             Page 5 of 11 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION KEY MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTE,..
* *
AUnchment2
*
* Adjacent and Symmetric Themlocouple Locations Sheen Qf3 THERMOCOUPLE LOCATIONS 1                 2           :3           .:;       5                     'H} 11 12 13 14   15 A                           "
* ,',
                                ..
* * * 'H ._.'. * *
* I
* F " : +_ < ft *
* B        ~. .     : Y.-.' . , _ ' : :'" A_': ~'. '-h:. -.-"       T If             *            *           *
* G T' H J K L M N P R R-Control Rod _r\ T -ThemlOCQuple T T i'( T R 1\ T R R r 1\ T R R T T'
:               :           :     ...-'t.-.t--!---l---II---+"'---i-~~~
* ThermocDuples abandoned by EC 41997 AOP-O{)1 Rev. 32 ./' -Denotes a Critical Step T ;;, T' R It T R T T " T II. r ?iT 1t Page 40 Of 47 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-1 FINAL AppendixC  
C
.' Page 6 of 11. .... PERFORMANCE INFQRMATION KEY I MAl.FUNCTION OF ROil CONTROL AND INOICATION SYSTEM Attaclunenfl' symmetdc 1'bermocou,Ple'loeatiQUS. , . . . .' Sheet;! Qf.3 '. ' Mi M ,E T J E1iJ R {) I N C S .. Thermooouptu abandoned by EC 41997 'f., DETERMiNE fllermocoup[e iOcaoort(s) adjatent rod uslrtgcoregnd rna (Sheet 1), AND CIRCLE iOcetkm(s) in Table aflove. ' AOP-001 ./ Denotes a Critical Step 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A 1-1 FINAL AppendixC . Page 7 of 11 . PERFORMANCE INFORMATION ,  
                            **  * ~--<  ".' . * *_""   ,,> .-.~>~
"-'/ RECOfUlihe in  
D
+'  
                                <<.----~
* $yrnmetrti . . Form ES-C-1 ...
T E        'H       ._.'.
avtts'cci1:srJe.
F         "
or COMPARE each adjacent wiue fisted to thermocouple average foriMicaWr'i Qf a miHligned rod (REFER TO Attachment t.) -END OF ATTACHMENT  
                              **: +_ <       ft G             T' H
.. AOP.oo1 ../ -Denotes a Critical Step 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-1 FINAL AppendixC  
J
./ -Denotes a Critical Step Page 8 of 11 PERFORMANCE.
_r\         T           i'(     T  R                  ;;,  TR K
INFORMATION KEY .
L                                                                    1\ T                       It  T  R T                        R             T    ~  T M                                                          R r       1\ T   R      T  II. r N
2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1w1 FINAL AppendixC Page90f11 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2009a NRC JPM SRC A 1-1 DETERMINE ROD MISALIGNMENT' USING THERMOCOUPLES* . . ..... Date Performed:
P                                                                      R    T    ?iT      1t R
R- Control Rod T - ThemlOCQuple T'
* ThermocDuples abandoned by EC 41997 AOP-O{)1                                                                     Rev. 32                       Page 40 Of 47
./' - Denotes a Critical Step                                                                 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-1 FINAL
 
AppendixC                                         .' Page 6 of 11. ....
PERFORMANCE INFQRMATION KEY I                 MAl.FUNCTION OF ROil CONTROL AND INOICATION SYSTEM Attaclunenfl' ;'Adjftceflt~nd symmetdc 1'bermocou,Ple'loeatiQUS.
                      ,           ..           . .' Sheet;! Qf.3     '.     '
Mi M
            ,E T       J                                   E1iJ R       {)
I     N C       S
            .. Thermooouptu abandoned by EC 41997
              'f., DETERMiNE fllermocoup[e iOcaoort(s) adjatent tOt~eimliatigtled rod uslrtgcoregnd rna (Sheet 1), AND CIRCLE iOcetkm(s) in Table aflove.             '
AOP-001
./ ~ Denotes a Critical Step                                 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-1 FINAL
 
AppendixC                                             . Page 7 of 11       .         Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
                  ,            ',>,~:""                "-'/
RECOfUlihe     ~ing in ~ tal~ibl>
              +'     "rt~~~Wlue ~the R~LfSCOIl$Oie,ERftS;QIt{)S~fl.
                *     $yrnmetrti Tcnumb~rs'{nottl'H:Ju~ ~tfcs) . .
                  ... $:Y~C TCvalu~fo.r al~PERAStEJCli.j)~*me avtts'cci1:srJe. E~AS, or
                  ';~'9S~~;:/                "~',C,~:          ,"':'\.'~,;
COMPARE each adjacent tne~Upie wiue fisted to itss~me~ thermocouple average foriMicaWr'i Qf a miHligned rod (REFER TO Attachment t.)
                                          -END OF ATTACHMENT ~"""'..
AOP.oo1
../ - Denotes a Critical Step                                 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-1 FINAL
 
AppendixC                           Page 8 of 11 PERFORMANCE. INFORMATION KEY
                                        . A:rACJ~ E]~;'
./ - Denotes a Critical Step              2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1w1 FINAL
 
AppendixC                                               Page90f11                           Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.:           2009a NRC JPM SRC A1-1 DETERMINE ROD MISALIGNMENT' USING THERMOCOUPLES*                         .     ......
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:
of Attempts; Time to Complete:
Numb~r of Attempts; Time to Complete:
Question Documentation: . Question:
Question Documentation:
Response:
.Question:
Result: SAT UNSAT. :""'-"--'--
 
===Response===
Result:                             SAT                         UNSAT.
Examiner's Signature:
Examiner's Signature:
Form ES-C-1 2009A NRC Admin Exam SROA1-1 FINAL AppendixC Initial Conditions:
                      ~-----------:.....-,.:.....-,.--:.....-,.:.....-,.:.....-,.--~
Initiating Cue: Page 100f 11 JPM CUE SHEET The plant was at 90 percent power, with a load* decrease*
2009A NRC Admin Exam SROA1-1 FINAL
in progress, when the USCO noticed that the DRPI indication for rod H02 was reading 24 steps higher than the group demand. The load decrease has been stopped and entered. The USCO has directed youto calculate the temperature difference between thermocouple(s) adjacent to the misaligned rod and the average of symmetric thermocouple(s), using Attachment 2 ofAOP-001 and the provided TIC Core M<aps. 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A 1-1 FINAL AppendixC TIC CORE MAP (PATA SHEET 1)" TRAIN B 3 1 2 3 4 A B c I 0 r .. 62&. K: L . M N 636 640 p It 1 2 3 4 5 6. 7 Page 11".of 11 JPM CUE SHEET 8 9 10 50:'* 644 644 64Q 644 640 636 7 8 9 10 11 648 652 50 644 11 Form ES-C-1 13 14 15 12 13 14 15 r 632 I .. '. ..... ; 644 640 640 I I I 12 13 14 15 2009A NRC Admin Exam SROA1-1 FINAL A a?" C P E F G H .,r. K L M N p R.
 
REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS 3/4.1.3 MOV8BLE CONTROL ASSEMBLlES, GBQUP HEIGHT LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION',: " .. Al:1shutdown and control rods shall be OPERABLE and pos:ftiOnedwithin eps (indicated position}
AppendixC                         Page 100f 11 JPM CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: The plant was at 90 percent power, with a load* decrease* in progress, when the USCO noticed that the DRPI indication for rod H02 was reading 24 steps higher than the group demand. The load decrease has been stopped and AOP~001 entered.
of their group, step c6unter"demand position .. APPLICABILITY:
Initiating Cue:     The USCO has directed youto calculate the temperature difference between thermocouple(s) adjacent to the misaligned rod and the average of symmetric thermocouple(s), using Attachment 2 ofAOP-001 and the provided TIC Core M<aps.
MODES lo-and t', .... .. .... .' . ACTION: with .k9r'mor'e" rods. lncperabl/i due tOba\ng i.miovallle as a** result' *of excessive fri ct i on or mechanica 1i nterference or Known to' be' untr1 . 1 e, determi ne that the SHUTDOWN.
2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A 1-1 FINAL
MARGIN requi rement of Specifica ion. 3.1.1.1 ;ssaUsfied within', 1 hour be in HOT STANDBY within 6 hours. '. .' ,. ". "'.' ... , . .,. With more than one' counter! .... demand position by. more than +/- 12 steps (indicated position);
 
be* in HOT STANDBY within 6 hours. . , .'. c. With* more ,than one rod inoperable
AppendixC                                  Page 11".of 11                  Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET TIC CORE MAP (PATA SHEET 1)" TRAIN B 3                                                       13    14            15 1     2      3     4              7      8      9    10  11    12  13    14          15 A                                              50:'*                                                A B
.'. due to a control urgent failure alarm, or obvious electrical problem in the rod control' system existing for greater than 36 hours. bein HOl STANDBY withinthefol1owing 6 hours .. " . d. With one rod tri Qpabl e but 1 noperab 1 e due to causes other than addressed by ACnONa. above,or misaligned<
I r                              a?"
from its group step counter demand he; ght by more than +/- 12, steps (indi cated position).
c                                                                      632      I                  C
POWER OPERATION may continue provided that within 1 hour: . 1. The rod is restored to OPERABLE statu$;withi nthe above alignment requi rements, or . . 2.. The rod i s declared inoperable and remainder of' the rods i n the group wi th the .. inoperable rod are a 11 gned to wi thi n +/- 12. steps. of the inoperable rod while maintaining the rod sequenc.e 3.nd lnse, rtion.limlts
          ~                                                                      ~  '.
.. , of Tne'l THERMAL POWER level shall be'restrlcted pursuant to . Specification 3.1.3.6 during subsequent operation, or . 3. The: rod 1S declared inoperable and' the SHUTDOWN MARGIN requ1rement of Specification 3.1.1. 1 is satisfied.
0                                                                                                    P E
POWER OPERATION may then continue prov;dedthat:
    ~**652.                                           644      648        644                      F
a) A reevaluation of each accident analysis of Table 3.1*1 is performed within 5 days; this reevaluation*shall conflrmthat the previously analyzed results of these 'accidents . *See Special Test Exceptions Specifications 3.10.2 and 3.10.3. SHEARON HARRIS -UNIT 1 3/4 1-14 Amendment No. 25 REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS, LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION  
: r.                                                644      652        640                640 G
,'. ACTION remainvali;d' for theduratiori/ofoperation undet these conditions:
H 62&.                                                                                    .,r.
Q)\/ Th'e,SHUTOOWN requirement of fi cat ion 3. L 1.1 is . . determined at least once, per 12 hours'; . If map' is obtained'tromthe,movable incore ," '".' >"" ,c ' " / / . detectors and F :H,  
K:                                                               50                                  K L .                                                                                                 L M                                                      64Q      644                                M N                        636        640        644                              I                  N p                                              640                  I                              p It                                      636 I                              R.
..
1      2      3      4      5  6. 7      8    9    10  11    12  13    14            15 2009A NRC Admin Exam SROA1-1 FINAL
* the:in.limits Withirif72 hOurs:
 
d) The'  
REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS 3/4.1.3 MOV8BLE CONTROL ASSEMBLlES, GBQUP HEIGHT LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION',:
.. i s less orequaT to 75l'of'RATE[}
          . Al:1shutdown and control rods shall be OPERABLE and pos:ftiOnedwithin eps (indicated position} of their group, step c6unter"demand position ..
THERMAL POWER with; n the next hour and wi thin,\ the following
APPLICABILITY: MODES lo-and t',                      .... ..       ....    .' .
: 4. hours the High Neutron flux'Trip Setpoi*nt is;'. reducedtq,less than 0requaTto 85% ofRATED',THERMAf.
ACTION:
POWER.: SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS" 4.1. 3. L 1 The posit i on of each rodshall be detennined to be with; n the group,* demand,limit by verifying theindividuaJrod positions at least once per 12 . hour.s except during timeintetvals when the rod position deviatjon monitor is inoperabJ then veri fy the Qroup pOs.itions at 1 eastionce per 4 hours.; 4.1,3,1.2 Each rod not fullY inserted in the core; shall be determined to be OPERABLE by movement of at least 10 steps in any olle directiOl1at least once per 92 days. ". . I SHEARON HARRIS -UNIT 1 3/4 Amendment No. 93 
with .k9r'mor'e" rods. lncperabl/i due tOba\ng        i.miovallle as a**
( :rPM A l-f 
result' *of excessive fri ct i on or mechanica 1i nterference or Known to' be' untr1 . 1e, determi ne that the SHUTDOWN. MARGIN requi rement of Specifica ion. 3.1.1.1 ;ssaUsfied within', 1 hour ~nd be in HOT STANDBY within 6 hours.         '. .' ,.        " . "'.' ... ,        .    .,.
( MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM Attachment 1 -Indications of Misaligned Rod Sheet 1 of 1 The table below indicates the variation in plant .parameters which may be indicative of rod misalignment.
With more than one' rod,~is~lignedfromthe ~ouP'istep counter! ....
This variation refers to relative changes in indication from a reference condition at which the suspect rod's position was known to be properly aligned. The reference case may be taken from prior operating records, or it may be updated each time the proper rod positioning is verified by in-core measurements.
demand position by. more than +/- 12 steps (indicated position); be*
In general, greater misalignment will cause larger variations.
in HOT STANDBY within 6 hours.                         .,          .'.
Variations in NI channel indication are also affected by the core location ()f the suspect rod. For example, a misaligned rod that is closest to the N-44 detector should indicate that N-44 flux parameters are abnormal when compared with flux parameters of the other Power Range NI channels.
: c.     With* more ,than one rod inoperable .'. due to a <r~ control urgent failure alarm, or obvious electrical problem in the rod control' system existing for greater than 36 hours. bein HOl STANDBY withinthefol1owing 6 hours.. "                                .
If the parameters below exhibit no abnormal variations with an individual DRPI differing from its group step counter demand position by more than 12 steps, it is probably a rod position indication problem. PLANT PARAMETER Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio (QPTR) Power Range Instrumentation Delta Flux Indicators Core Outlet Thermocouples Axial Flux Traces (in-core movable detector)
: d.       With one rod tri Qpabl e but 1noperab1e due to causes other than addressed by ACnONa. ~ above,or misaligned< from its group step counter demand he; ght by more than +/- 12, steps (indi cated position). POWER OPERATION may continue provided that within 1 hour:                            .
VALUE INDICATIVE OF ROD MISALIGNMENT Greater than 1.02 Greater than 2% difference between any two channels (REFER TO Attachment
: 1. The rod is restored to OPERABLE statu$;withi nthe above alignment requi rements, or                              .    .
: 4) Greater than 2% difference between any two channels (REFER TO Attachment
2.. The rod i s declared inoperable and th~ remainder of' the rods i n the group wi th the. inoperable rod are a 11 gned to wi thi n
: 4) Greater than 10&deg;F difference between thermocouples adjacent to the misaligned rod and the average of symmetric thermocouples (PERFORM Attachment
                      +/- 12. steps. of the inoperable rod while maintaining the rod sequenc.e 3.nd lnse, rtion.limlts. , of S~ecification3.L3.6. Tne'l THERMAL POWER level shall be'restrlcted pursuant to                      .
: 2) CONSULT Reactor Engineering AND EVALUATE using in-core movable detectors per EST-922, Control Rod Position Determination Via Incore Instrumentation
Specification 3.1.3.6 during subsequent operation, or            .
--END OF ATTACHMENT 1--AOP-001 I Rev. 32 I Page 39 of 47 MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM ( Attachment 2 -Adjacent and Symmetric Thermocouple Locations Sheet 1 of 3 THERMOCOUPLE LOCATIONS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... T* I I B ... I ... ... , ... T R R RT I I I I C ...*... ...* ... I , R T R R T I I T R T R R R D .*. t'" E *** f , ** R T R T T T R T T I
: 3. The: rod 1S declared inoperable and' the SHUTDOWN MARGIN requ1rement of Specification 3.1.1. 1 is satisfied. POWER OPERATION may then continue prov;dedthat:
* I F R T* R T R R T R T R T R I
a)    A reevaluation of each accident analysis of Table 3.1*1 is performed within 5 days; this reevaluation*shall conflrmthat the previously analyzed results of these 'accidents                .
* G T* T R T R T R R T H R T T R T T R T T R T ( J T R R R T T* R K R T R T R RT R T* R R L R T *T R T R T* M T R R T R T R N T R T R T R T P R T RT R R T R -Control* Rod T -Thermocouple T* -Thermocouples abandoned by EC 47997 AOP-001 I Rev. 32 I Page 40 of 47 
*See Special Test Exceptions Specifications 3.10.2 and 3.10.3.
( ( MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM Attachment 2 -Adjacent and Symmetric Thermocouple Locations Sheet 2 of3 NOTE
SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1                    3/4 1-14                      Amendment No. 25
 
REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS, LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION ,'.
ACTION  ~Continued):
remainvali;d' for theduratiori/ofoperation undet these conditions:
Q)\/    Th'e,SHUTOOWN "1AR~IN requirement of Sp~C' fi cat ion 3. L 1.1 is .
                    . determined at least once, per 12 hours';      .
If powe~'~istributidn map' is obtained'tromthe,movable
                            ," '".' ,~  >""  ,c '        " /        /
incore
                  . detectors and Fo<l}(a~d' F:H, ar~Fverified t\l(~ewithin .
* the:in.limits Withirif72 hOurs: af"fd~\;
d)    The' ~ERMALPOWER'j:~~l . i s  r~du2~dto less th~n' orequaT to 75l'of'RATE[} THERMAL POWER with; n the next hour and wi thin,\
the following 4. hours the High Neutron flux'Trip Setpoi*nt is;'.
reducedtq,less than 0requaTto 85% ofRATED',THERMAf. POWER.:
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS" L
4.1. 3. 1 The posit i on of each rodshall be detennined to be with; n the group,*
demand,limit by verifying theindividuaJrod positions at least once per 12 .
hour.s except during timeintetvals when the rod position deviatjon monitor is inoperabJ e~ then veri fy the Qroup pOs.itions at 1eastionce per 4 hours.;
4.1,3,1.2 Each rod not fullY inserted in the core; shall be determined to be OPERABLE by movement of at least 10 steps in any olle directiOl1at least once per 92 days.                                            " .. I SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1                  3/4 ~-15                    Amendment No. 93
:rPM A l-f
 
MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM
(                           Attachment 1 - Indications of Misaligned Rod Sheet 1 of 1 The table below indicates the variation in plant .parameters which may be indicative of rod misalignment. This variation refers to relative changes in indication from a reference condition at which the suspect rod's position was known to be properly aligned. The reference case may be taken from prior operating records, or it may be updated each time the proper rod positioning is verified by in-core measurements. In general, greater misalignment will cause larger variations. Variations in NI channel indication are also affected by the core location ()f the suspect rod. For example, a misaligned rod that is closest to the N-44 detector should indicate that N-44 flux parameters are abnormal when compared with flux parameters of the other Power Range NI channels. If the parameters below exhibit no abnormal variations with an individual DRPI differing from its group step counter demand position by more than 12 steps, it is probably a rod position indication problem.
PLANT PARAMETER                                VALUE INDICATIVE OF ROD MISALIGNMENT Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio (QPTR)                    Greater than 1.02 Power Range Instrumentation                        Greater than 2% difference between any two channels (REFER TO Attachment 4)
(~. Delta Flux Indicators                              Greater than 2% difference between any two channels (REFER TO Attachment 4)
Core Outlet Thermocouples                          Greater than 10&deg;F difference between thermocouples adjacent to the misaligned rod and the average of symmetric thermocouples (PERFORM Attachment 2)
Axial Flux Traces (in-core movable                  CONSULT Reactor Engineering detector)                                          AND EVALUATE using in-core movable detectors per EST-922, Control Rod Position Determination Via Incore Instrumentation
                                      --END OF ATTACHMENT 1--
AOP-001                      I               Rev. 32              I               Page 39 of 47
 
MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM
(            Attachment 2 - Adjacent and Symmetric Thermocouple Locations Sheet 1 of 3 THERMOCOUPLE LOCATIONS 1          2          3        4    5    6      7    8  9 10  11 12 13  14  15
              ... ... ...       ... ... ...  ...  ...  ...  ...        T*
A I
I     ... , ...
I T     R           R   RT B                        I I
I I
                          ...*...    ...*, ...                        R     T R       R T C                        I I
I
                          .*. t ' "      T         R     T     R                 R     R D
              *** f , **
R         T    R           T     T   T    R T       T E            I I
R         T*         R     T    R           R T R    T R T   R F            I T*         T           R                     T     R     T R           R         T G
H                      R           T               T     R           T  T R     T    T    R     T
(    J                      T           R                           R        R T      T* R R          T        R    T    R            RT  R    T* R      R K
R    T          *T          R T  R    T*
L M                                  T        R          R              T R    T R T    R    T      R    T  R T N
P                                                        R      T    RT  R R                                                                T R - Control* Rod T - Thermocouple T* - Thermocouples abandoned by EC 47997 AOP-001 I                  Rev. 32 I          Page 40 of 47
 
MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM
(             Attachment 2 - Adjacent and Symmetric Thermocouple Locations Sheet 2 of3 NOTE
* 810, E07, H08, K08, and P08 have no symmetric locations .
* 810, E07, H08, K08, and P08 have no symmetric locations .
* Symmetric thermocouples are those in the same row. SYMMETRIC LOCATIONS GRID II III TRAIN A B A B A B A A08* H15 G01* G15 R07 S L B05 E14 L14* Y 0 C08 H13 N08 M C D03 C12 N04 M A E04 D05 E12 M11 L12 E T H11 E08 L08 T I F05 F11 E10 K11* K05 R 0 F03* F13 N10 N06 I N G06 FOg J10 C S G08 HOg G02 J02 M09 J12*
* Symmetric thermocouples are those in the same row.
* Thermocouples abandoned by EC 47997 IV B H03 M03 " H05 L06 K03 P07 1. DETERMINE thermocouple location(s) adjacent to the misaligned rod using core grid map (Sheet 1), AND CIRCLE location(s) in Table above. AOP-001 l Rev. 32 I Page 41 of47 MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM Attachment 2 -Adjacent and Symmetric Thermocouple Locations Sheet 3 of 3 2. RECORD the following in the table below:
SYMMETRIC LOCATIONS GRID                               II                 III               IV TRAIN       A         B         A         B       A           B     A         B A08*                                   H15 G01*                 G15                     R07 S     L     B05                           E14                 L14*
Y     0             C08       H13                                 N08         H03 M     C             D03       C12                                 N04         M03
M     A     E04     D05                   E12     M11         L12           "
E     T                         H11       E08                 L08             H05 T       I             F05       F11       E10     K11*             K05         L06 R     0             F03*       F13                           N10 N06         K03 I     N     G06                 FOg                           J10 C     S             G08                           HOg G02                                                     J02       P07 M09         J12*
* Thermocouples abandoned by EC 47997
: 1. DETERMINE thermocouple location(s) adjacent to the misaligned rod using core grid map (Sheet 1), AND CIRCLE location(s) in Table above.
AOP-001                     l             Rev. 32             I           Page 41 of47
 
MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM Attachment 2 - Adjacent and Symmetric Thermocouple Locations Sheet 3 of 3
: 2. RECORD the following in the table below:
* Adjacent TC number
* Adjacent TC number
* Adjacent TC value using the RVLlS Console, ERFIS, or OSI-PI
* Adjacent TC value using the RVLlS Console, ERFIS, or OSI-PI
* Symmetric TC numbers (not including adjacent TCs)
* Symmetric TC numbers (not including adjacent TCs)
* Symmetric TC values for all OPERABLE TCs using the RVLlS Console, ERFIS, or OSI-PI 3. DETERMINE the average of symmetric thermocouples,for each adjacent thermocouple.
* Symmetric TC values for all OPERABLE TCs using the RVLlS Console, ERFIS, or OSI-PI
I--__
: 3. DETERMINE the average of symmetric thermocouples,for each adjacent thermocouple.
jL:..:.a...:..cer-:n......:t_T......:C':----:--
I--_ _---.-:A~djL:..:.a...:..cer-:n......:t_T......:C':----:--_ _+----:---:----:-S-"'-iy_lm_m_e-,t_ric_T-,-C..,.--:-_ _- l Symmetric TC Number                                 Value                           Number                         Value             Average
__ +----:---:----:-S-"'-iy_lm_m_e-,t_ric_T-,-C..,.--:-
: 4. COMPARE each adjacent thermocouple value listed to its symmetric thermocouple average for indication of a misaligned rod. (REFER TO Attachment 1.)
__ -l Symmetric TC Number Value Number Value Average 4. COMPARE each adjacent thermocouple value listed to its symmetric thermocouple average for indication of a misaligned rod. (REFER TO Attachment 1.) --END OF ATTACHMENT 2--AOP-001 I Rev. 32 1 Page 42 of 47 AppendixC Job Performance Measure Form ES-C.,1 Worksheet Facility:
                                                            --END OF ATTACHMENT 2--
Shearon 001004H101 Task Title: JPM No.:' 2009a NRC JPM: ROA1*2 Perform A Manual Shutdown " Margin Calculation  
AOP-001                                           I                         Rev. 32                             1                 Page 42 of 47
' , ," ,", ,: I<1A
 
AppendixC                                   Job Performance Measure                     Form ES-C.,1 Worksheet Facility:             Shearon   Harrl~                                      001004H101 Task
 
==Title:==
JPM No.:'     2009a NRC JPM:
Perform A Manual Shutdown "                             ROA1*2 Margin Calculation '
I<1A


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
2.1.25            3.112.8 '
Ability to obtain and interpret station ,reference  mat~rial~~uch~s grl~ffsf~nograPh$iand tables which contain performance data ,..~/~{,~,'                                              .
NR6\i~~rnlner; fWiU~xp.a(~ the initial' conditions, w,~ich steps to simulate or discuss~ and provide initiating
,cues; .When YOldcomplete the task $UccessrullYf the obJ~"efor this JobP~rfQrl11ance Measur~will be satisfied;                                      ",                ' ,
The plant has been operating at,750l0: power for 6 weeks Coreburnup is 350 EFPQ RCS boron concentration is 300 ppm                '.
NO rods are believed t() ,beimtnovable I untrippable POWERTRAX is NOTavaifable                            .
Initiating Cue:          The USCO has directed you to comPleteOST-1036. ShutdoWn Margin Calculation MOde$1-5; Section 7.~t;:'\Manual'SDM CalclJlatlon (Modes ,1 and ,2)" for current plant condjtiott~t'                  ",
NOTE; ,For this JPM assume independent verification has been performed.                      " .                                    "
Task standard:          OST-1036, Attachment3, Manual SDM Calcutation(Modes 1 and 2).
completed with SDM of.301 i'" 7i pcm (toleran              ed on total of cllrves used and their division readabiJit}t)~                3t"lt!> pcM Required Materials;" OS1..1036, Shutdown Mar~in Calculation MOde,s 1-5. Rev. 39 Curve Book (Gyele J It"" 1#3lcft (Ctd.e.. 13)*
General
==References:==
OST-1036, Shutdown Margin Calcul(ition Modes 1-5 Rev. 39 Curve Book.(Cycle ~ i~ . :;. :!/~/CPt    'e  '3 )
Handouts:                OST..,1036, Shutdown Margin Calcula        Modes 1-5 Rev; 39 Time Critical Task:      No Validation Time:          20 minutes 200gA NRC Admin Exam RO A1-2 FINAL
Appendix C                                  Page 2 of 10                      Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time: ._ _ __
Performance Step: 1    OBTAIN PROCEDURE (OST.. 1036 will be provided to allow candidates to write on, Curve Book will be included as a referencein.the Book Cart)
Standard:              OST-t036, Section 7.3, Attachment 3, and Curve Book Comment:
Performance Step: 2    Enters Reactor Power Level Standard:              Refers to given conditions and enters 75%
Comment:
./ Performance Step: 3      Determine Rod Insertion Limit for power level P:13 w I ~:r :3):.l5/cfl Standard:                Refers to Curve..Ji..45ef and determines 1S limit for RIL to be 140 :!: 2 steps (tolerance based on curve division readability)
Comment:
Performance Step: 4    Enters core BUrn Up Standard:              Refers to given conditions and enters 350 EFPD Comment:
./ - Denotes Critical Steps                          2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A1-2 FINAL
AppendixC                                                      PageS of 10*                          Form ES...0-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Performance Step: 5                  Enters ROS Boron Concentration Standard:                              Referstoinitial ccmditions'al1d enters 300 ppm
                                            'Determines Power Defect for cu~nt power level
                                                          "<:-13-3 $        ~fi~t~}      ......'.. .* . . ' '
Standard:                              Refers toCurve~anddeterminespower defeetto be
                        . 1.3.1/0 .22et 50 PCITh(tolerance based on curve division' 1,'.:. '.ea.dability);*******
                            .-:r.
                              '.*10~t'.].,f5lcFf            ..
Comment:
vi' Performance Step: 7. /                    DeterminesR~d"VVorth forRIf..poaition determined above
                                              .            ' . A..13-1I'$f* 3r,,~ IcPf ".        . ...*...... '
Standard:                              Refers to Curve~ and determines rod worth to'be 630
                                              + 25 pcm (tolerance based on curve division readability)              .
Comment: .
Performance Step: 8.                  Enters worth. of any additionalimmovabte or untripp"ble rods Standard:                            Refers to given conditions and enters 0 Comment:
.;'. - Denotes Critical Steps                                        2009A NRC Admin EXam RO A1-2 FINAL.
AppendixC                                          Page 4 of 10                    .Form ES-C-t PERFORMANCE INFORMATiON ..
  ./    Pel1ormance.Step~ 9    . . Determines Total Shutdown Marghl
                                            ..              ...                  3'8~D ~. 31:1.5 /09 Standard:                    Determines Total Shutdown Margin to be..3M5"':!:75pcm (toJerance based on total of an curves. used and. their
                                    . division readability)              . . .
Comment:
                                          "./                        .                  .,,,,}
.. evaluator Note!                    When the candidate returns the complet,d OST~1036i Attachment 3tManqal&sect;DM.Cal~l.(l.ation this~PM I~ complete.
Stt>p Time: _ _"""'-_
Terminating Cue:                    Competition of OS1-1036, Attachment 3, Manual.SDM Calculation..                    .              ..
    .;: - Denotes Critical Steps                                2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A1-2 FINAL
HARRIS UNIT 1 CYCLE 13 ROD INSERTION LIMITS 240
                  -    !---  ~    ..    ._---- ..                    (46.E ,22    t              (! 2.2 ~~~                  -..
lI'      r                                                                                          (100,225) 220                _M_. _.- --                                                            . - -........                ..                ---
7  /
                                  .-. -      .-~- f-.                      ,                                . -i--'              -    ~    "&#xa5;'  ..
I-    /
200                      - .-
                                                        ~
                                                                    ,. V:A
                                                                                                          "'-          .-          ~    ,  ... ..
(100,196)
                                                  ~ ./V,
                -    ~.~-
                                                                                          ~  - _.
                                                                                                ....              .    -~,
                                                                                                                                                -.    -                          L 7              ~                                                                                                                (100,186) 180      I--
                                        ~i/                                                            .  ---            -                .. -                            /      L
                                        . / ./ "..~
                                                                    ~v
      - c
        !== 160  1(0;' -S8).I bL II"        / ~c
                                                        ~-    ...
                                                                        ~A ~K ~
                                                                                                              . ~    ....          .- .,
                                                                                                                                              ~"q  -
                                                                                                                                                              'I
                                                                                                                                                                  /
                                                                                                                                                                      /
                                                                                                                                                                    / -- -
                                                                                                                                                                          /
                                                  ~
                                                                                                                                                            .J "0
      .c
::            . /"/                                                                                                                        ~          1/
        ==
CIJ 140 I                                                                                                                  V          L 0.-
J!!      /                  ---- .._.
                                                                                                                                /
V
      -zCIJ                                                                          -- I - -          .-            ]-
                                                                                        . ~ ~-'v.~
(0, ~28                                                                          ~
0    120                --- -- --                ** u _ _"
1--.'-        --
j::
                                                                                  , ~ V ~~.~~...
                                    -~
(f) 0 0-100                _*... .-          ..                                                  *o-<<~                          -                                              .-
1/ ~                                    .
                                                                                -r ~
        ~
z
        <                      ~.- ......      . ... -                                  ..I.
                                                                                                          ..                  ~-                                            -- I--
                                                                                    ~
()'
,A'<!I III
                              .......                                                        ~-.                  ~AK 0 tt
                                                                            /
0 0
80                                                                V~                                          I                                      ---- r -  -.-
a:
                  -          -                                                                                            .!I f--      ..,
                                                  .                II
                                                                      /
bI-                                                I I
60                .-                                                            --                          I      "'                                              .
                                                      . /"                                                        I I
I
                                - ..            ./-                                                              t        i                                                      ..'..
40              .            /    V-                                                -
I i
                                                                                                                            ,      .. . ... 1-----
                                                                                                                                      ~    .,~.""
                                                                                                                                                              -    --.- r-- t--        .
(0;<< 10)
                          ,}
                              ,..//                                                                              I I
I I
20      -~      /                          --' 1,--,                            -.
I i
I
                      ~
0 :7    ~o.( PO)        I
                                                      . -~.~.~
                                                                                                -      i i
o          10                  20                30          40 PERCENT OF RATED THERMAL POWER 50                  60                  70
                                                                                                                                              -'lS        80          90          100 CURVE NO.                                                            F-13-1                                                    REV NO.                  0 ORIGINATOR~~~*
SUPERVISOR                                                      A DA TE iIJj;'f/{)I! ..-:./,..k DATE                /t1 flJ.& f;(
SUPERINTENDENT* -                                                  ~
SHIFT OPERATIONS                                      C((                                                                      DATE                lo!d411>~
HARRIS UNIT 1 CYCLE 13 POWER DEFECT vs. POWER LEVEL for VARIOUS BORON CONCENTRATIONS EOL (333 < EFPD S 517) e-o
        -t; w
0-u..
w c
a::
w
          ~
o D.
          ..J
        ~
.J
              ~3200 2() PCMlDIV 1 "Ie/DIV 20      40          60 POWER LEVEL (PERCENT)    -
1,80                100 CURVE NO.                  C-13-3            REV NO,        0 ORIGINATOR~~~                              DATE it!-:/Z,d .. ~~
SUPERVISOR              A                  DATE      /0/1-110'(
SUPERINTENDENT -                \
SHIFT OPERATIONS  CI(  k4                DATE    Ivj,l.<l(Di


2.1.25 3.112.8 ' Ability to obtain and interpret station , reference tables which contain performance data .
HARRIS UNIT 1 CYCLE 13 DIFFERENTIAL AND INTEGRAL ROD WORTH CONTROL BANKS D and C MOVING WITH 97 STEP OVERLAP EOL (333 < EFPD :s 517), HFP, EQUILIBRIUM XENON
the initial' conditions, steps to simulate or and provide initiating ,cues; .When YOldcomplete the task $UccessrullYf the this be satisfied; " , ' , Initiating Cue: Task standard:
        -2100                                                                                    -21
Required Materials;" General
        -2000                                                                                    -20
        *1900                                                                                    -19
        -1800                                                                                    -18
        -1700                                                                                    -17
        -1600                                                                                    -16
        -1500                                                                                    -15 0
                                                                                                          =n
    -E -1400 u
                                                                                                  -14 "TI gJ
    - c. -1300
:z:
t-a: -1200
                                                                                                  -13
                                                                                                  -12 r-
                                                                                                        &sect;m 0
        -1100                                                                                    -11  ~
c
    ==                                                                                                o 0                                                                                            -10 ~
a: -1000
    ;J.
a:
          -900                                                                                    -9    =I
:::r m    -800                                                                                  -8   :0-n
    ~    -700 ++++-                                                                            -7    ~
  ""30-600
          -500
                                                                                                -6
                                                                                                -5 400                                                                                  4
          ~oo                                                                                  ~
          -200 +++-+-t-H-H+                                                                    .2
    ~~~    -100 t~trttrrllfi~[i&sect;t[Iwmllli~l1jjJj~Bi-10 o      20  40    60    80    100    120 J,40,   160  180    200      220    240 5STEPSJOIV o                          97                                          225
                *
* BANKO 128                          225 BANKe CURVE NO.                    A-13~11            REV NO.         0 ORIGINATOR~ ~
SUPERVISOR SUPERINTENDENT -
0,;,,=  ~
DA TE Jl}fJ~/D't DATE t,1rb l~l-3l oj SHIFT OPERATIONS    Ci<;                         DATE      I~J.u J~<.(


==References:==
Attachment 3 Sheet 10f 1 Manual SOM Calculation (Modes 1 and 2)
: 1.      Reactor power level.                                                            75          %
: 2.      Rod insertion limit for the above power level
                                                                      /;,/0 steps on bank _Di--_
: 3.      Bum up (POWERTRAX/MCR Status Board).                                                  EFPD
: 4.      Present ROS Boron Concentration                                              :3Q()ppm NOTE:      Use absolute values of numbers obtained from curves.
: 5.      Total worth of all control and shutdown banks. minus the worth ofthe most reactive rod for Fuel Cycle 15.
6810 pcm (a)
: 6.      Cycle 15 Power defect for the power level recorded in Step 1. (Refer to Curves C,..X-1 to C~X~3).
Curve used """"-'=--:c',.,    .:2.31{0 pcm-(b)
NOTE:      HFP curves are used for power levels of10%'or greater.
: 7.      Inserted contrOl rod worth at the rod insertion limit recorded in Step 2.
(Refer to Curves A-X-6 to A-X-11)              .            /i    . . ./.                      -r Curve used M ~ 13-)            ~..;....;;;:;;..pcm*-
(c)
: 8.      Worth of any additional immovable or untrippable rods (for each stuck rod, use the most reactive single rod worth (1326 pcm) or obtain individual withdrawn rod worth from the reactor engineer).
o        pcm (d)
: 9. Determine the Total Shutdown Margin using the following formula:
Total SDM Ds"                                                                                (J (e)            (a)                    (b)                (0)                      (d) 3*<:I,f,J?'\
                                                                                              , . 0 'lj pcm-75"
( e)
IOST-1036                                            Rev. 39                                              Page 31 of 351


Handouts:
Appendix C                                   Page 90#*10
Time Critical Task: Validation Time: , " The plant has been operating at,750l0:
                                  . VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.:
power for 6 weeks Coreburnup is 350 EFPQ RCS boron concentration is 300 ppm '. NO rods are believed t() ,beimtnovable I untrippable POWERTRAX is NOTavaifable . The USCO has directed you to comPleteOST-1036.
        <~"_:~' <,:.~:. c **
ShutdoWn Margin Calculation MOde$1-5; Section 7 CalclJlatlon (Modes ,1 and ,2)" for current plant
Facility Evaluator:
", NOTE; , For this JPM assume independent verification has been performed. " . " OST-1036, Attachment3, Manual SDM Calcutation(Modes 1 and 2). completed with SDM of.301 i'" 7i pcm (toleran ed on total of cllrves used and their division 3t"lt!> pcM OS1 .. 1036, Shutdown Calculation MOde, s 1-5. Rev. 39 Curve Book (Gyele J It"" 1#3lcft (Ctd.e.. 13)* OST -1036, Shutdown Margin Calcul(ition Modes 1-5 Rev. 39 Curve Book.(Cycle . :;.
'e '3 ) OST..,1036, Shutdown Margin Calcula Modes 1-5 Rev; 39 No 20 minutes 200gA NRC Admin Exam RO A 1-2 FINAL Appendix C Start Time: . ___ _ Performance Step: 1 Standard:
Comment: Performance Step: 2 Standard:
Comment: ./ Performance Step: 3 Standard:
Comment: Performance Step: 4 Standard:
Comment: ./ -Denotes Critical Steps Page 2 of 10 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Form ES-C-1 OBTAIN PROCEDURE (OST .. 1036 will be provided to allow candidates to write on, Curve Book will be included as a referencein.the Book Cart) OST-t036, Section 7.3, Attachment 3, and Curve Book Enters Reactor Power Level Refers to given conditions and enters 75% Determine Rod Insertion Limit for power level P:13 w I :3):.l5/cfl Refers to Curve..Ji..45ef and determines 1S limit for RIL to be 140 :!: 2 steps (tolerance based on curve division readability)
Enters core BUrn Up Refers to given conditions and enters 350 EFPD 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A 1-2 FINAL AppendixC PageS of 10* PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Form ES ... 0-1 Performance Step: 5 Enters ROS Boron Concentration Standard:
Standard:
Comment: Referstoinitial ccmditions'al1d enters 300 ppm 'Determines Power Defect for power level "<:-13-3 $
...... ' . ....* . .. ' ' Refers defeetto be . 1.3.1/0 .22et 50 PCITh(tolerance based on curve division'
-:r. 10 1,'.:. '. ea.dability);*******
.. ' . *
.. vi' Performance Step: 7. /
forRIf..poaition determined above Standard:
Comment: . . '. A .. 13-1I'$f*
IcPf ". . ...*......
' Refers to and determines rod worth to'be 630 + 25 pcm (tolerance based on curve division readability) . Performance Step: 8. Enters worth. of any additionalimmovabte or untripp"ble rods . . Standard:
Refers to given conditions and enters 0 Comment: .;'. -Denotes Critical Steps 2009A NRC Admin EXam RO A1-2 FINAL.
AppendixC Page 4 of 10 PERFORMANCE INFORMATiON
.. . Form ES-C-t ./
9 .... Determines Total Shutdown Marghl Standard:
Comment: .. evaluator Note! Stt>p Time: __ """'-_ Terminating Cue: .;: -Denotes Critical Steps .... ..... 31:1.5/09 Determines Total Shutdown Margin to be..3M5"':!:75pcm (toJerance based on total of an curves. used and. their . division readability)
... "./ . .,,,,} When the candidate returns the complet,d Attachment complete.
Competition of OS1-1036, Attachment 3, Manual.SDM Calculation.. . .. 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A1-2 FINAL 240 220 200 180 -c == 160 ! "0 .c :: == 140 CIJ 0.-J!! CIJ -z 120 0 j:: (f) 0 0-100 z < ,A'<!I III 0 80 0 a: 60 40 20 0 HARRIS UNIT 1 CYCLE 13 ROD INSERTION LIMITS (46.E ,22 t (! 2.2 -!---.. . _----.. -.. lI' r _M_. _.---7 / . --........ .. ---.-. -f-. , / . -i--' -"&#xa5;' .. I--.-"'-.-, ... .. V:A ,. --.... _. . -. -7 V, ./ I--i/ . ----.. -./ ./ . .... .-., -bL / ... 1(0;' -S8) --..... -. II" .J .I / . /" V L I / .. _. / V ------I--.-]-(0,
-------** u __ " 1--.'---.. .-
... , V _ *... .-.. 1/
-. ...... . ... --r ..I. .. / ()' 0 ....... tt I bI-I f--. --.. , . II ! I / I .-. /" --I "' I I I -.. ./-t i . / V-I -i , .. .
... 1-----,..// I (0;<< 10) I ! I ! I ,} / I I --' 1,--, -. i ! _ .. :7 ; PO) I .
-i ! .-
i / 'I 1/ -o 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 'lS 80 -PERCENT OF RATED THERMAL POWER L / L / / / ---.---I------r--.-.. -. ..' .. --.-r--t--. .. --90 100 CURVE NO. F-13-1 REV NO. 0 (100,225)
(100,196)
(100,186)
SUPERVISOR A -,----DA TE iIJj;'f/{)I!
..-:./, .. k SUPERINTENDENT*
-SHIFT OPERATIONS C(( DATE /t1 flJ.& f;( DATE 
.J e-o 0--t; w u.. w c a:: w o D. ..J HARRIS UNIT 1 CYCLE 13 POWER DEFECT vs. POWER LEVEL for VARIOUS BORON CONCENTRATIONS EOL (333 < EFPD S 517) 2() PCMlDIV 20 40 60 1,80 100 -1 "Ie/DIV POWER LEVEL (PERCENT)
CURVE NO. C-13-3 REV NO, 0 SUPERVISOR A SUPERINTENDENT
-\ SHIFT OPERATIONS CI( k4 DATE it!-:/Z,d
.. DATE /0/1-110'( DATE Ivj,l.<l(Di 
.' -E u c. -:z: t-a: 0 == c 0 a: -2100 -2000 *1900 -1800 -1700 -1600 -1500
-1400 -1300 -1200 -1100 -1000 HARRIS UNIT 1 CYCLE 13 DIFFERENTIAL AND INTEGRAL ROD WORTH CONTROL BANKS D and C MOVING WITH 97 STEP OVERLAP EOL (333 < EFPD :s 517), HFP, EQUILIBRIUM XENON 20 18 16 -15 0 =n "TI -14 gJ m -13 &sect; -12 >> r--11 o -10 ;J. -900 -9 =I a: :::r m -800 -8 :0-n -700 ++++--7 ""30-600 -6 ! ---500 -5 400 4 -200 +++-+-t-H-H+
.2 -100 0 o 20 40 60 80 100 120 J,40, 160 180 200 220 240 5STEPSJOIV o 97 225 * *
* 128 225 .-------------------
BANKe CURVE NO. SUPERVISOR 0,;,,= SUPERINTENDENT
-SHIFT OPERATIONS Ci<; BANKO REV NO. 0 DA TE t,1rb DATE oj DATE 
: 1. 2. 3. 4. Manual SOM Calculation (Modes 1 and 2) Reactor power level. Attachment 3 Sheet 10f 1 75 % Rod insertion limit for the above power level /;,/0 steps on bank _Di--_ Bum up (POWERTRAX/MCR Status Board). EFPD Present ROS Boron Concentration
:3Q()ppm NOTE: Use absolute values of numbers obtained from curves. 5. Total worth of all control and shutdown banks. minus the worth ofthe most reactive rod for Fuel Cycle 15. 6. 6810 pcm (a) Cycle 15 Power defect for the power level recorded in Step 1. (Refer to Curves C,..X-1 to Curve used """"-'=--:c',., .:2.31{ 0 (b) NOTE: HFP curves are used for power levels of10%'or greater. 7. 8. 9. Total SDM Ds" (e) IOST-1036 Inserted contrOl rod worth at the rod insertion limit recorded in Step 2. (Refer to Curves A-X-6 to A-X-11) . /i .... ./. Curve used M 13-) -r (c) Worth of any additional immovable or untrippable rods (for each stuck rod, use the most reactive single rod worth (1326 pcm) or obtain individual withdrawn rod worth from the reactor engineer).
Determine the Total Shutdown Margin using the following formula: (J (a) (b) (0) (d) Rev. 39 o (d) pcm 3*<:I,f,J?'\
75" , . 0 'lj pcm-'. ( e) Page 31 of 351 Appendix C Page 90#*10 . VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.:
c ** Facility Evaluator:
Question:
Question:
Result: SAT UNSAr* Examiner"s Signature:
Response~
Date:
Result:                           SAT             UNSAr*
2009ANRC Admin Exam RO A1-2 FINAL Appendix" C: Initial Conditions:
Examiner"s Signature:                                       Date:
Page100f 10 JPM CUE SHEET Form ES-C.,.1
                              ----~~--~~~~~--~~
* The'plant hasbeerfoperating at 75% power for $ weeks Core burnup is350EFPO<'J . .,'RCS boronconcentratlcmJs'300 ppm .; NO rods are believed to' be. immovable I untrippable  
2009ANRC Admin Exam RO A1-2 FINAL
.' POWERTRAX i$ NOT available>' . " ,'" .;"  
 
',;' :(, . , "'the used has  
Appendix" C:                       Page100f 10                         Form ES-C.,.1 JPM CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:
-1 Margjncatculation MOdes 1-5, Section 7.3, nManualSDM 2)" for current plantcortditions.
* The'plant hasbeerfoperating at 75% power for $ weeks
2009A NRC Admin RO A 1-2 FINAL c AbM IN IPtvI f{o AI-2 
                            ~'  Core burnup is350EFPO<'J           .
(----\, J .... PROCEDURE TYPE: NUMBER: TITLE: HARRIS NUCLEAR PLANT PLANT OPERATING MANUAL VOLUME 3 PART 9 OPERATIONS SURVEILLANCE TEST OST-1036 SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION MODES 1 -5 C CONTINUOUS USE -NOT':: -This procedure has been screened per PLP-100 Criteria and determined to be CASE III. No additional management involvement is required.
                            .,'RCS boronconcentratlcmJs'300 ppm
IOST-1036 Rev. 39 I Page 1 of 351 
                            .; NO rods are believed to' be. immovable I untrippable
( l 1.0, PURPOSE NOTE: If the requirement to perform a SOM Calculation is time critical, the Manual Calculation ha$ been evaluated to be the preferred method. 1. Provide methods to ensure thatRCS boron concentration has a shutdown margin greater than 1770 pcm in Modes 1 and 2, through the use of calculations
                            .' POWERTRAX i$ NOT available>'             .
.. Provide methods to ensure that RCShas an adequate shutdown margin by verifying the RCS boron concentration is greater than the minimum required boron concentration in Modes 3 through 5. 3. This procedure satisfies the requirements of Technical Specification Surveillance Requirements 4.1.1.1.1.a, 4.1.1.2.a and 4.1.1.2.b.
                      "           ,'"     .;" {>.~:, ',;'   :(,                 .,
NOTE: The boron concentration to satisfy FSAR Section 6.3.2.8 takes credit for all control rods being inserted into the core and does NOT satisfy Technical Specification SOM requirements.
                    "'the used has   direct~~!y~uto complet~!OST 036I,~hutdo~n
: 4. This procedure calculates the RCS boron concentration required by FSAR Section 6.3.2.8 to block SI actuation signals. 2.0' REFERENCES
                                                                    -1 Margjncatculation MOdes 1-5, Section 7.3, nManualSDM CalculatJ9rr(Mode~Jand 2)" for current plantcortditions.
2009A NRC Admin       E~m  RO A1-2 FINAL


===2.1. Plant===
AbM IN IPtvI f{o AI-2 c
Operating Manual Procedures
: 1. AP-039 2. AOP-002 3. PLP-106 IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 2 of3S\ 


===2.0 References===
C CONTINUOUS USE HARRIS NUCLEAR PLANT PLANT OPERATING MANUAL VOLUME 3 PART 9 PROCEDURE TYPE:            OPERATIONS SURVEILLANCE TEST NUMBER:                              OST-1036 TITLE:                      SHUTDOWN MARGIN
(Cant.) 2.2. Technical Specifications C 1. 3.1.1.1 2. 3.1.1.2 3. 4.1.1.1.1.a
( _~_
: 4. 4.1.1.2.a
      \,J CALCULATION MODES 1 - 5
: 5. 4.1.1.2.b 2.3.* Final Safety Analysis Report 1. 15.4.6.2 2. 6.3.2.8 2.4. Other 1. Plant Curve Book 2. "HNP Cycle 15PDD Setup" Calculation HNP-F/NFSA-0160.
            - NOT':: - This procedure has been screened per PLP-100 Criteria and determined to be CASE III. No additional management involvement is required.
: 3. EMF-1715(P)
IOST-1036                                 Rev. 39 I                Page 1 of 351
Powertrax Users Guide 4. ESR 98-00388 5. EC 64030 .. / IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 3 of 35 I 


===3.0 PREREQUISITES===
1.0,  PURPOSE
: 1. The performance of this OST has been coordinated with other plant evolutions such that the minimum equipment operating requirements of Tech Specs are met. 2. OBTAIN any tools and equipment required per Section 5.0. 3. OBTAIN Unit SCO permission to perform this OST. Signature
(
NOTE:    If the requirement to perform a SOM Calculation is time critical, the Manual Calculation ha$ been evaluated to be the preferred method.
: 1.       Provide methods to ensure thatRCS boron concentration has a shutdown margin greater than 1770 pcm in Modes 1 and 2, through the use of calculations ..
2~      Provide methods to ensure that RCShas an adequate shutdown margin by verifying the RCS boron concentration is greater than the minimum required boron concentration in Modes 3 through 5.
: 3.      This procedure satisfies the requirements of Technical Specification Surveillance Requirements 4.1.1.1.1.a, 4.1.1.2.a and 4.1.1.2.b.
NOTE:    The boron concentration to satisfy FSAR Section 6.3.2.8 takes credit for all control rods being inserted into the core and does NOT satisfy Technical Specification SOM requirements.
: 4.        This procedure calculates the RCS boron concentration required by FSAR Section 6.3.2.8 to block SI actuation signals.
2.0' REFERENCES 2.1. Plant Operating Manual Procedures
: 1. AP-039
: 2. AOP-002
: 3. PLP-106 l
IOST-1036                                        Rev. 39                                Page 2 of3S\


===4.0 PRECAUTIONS===
2.0  References (Cant.)
2.2. Technical Specifications C              1. 3.1.1.1
: 2. 3.1.1.2
: 3. 4.1.1.1.1.a
: 4. 4.1.1.2.a
: 5. 4.1.1.2.b 2.3.* Final Safety Analysis Report
: 1. 15.4.6.2
: 2. 6.3.2.8 2.4. Other
: 1. Plant Curve Book
: 2.    "HNP Cycle 15PDD Setup" Calculation HNP-F/NFSA-0160.
: 3. EMF-1715(P) Powertrax Users Guide
: 4. ESR 98-00388
: 5. EC 64030
  .. /
IOST-1036                                    Rev. 39                  Page 3 of 35 I


AND LIMITATIONS  
3.0  PREREQUISITES
: 1. The performance of this OST has been coordinated with other plant evolutions such that the minimum equipment operating requirements of Tech Specs are met.
: 2. OBTAIN any tools and equipment required per Section 5.0.
: 3. OBTAIN Unit SCO permission to perform this OST.
Signature                                                    Date 4.0  PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
: 1. If either of the following conditions exist, initiate emergency boration per AOP-002 and continue until the required shutdown margin is achieved:
: 1. If either of the following conditions exist, initiate emergency boration per AOP-002 and continue until the required shutdown margin is achieved:
* In Modes 1 and 2, shutdown margin is less than 1770 pcm, OR
* In Modes 1 and 2, shutdown margin is less than 1770 pcm, OR
* In Modes 3 -5 shutdown margin is less than required by PLP-106, Technical Specification Equipment List Program and Core Operating Program. 2. Projected conditions should be for the minimum shutdown margin expected in the next 24 hours unless a manual Xenon free calculation is performed. (This precaution is N/A if performing Section 7.4) 3. IfPOWERTRAX is being used it should have been updated with recent power history (less than 72 hours during steady state operation).  
* In Modes 3 - 5 shutdown margin is less than required by PLP-106, Technical Specification Equipment List Program and Core Operating Program.
: 4. The POWERTRAX program cannot be run out long enough to calculate a totally Xenon-free value for SDM for any given time. To obtain Xenon Free data, either use the SOR Minimum Boron which is shown on any SDM printout, or perform a manual SDM calculation per Section 7.2. Date 5. Rod worth provided in this procedure for control banks, shutdown banks, and most reactive rod are the most conservative values for Cycle 15 only. Subsequent fuel cycles will require a change to this procedure.  
: 2. Projected conditions should be for the minimum shutdown margin expected in the next 24 hours unless a manual Xenon free calculation is performed. (This precaution is N/A if performing Section 7.4)
: 3. IfPOWERTRAX is being used it should have been updated with recent power history (less than 72 hours during steady state operation).
: 4. The POWERTRAX program cannot be run out long enough to calculate a totally Xenon-free value for SDM for any given time. To obtain Xenon Free data, either use the SOR Minimum Boron which is shown on any SDM printout, or perform a manual SDM calculation per Section 7.2.
: 5. Rod worth provided in this procedure for control banks, shutdown banks, and most reactive rod are the most conservative values for Cycle 15 only.
Subsequent fuel cycles will require a change to this procedure.
: 6. Samarium is considered in the assumptions used to develop the curve inputs and as a fixed input to the POWERTRAX transient calculations.
: 6. Samarium is considered in the assumptions used to develop the curve inputs and as a fixed input to the POWERTRAX transient calculations.
IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 4 of 351
IOST-1036                                   Rev. 39                                 Page 4 of 351
( 4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (Cont.) 5.0 7. The required minimum boron concentration usually varies with xenon decay. It is necessary to select a time and temperature based calculation that corresponds to planned plant evolution, and repeat this calculation as necessary if the plan changes. 8. Powertrax is an ICON based computer program. After a calculation is completed, positioning the mouse on a specific node located on the graph and clicking the center mouse button will display the parameters for that specific node. If the mouse is a two button unit the equivalent fUnction is obtained by depressing both buttons at the same time. This. function can be used as many times. as desired and allow a printout of the specific time/data points needed. 9. The Powertrax Shutdown Boron Concentration Module printout will show the Xenon free boron as SOR Minimum Boron. The minimum shutdown boron for the projected time will be listed in the table specific to the temperature under the "ppm Btl column. 10. The requirement to be borated to cold shutdown conditions prior to blocking SI is based on a commitment contained in FSAR Section 6.3.2.8. This requirement ensures that if a steam line break occurs after SI has been blocked, the resultant cooldown will not resultinretum tb The required value is not the Tech Spec shutdown margin; therefore, it is acceptable to credit the worth of all control rods inserted.  
 
4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (Cont.)
: 7. The required minimum boron concentration usually varies with xenon decay. It is necessary to select a time and temperature based calculation that corresponds to planned plant evolution, and repeat this calculation as necessary if the plan changes.
: 8. Powertrax is an ICON based computer program. After a calculation is completed, positioning the mouse on a specific node located on the graph and clicking the center mouse button will display the parameters for that specific node. If the mouse is a two button unit the equivalent fUnction is obtained by depressing both buttons at the same time. This. function can be used as many times. as desired and allow a printout of the specific time/data points needed.
: 9. The Powertrax Shutdown Boron Concentration Module printout will show the Xenon free boron as SOR Minimum Boron. The minimum shutdown boron for the projected time will be listed in the table specific to the temperature under the "ppm Btl column.
: 10. The requirement to be borated to cold shutdown conditions prior to blocking SI is based on a commitment contained in FSAR Section 6.3.2.8.
This requirement ensures that if a steam line break occurs after SI has been blocked, the resultant cooldown will not resultinretum tb criticality~
The required value is not the Tech Spec shutdown margin; therefore, it is acceptable to credit the worth of all control rods inserted.
: 11. To ensure the requirements of FSAR Section 6.3.2.8 are met, prior to blocking SI, the RCS r:nust be borated to cold shutdown.
: 11. To ensure the requirements of FSAR Section 6.3.2.8 are met, prior to blocking SI, the RCS r:nust be borated to cold shutdown.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT*  
5.0  TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT*
: 1. EMF-1715(P)
: 1. EMF-1715(P) Powertrax Users Guide
Powertrax Users Guide 2. Operations Curve Book 3. Technical Specifications  
: 2. Operations Curve Book
: 4. PLP-106 Shutdown Margin Curve IOST-1036 Rev. 39 1 Page 5 of 351
: 3. Technical Specifications
: 4. PLP-106 Shutdown Margin Curve
(
IOST-1036                                   Rev. 39                                 Page 5 of 351 1


===6.0 ACCEPTANCE===
6.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA This procedure will be completed satisfactorily if any one of the following criteria is met:
 
                        *. IF performed for Modes 3, 4, or5, AND the RCS has been borated to the required Refueling Boron Concentration (COLR value),
CRITERIA This procedure will be completed satisfactorily if any one of the following criteria is met: IOST-1036
OR
*. IF performed for Modes 3, 4, or5, AND the RCS has been borated to the required Refueling Boron Concentration (COLR value), OR
* IF performed for Modes 3, 4, or 5, Section 7.1 is completed satisfactorily as indicated by the current ReS boron being greater than the minimum ReS boron listed on the POWERTRAX printout for the desired condition, OR
* IF performed for Modes 3, 4, or 5, Section 7.1 is completed satisfactorily as indicated by the current ReS boron being greater than the minimum ReS boron listed on the POWERTRAX printout for the desired condition, OR
* IF performed for Modes 3, 4 orS, Section 7.2 is completed satisfactorily as indicated by the current RCS boron being greater than the calculated required.shutdown boron concentration.
* IF performed for Modes 3, 4 orS, Section 7.2 is completed satisfactorily as indicated by the current RCS boron being greater than the calculated required.shutdown boron concentration.
OR
OR
* IF performed for Modes 1 or2, Section 7.3 is completed satisfactorily as indicated by the shutdown margin recorded in Item 9 of Attachment 3 being greater than or equal to 1770 pcm. Rev. 39 Page 6 of 351
(~
 
* IF performed for Modes 1 or2, Section 7.3 is completed satisfactorily as indicated by the shutdown margin recorded in Item 9 of Attachment 3 being greater than or equal to 1770 pcm.
===7.0 PROCEDURE===
IOST-1036                                      Rev. 39                                 Page 6 of 351


CAUTION Do not use Section 7.1 before initial criticality on any new fuel cycle. 1. IFthis procedure is being performed to verify Shutdown Boron Concentration in Modes 3, 4, or 5 with two or more stuck rods, THEN PERFORM the following substeps:  
7.0  PROCEDURE CAUTION Do not use Section 7.1 before initial criticality on any new fuel cycle.
: a. The required Shutdown Boron Concentration is equal to 2172 ppm with no further calculation required.
: 1.     IFthis procedure is being performed to verify Shutdown Boron Concentration in Modes 3, 4, or 5 with two or more stuck rods, THEN PERFORM the following substeps:
Q. COMPLETE Attachment 6, Certifications and Reviews. c. INFORM the Unit SCO that this test has been completed.  
: a.     The required Shutdown Boron Concentration is equal to 2172 ppm with no further calculation required.
: 2. IF this procedure is being performed to verify adequate Shutdown Boron Concentration in Modes 3, 4, or 5, AND theRGS is boratedtQ the required Refueling Boron Concentration of 2172 ppm, THEN PERFORM the following substeps:*  
Q.     COMPLETE Attachment 6, Certifications and Reviews.
: a. b. COMPLETE Section 7.5, Test Completion COMPLETE Attachment 6, Certifications and Reviews. c. INFORM the Unit SCO that this test has been completed.  
: c.     INFORM the Unit SCO that this test has been completed.
: 2.     IF this procedure is being performed to verify adequate Shutdown Boron Concentration in Modes 3, 4, or 5, AND theRGS is boratedtQ the required Refueling Boron Concentration of 2172 ppm, THEN PERFORM the following substeps:*
: a.     COMPLETE Section 7.5, Test Completion
: b.      COMPLETE Attachment 6, Certifications and Reviews.
: c.       INFORM the Unit SCO that this test has been completed.
7.1. Shutdown Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3 - 5)
NOTE:    The review of the Control Operator's Log will ensure adequate sampling of a
          .constant xenon condition to provide an accurate Shutdown Margin.
: 1. IF performing this procedure while in Modes 1 or 2 for projected Mode 3-5 conditions, THEN PERFORM the following: (Otherwise this step N/A)
: a.      REVIEW the Control Operator's Log to ensure steady state conditions (less than 10% power manipulations) within the previous 72 hours.
IOST-1036                                        Rev. 39                              Page 7 of 351


===7.1. Shutdown===
7.1 Shutdown Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3 - 5) (Cont.)
Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3 -5) NOTE: The review of the Control Operator's Log will ensure adequate sampling of a . constant xenon condition to provide an accurate Shutdown Margin. 1. IF performing this procedure while in Modes 1 or 2 for projected Mode 3-5 conditions, IOST-1036 THEN PERFORM the following: (Otherwise this step N/A) a. REVIEW the Control Operator's Log to ensure steady state conditions (less than 10% power manipulations) within the previous 72 hours. Rev. 39 Page 7 of 351 c 7.1 Shutdown Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3 -5) (Cont.) b. IF steady state conditions have not existed for the past 72 hours, THEN PERFORM one of the following: (N/A if not pe.rformed)  
: b.     IF steady state conditions have not existed for the past 72 hours, THEN PERFORM one of the following: (N/A if not pe.rformed)
(1) CONTACT Reactor Engineering AND have additional MICROBURN-P triggers processed, if required.
(1)     CONTACT Reactor Engineering AND have additional MICROBURN-P triggers processed, if required.
OR (2) DISCONTINUE this procedure section and PERFORM Section 7.2. c. N/A Steps 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7.1.14 and 7.1.15.d.  
OR (2)     DISCONTINUE this procedure section and PERFORM Section 7.2.
: d. CONTINUE with Step 7.1.4. 2. IF performing this procedure while in Modes 3-5, THEN PERFORM the following:  
: c. N/A Steps 7.1.2, 7.1.3,  7.1~11, 7.1.14 and 7.1.15.d.
: a. CHECK that a MICROBURN-P file trigger has been processed at or subsequent to the reactor trip or shutdown.  
: d. CONTINUE with Step 7.1.4.
: b. IF a MICROBURN-P file trigger has not been processed, THEN PERFORM one of the following: (This Step N/A if a file has been processed, N/A substep not performed)  
: 2. IF performing this procedure while in Modes 3-5, THEN PERFORM the following:
(1) CONTACT Reactor Engineering and have additional MICROBURN-P triggers processed.
: a. CHECK that a MICROBURN-P file trigger has been processed at or subsequent to the reactor trip or shutdown.
OR (2) DISCONTINUE this procedure section and PERFORM Section 7.2. 3. RECORD the following parameters:  
: b. IF a MICROBURN-P file trigger has not been processed, c                  THEN PERFORM one of the following: (This Step N/A if a file has been processed, N/A substep not performed)
: a. RCS Sample Time and Date: b. RCS Boron Concentration:  
(1)     CONTACT Reactor Engineering and have additional MICROBURN-P triggers processed.
: c. Projected SDM Time and Date d. Projected SDM Temperature
OR (2)     DISCONTINUE this procedure section and PERFORM Section 7.2.
___ ppn IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 8 of 351
: 3. RECORD the following parameters:
: a. RCS Sample Time and Date:
: b. RCS Boron Concentration:                                               ___ ppn
: c. Projected SDM Time and Date
: d. Projected SDM Temperature IOST-1036                                   Rev. 39                                 Page 8 of 351


===7.1 Shutdown===
7.1   Shutdown Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3 - 5) (Cont.)
Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3 -5) (Cont.) NOTE: Powertrax is a case sensitive application.
NOTE:   Powertrax is a case sensitive application. The commands listed in "apostrophes" should be typed as listed in the procedure.
The commands listed in "apostrophes" should be typed as listed in the procedure.  
: 4. To use the STA LAN computer PERFORM the following steps:
: 4. To use the STA LAN computer PERFORM the following steps: a. GO to START/STA Icons. b. DOUBLE CLICK on PowerTrax at HNP icon. c. SIGN ON User 10 as "sta". d. TAB to Password.  
: a. GO to START/STA Icons.
: e. USE "hnp_sta"as a password.  
: b. DOUBLE CLICK on PowerTrax at HNP icon.
: f. DEPRESS ENTER. NOTE: Due to conflicts between the operating systems(Unix vs. Windows), Step 7.1.4.g may have to be performed twice. ... g. WHEN the HNP Unix window opens, PERFORM the following:  
: c. SIGN ON User 10 as "sta".
(1) ENTER "hnpptx".  
: d. TAB to Password.
(2) DEPRESS ENTER. 5. From the PowerTrax Main Menu SELECT: ... Shutdown Horon Concentration Prediction  
: e. USE "hnp_sta"as a password.
: 6. Once the POWERTRAX Shutdown Boron Concentration Module screen appears, PERFORM the following:  
: f. DEPRESS ENTER.
: a. ACTIVATE the "Eile" pull down menu. b. SELECT "Qpen". C. SELECT "MB-P File". I OST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 9 of 351
NOTE:   Due to conflicts between the operating systems(Unix vs. Windows), Step 7.1.4.g may have to be performed twice.       ...
: g. WHEN the HNP Unix window opens, PERFORM the following:
(1)     ENTER "hnpptx".
(2)     DEPRESS ENTER.
: 5. From the PowerTrax... Main Menu SELECT:
Shutdown Horon Concentration Prediction
: 6. Once the POWERTRAX Shutdown Boron Concentration Module screen appears, PERFORM the following:
: a. ACTIVATE the "Eile" pull down menu.
: b. SELECT "Qpen".
C. SELECT "MB-P File".
IOST-1036                                   Rev. 39                           Page 9 of 351


===7.1 Shutdown===
7.1   Shutdown Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3 - 5) (Cont.)
Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3 -5) (Cont.) (' NOTE: "Directories" will be listed in the following format: . "/ptrax/hnp/CY111MBP/d.YYMMDD.f-.lHmmss".
(' NOTE:   "Directories" will be listed in the following format: .
Example would be Iptra){Jhnp/CY111MBP/d.021201.090037  
            "/ptrax/hnp/CY111MBP/d.YYMMDD.f-.lHmmss". Example would be Iptra){Jhnp/CY111MBP/d.021201.090037 = 12/01/02 @ 0900.37 NOTE:   In the case of a Reactor Trip or Emergency Shutdown, a new file will most likely be generated by Reactor Engineering.
= 12/01/02 @ 0900.37 NOTE: In the case of a Reactor Trip or Emergency Shutdown, a new file will most likely be generated by Reactor Engineering.  
: 7. WHILE viewing the File Selection Menu screen, PERFORM the following:
: 7. WHILE viewing the File Selection Menu screen, PERFORM the following:  
: a. PERFORM one of the following: (N/A substep not performed)
: a. PERFORM one of the following: (N/A substep not performed)  
(1)     IF in Modes 1 or 2, in the Directories sub-screen, THEN SELECT a directory created within the previous 72 hrs(preferably the most receM directory).
(1) IF in Modes 1 or 2, in the Directories sub-screen, THEN SELECT a directory created within the previous 72 hrs(preferably the most receM directory).
OR (2) . IF in Modes 3-5, THEN SELECT a directory created at or subsequent to the reactor trip or shutdown (preferably the most recent).
1 OST-1036 OR (2) . IF in Modes 3-5, THEN SELECT a directory created at or subsequent to the reactor trip or shutdown (preferably the most recent). b. SELECT "Filter".  
: b. SELECT "Filter".
: c. In the Files sub-screen, SELECT the file labeled as "dat.YYMMDD.HHmmss".  
: c. In the Files sub-screen, SELECT the file labeled as "dat.YYMMDD.HHmmss".
: d. RECORD the file name(date and time) selected in the previous step. File ___ --'-_____ _ e. SELECT "OK". Rev. 39 Page 10 of 351
: d. RECORD the file name(date and time) selected in the previous step.
File _ _ _--'-_ _ _ _ __
: e. SELECT "OK".
1 OST-1036                                        Rev. 39                         Page 10 of 351


===7.1 Shutdown===
7.1   Shutdown Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3 -5) (Cont.)
Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3 -5) (Cont.) 8. On the POWERTRAX Shutdown Boron Concentration Module Screen, INPUT the following POWERTRAX data  
: 8. On the POWERTRAX Shutdown Boron Concentration Module Screen, INPUT the following POWERTRAX data fields~
: a. Calc Directory (suggest YYMMDD_XXX, where XXX is/the users initials)
: a. Calc Directory (suggest YYMMDD_XXX, where XXX is/the users initials)
NOTE: The preset defaults for the Number of Calculations and Delta Time will result in a 24 hour projection.
NOTE:   The preset defaults for the Number of Calculations and Delta Time will result in a 24 hour projection. These defaults will normally be used, however, they may be modified if a different projection time is desired.
These defaults will normally be used, however, they may be modified if a different projection time is desired. NOTE: If this procedure is being performed in Modes*1 or 2 for projected shutdown conditions, the time between the last MICROBURN-P file and projected 80M should be 24 hrs in Step 7.1.8.b. b. DETERMINE the time between the Jast MICROBURN-P file (Step 7.1.7.d) and the projectedSDM.
NOTE:   If this procedure is being performed in Modes*1 or 2 for projected shutdown conditions, the time between the last MICROBURN-P file and projected 80M should be 24 hrs in Step 7.1.8.b.
Hrs ---c. DIVIDE the number of hours (Step7.1.8.b) by2 and round up to the nearest whole number. ___ result (number of calculations)  
: b. DETERMINE the time between the Jast MICROBURN-P file (Step 7.1.7.d) and the projectedSDM.
: d. ENTER the resultant from Step 7.1.8.c into the number of calculations field (Default is 12). e. VERIFY (2) is entered in the Delta Time field. f. . RECORD the value displayed for Burnup. Burnup-____ EFPD 9. ACTIVATE the "Eile" pull down menu and PERFORM the following:  
                    - - - Hrs
: a. SELECT "Run". b. At the "Job Execution Dialog" box, SELECT "Run". IOST-1036 I Rev. 39 Page 11 of 35 I
: c. DIVIDE the number of hours (Step7.1.8.b) by2 and round up to the nearest whole number.
___ result (number of calculations)
: d. ENTER the resultant from Step 7.1.8.c into the number of calculations field (Default is 12).
: e. VERIFY (2) is entered in the Delta Time field.
: f. . RECORD the value displayed for Burnup.
Burnup-   _ _ _ _ EFPD
: 9. ACTIVATE the "Eile" pull down menu and PERFORM the following:
: a. SELECT "Run".
: b. At the "Job Execution Dialog" box, SELECT "Run".
IOST-1036                       I               Rev. 39                           Page 11 of 35 I


===7.1 Shutdown===
7.1   Shutdown Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3 - 5) (Cont.)
Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3 -5) (Cont.) NOTE: POWERTRAX will take several minutes to complete the necessary calculations.  
NOTE:   POWERTRAX will take several minutes to complete the necessary calculations.
: 10. AFTER the calculation is complete, PERFORM the fol!owing:  
: 10. AFTER the calculation is complete, PERFORM the fol!owing:
: a. ACTIVATE the "Qutput" pull down menu. b. SELECT "Qutput".
: a.       ACTIVATE the "Qutput" pull down menu.
NOTE: Section 7.0 provides guidance if more than one rod is known to be immovable or untrippable.  
: b.       SELECT "Qutput".
: 11. IF any rod is known to be immovable or untrippable AND is not completely inserted in the core, THEN PERFORM the following: (otherwise, mark the Step "N/A" and proceed to the next Step) a. For any stuck rod, USE the value of the most reactive single rod worth (-1326 pcm) OR OBTAIN the individual withdrawn rod worth for each rod from Reactor Engineering.
NOTE:     Section 7.0 provides guidance if more than one rod is known to be immovable or untrippable.
In the upper right hand portion of.the screen, INPUT the reactivity value of the known stuck rod(s). 12. ACTIVATE the "ReS Iemperatures" pull down menu, and PERFORM the following:  
: 11. IF any rod is known to be immovable or untrippable AND is not completely inserted in the core, THEN PERFORM the following: (otherwise, mark the Step "N/A" and proceed to the next Step)
: a. SELECT "&sect;elect Temperatures".
: a.       For any stuck rod, USE the value of the most reactive single rod worth
NOTE: IF performing in Modes 1 or 2 forprojeded conditions in Modes 3-5, THEN the following temperatures are normally entered: 557,550,500,450,400, 350, 300, 250, 200, and 70&deg;F b. INPUT the desired corresponding temperature values. c. SELECT "OK". I OST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 12 of 351
(-1326 pcm) OR OBTAIN the individual withdrawn rod worth for each rod from Reactor Engineering. In the upper right hand portion of.the screen, INPUT the reactivity value of the known stuck rod(s).
: 12. ACTIVATE the "ReS Iemperatures" pull down menu, and PERFORM the following:
: a.       SELECT "&sect;elect Temperatures".
NOTE:   IF performing in Modes 1 or 2 forprojeded conditions in Modes 3-5, THEN the following temperatures are normally entered:
557,550,500,450,400, 350, 300, 250, 200, and 70&deg;F
: b.       INPUT the desired corresponding temperature values.
: c.       SELECT "OK".
IOST-1036                                         Rev. 39                                   Page 12 of 351


===7.1 Shutdown===
7.1 Shutdown Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3- 5) (Cont.)
Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3-5) (Cont.) 13. ACTIVATE the "Eile" pull down menu, and perform the following:  
: 13. ACTIVATE the "Eile" pull down menu, and perform the following:
: a. SELECT "Erint". b. SELECT "8eport" . . c. SELECT "No Format". d. SELECT "OK". NOTE: The POWERTRAX output indicates the postulated shutdown occurring at the 1 st data point. Successive datapoints correspond to the elapsed time following the shutdown.
: a.       SELECT "Erint".
NOTE: The data for the time and date of the MICROBURN-P file is on line "1" of the printout.
: b.       SELECT "8eport".
The data for projected time and are on the last line. 14. PERFORM the following to verify the present ReS boron concentration is greater than the minimum boron concentration required for the projected conditions:  
            .c.       SELECT "No Format".
: a. VERIFY the projected time and date on the printout are within two hours of that in Step 7.1.3.c. b. VERIFY the present boron concentration is greater than that required:  
: d.     SELECT "OK".
(1) RECORD present boron . -..,... __ ppm (Step 7.1.3.b) (2) RECORD required boron _____ ppm (Printout)  
NOTE:   The POWERTRAX output indicates the postulated shutdown occurring at the 1st data point. Successive datapoints correspond to the elapsed time following the shutdown.
NOTE:   The data for the time and date of the MICROBURN-P file is on line "1" of the printout. The data for projected time and d~te are on the last line.
: 14. PERFORM the following to verify the present ReS boron concentration is greater than the minimum boron concentration required for the projected conditions:
: a.     VERIFY the projected time and date on the printout are within two hours of that in Step 7.1.3.c.
: b.     VERIFY the present boron concentration is greater than that required:
(1)     RECORD present boron .       -..,..._ _ppm (Step 7.1.3.b)
(2)     RECORD required boron           _____ ppm (Printout)
: 15. From the POWERTRAX printout, PERFORM Independent verification of the following:
: 15. From the POWERTRAX printout, PERFORM Independent verification of the following:
105T-1036
: a.       Date and Time for the first data point is at or subsequent to the time of the reactor trip or shutdown ..(N/A if no trip or shutdown occurred)
: a. Date and Time for the first data point is at or subsequent to the time of the reactor trip or shutdown .. (N/A if no trip or shutdown occurred)  
: b.       Date and time(1 second later) for the first data point corresponds to the file name recorded in Step 7.1.7.d.
: b. Date and time(1 second later) for the first data point corresponds to the file name recorded in Step 7.1.7.d. c. IF there is a stuck rod, THEN the pcm value listed on the printout is -1326 pcm, otherwise the value is zero. d. The Acceptance Criteria listed in Step 7.1.14 is met. Rev. 39 Page 13 of 351   
: c.       IF there is a stuck rod, THEN the pcm value listed on the printout is
                      -1326 pcm, otherwise the value is zero.
: d.     The Acceptance Criteria listed in Step 7.1.14 is met.
105T-1036                                      Rev. 39                                 Page 13 of 351
 
7.1  Shutdown Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3- 5) (Cont.)
: 16. UPDATE the MCR Status Board with the EFPD value recorded in Step 7.1.8.f.
: 17. IF performing in Modes 1 or 2 for projected Modes 3-5 conditions, THEN UPDATE the Xenon Free boron concentration for the temperatures specified on the status board. (N/A if performed in Modes 3-5)
: 18. To exit the PowerTrax application, PERFORM the following:
: a.    . ACTIVATE the "File" pull down menu.
: b.      SELECT "Close".
: c.      ACTIVATE the "File" pull down menu.
: d.      SELECT "Exit".
: e.      ACTIVATE "Exit" pull down menu.
: f.        SELECT "Exit".
: g.      DEPRESS Enter at the prompt.
: h.      TYPE "exit".
: i.      DEPRESS Enter.
1 OST-1036                                  Rev. 39                          Page 14 of 351
 
7.2. Manual 80M Calculation (Modes 3 - 5)
: 1. RECORD the following information:
Value EFPO                            Core burn up from MCR Status board.
SOM Temp                        Temperature for which this SOM calculation is taking credit.
CRCS                            Latest available RCS boron sample.
NOTE:    Following core reload, the RWST ATOM percent value should be used until a measurement is obtained for the current Cycle.
ARCS                              RCS B-10 ATOM percent from MCR status board.
OR RWST B-10 Atom percent, IF following Core Reload
: 2. CHECK rod status as follows:
: a. IF all rods are inserted, RECORD CRODS = 0 in Step 7.2.3.a and N/A Step 7.2.2.b.
(
: b. IF all rods are not inserted, COMPLETE Attachment 1.
NOTE:        Curve A-X-22 contains Notes to ensure SOM requirements are met for plant conditions.
: 3. DETERMINE Xenon free SOM boron concentration, CSDM, as follows:
: a. RECORD the following information:
Value Boron additionto compensate for stuck rods from Attachment 1 or Step 7.2.2.a.
CCURVE                          Uncorrected required SOM boron concentration from curve A-X-22 (Use action level line on curve.)
1 OST-1036                                    Rev. 39                          Page 15 of 351
 
7.2  Manual SDM Calculation (Modes 3 - 5) (Cont.)
: b. DETERMINE required Xenon free SOM uncorrected boron concentration CREQ:
CREQ = CRODS + CCURVE CREQ= _ _ _ __
: c. DETERMINE Xenon free SOM corrected boron concentration, CSDM:
CSDM = 19.9* (C REQ )    ARCS- RCS 8-10 ATOM percent from ARcs                Step 7.2.1.
CSDM= _ _ _ __            CREQ - Xe free SOM uncorrected boron concentration from Step 7.2.3.b
: 4. DETERMINE whether SOM requirements can be met by Xenon free SOM calculation:
: a. COMPARE RCS boron concentration, CRcs,and Xenon free SOM corrected boron concentration, CSDM:
RCS boron sample from Step 7.2.1.
CSDM                      Xenon free SOM corrected boron concentration from Step 7.2.3.c.
IOST-1036                                Rev. 39                              Page 16 of 351
 
7.2 Manual 8DM Calculation (Modes 3 - 5) (Cont.)
: b. IF CRCS is greater than CSDM ,
THEN SOM requirements are met and this OST is satisfactory for the temperature recorded in Step 7.2.1 upon performance of the following:
(1 )    PERFORM an independent verification of this Section and applicable attachments.
(2)      MARK remaining Steps in this Section N/A and COMPLETE
                          . Section 7.5 Test Completion.
: c. IF C RCS is less than or equal to CSDM, THEN CONTINUE with Step 7.2.5 to take credit for Xenon effects.
: 5. PERFORM Attachment 2 to calculate SDM boron requirements to account for Xenon .effects;
: 6. DETERMINE SDM boron. concentration corrected for boron-1 0 and Xenon effects, C SDM, xi:::
CXE    = ----                Boron equivalent to compensate for Xenon from Attachment 2 ..
c          CSDM, XE CSDM,XE
                      = CSDM - CXE
                      =___
CSDM - Xenon free SOM corrected boron concentration from Step 7.2.3.c.                        .
: 7. DETERMINE whether SOM requirementscan be met by SOMboron conce~tration cG>rrected for boron-10 and* Xenon effects:
: a.      COMPARE RCS boron concentration, CRcs , and SOM boron concentration corrected for boron-1 0 and Xenon effects, CSDM XE:
CRCS                          Latest available RCS boron sample from Step 7.2.1.
CSDM,XE                        SOM boron concentration corrected for boron-10 and Xenon effects from Step 7.2.6.
IOST-1036                                    Rev. 39                            Page 17 of 351
 
7.2  Manual SOM Calculation (Modes 3 - 5) (Cant.)
: b. IF CRcs is greater than CSDM,XE, THEN SOM requirements are met and this OST issatisfactory for
(                the temperature recorded in Step 7.2.1 until the projected time recorded in Attachment 2 upon performance of the following:
(1)    PERFORM an independent verification of this Section and applicable attachments.
(2)    COMPLETE Section 7.5, Test Completion.
: c. IF CRCS is less than or equal to CSDM, XE, THEN SOM requirements are not met and this OST is unsatisfactory. BORATE to establish adequate 80M.
IOST-1036                                Rev. 39                              Page 18 of 351


===7.1 Shutdown===
7.3. Manual SOM Calculation (Modes 1 and 2)
Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3-5) (Cont.) 16. UPDATE the MCR Status Board with the EFPD value recorded in Step 7.1.8.f. 17. IF performing in Modes 1 or 2 for projected Modes 3-5 conditions, THEN UPDATE the Xenon Free boron concentration for the temperatures specified on the status board. (N/A if performed in Modes 3-5) 18. To exit the PowerTrax application, PERFORM the following:
(         1. ENTER the absolute value for each parameter on Attachment3.
: a. . ACTIVATE the "File" pull down menu. b. SELECT "Close". c. ACTIVATE the "File" pull down menu. d. SELECT "Exit". e. ACTIVATE "Exit" pull down menu. f. SELECT "Exit". g. DEPRESS Enter at the prompt. h. TYPE "exit". i. DEPRESS Enter. 1 OST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 14 of 351 
: 2. PERFORM the calculation listed on Attachment 3 Item 9 for the required SOM boron concentration f~r the projected conditions.
( 7.2. Manual 80M Calculation (Modes 3 -5) 1. RECORD the following information:
: 3. PERFORM an independent verification of Attachment 3.
EFPO Core burn up from MCR Status board. SOM Temp Temperature for which this SOM calculation is taking credit. CRCS Latest available RCS boron sample. Value NOTE: Following core reload, the RWST ATOM percent value should be used until a measurement is obtained for the current Cycle. ARCS RCS B-10 ATOM percent from MCR status board. OR RWST B-10 Atom percent, IF following Core Reload 2. CHECK rod status as follows: a. b. IF all rods are inserted, RECORD CRODS = 0 in Step 7.2.3.a and N/A Step 7.2.2.b. IF all rods are not inserted, COMPLETE Attachment
: 4. . VERIFY that total SOM recorded on Attachment 3 is 1770 pcm or greater.
: 1. NOTE: Curve A-X-22 contains Notes to ensure SOM requirements are met for plant conditions.
(,
: 3. DETERMINE Xenon free SOM boron concentration, CSDM, as follows: CCURVE 1 OST-1036 a. RECORD the following information:
(
Boron additionto compensate for stuck rods from Attachment 1 or Step 7.2.2.a. Uncorrected required SOM boron concentration from curve A-X-22 (Use action level line on curve.) Rev. 39 Value Page 15 of 351
IOST-1036                                 Rev. 39 I                Page 19 of 351


===7.2 Manual===
(
SDM Calculation (Modes 3 -5) (Cont.) b. DETERMINE required Xenon free SOM uncorrected boron concentration CREQ: CREQ = CRODS + CCURVE CREQ= ____ _ c. DETERMINE Xenon free SOM corrected boron concentration, CSDM: CSDM = 19.9* (C REQ) ARcs CSDM= ____ _ ARCS-RCS 8-10 ATOM percent from Step 7.2.1. CREQ -Xe free SOM uncorrected boron concentration from Step 7.2.3.b 4. DETERMINE whether SOM requirements can be met by Xenon free SOM calculation:
7.4. Manual Determination For Cold Shutdown Boron Requirements to Allow Blocking Safety Injection NOTE:   The RCS temperature is assumed to be 200 OF for Cold Shutdown.
IOST-1036
: 1. IF this section is being performed to determine the Projected Boron Required (CPBR) in preparation for plant shutdown, THEN MARK this step N/A, Otherwise VERIFY the following conditions (If all conditions cannot be met, discontinue use of this section and mark all remaining Steps N/A):
: a. COMPARE RCS boron concentration, CRcs,and Xenon free SOM corrected boron concentration, CSDM: CSDM RCS boron sample from Step 7.2.1. Xenon free SOM corrected boron concentration from Step 7.2.3.c. Rev. 39 Page 16 of 351 c 7.2 Manual 8DM Calculation (Modes 3 -5) (Cont.) b. IF CRCS is greater than C SDM , THEN SOM requirements are met and this OST is satisfactory for the temperature recorded in Step 7.2.1 upon performance of the following:
: a.     All reactor trip breakers are Open.
(1 ) (2) PERFORM an independent verification of this Section and applicable attachments.
: b.     All reactor trip bypass breakers are Open.
MARK remaining Steps in this Section N/A and COMPLETE . Section 7.5 Test Completion.
: c.     All control bank and all shutdown rods are fully inserted.
: c. IF C RCS is less than or equal to CSDM, THEN CONTINUE with Step 7.2.5 to take credit for Xenon effects. 5. PERFORM Attachment 2 to calculate SDM boron requirements to account for Xenon . effects; 6. DETERMINE SDM boron. concentration corrected for boron-1 0 and Xenon effects, C SDM , xi::: CXE = ----CSDM, XE = CSDM -CXE CSDM,XE = __ _ Boron equivalent to compensate for Xenon from Attachment 2 .. CSDM -Xenon free SOM corrected boron concentration from Step 7.2.3.c. . 7. DETERMINE whether SOM requirementscan be met by SOMboron cG>rrected for boron-10 and* Xenon effects: IOST-1 036 a. COMPARE RCS boron concentration, CRcs , and SOM boron concentration corrected for boron-1 0 and Xenon effects, CS DM XE: CRCS Latest available RCS boron sample from Step 7.2.1. CSDM,XE SOM boron concentration corrected for boron-10 and Xenon effects from Step 7.2.6. Rev. 39 Page 17 of 351 
( 7.2 Manual SOM Calculation (Modes 3 -5) (Cant.) IOST-1036
: b. IF CRcs is greater than CSDM,XE, THEN SOM requirements are met and this OST issatisfactory for the temperature recorded in Step 7.2.1 until the projected time recorded in Attachment 2 upon performance of the following:
(1) PERFORM an independent verification of this Section and applicable attachments.
(2) COMPLETE Section 7.5, Test Completion.
: c. IF CRCS is less than or equal to CSDM, XE, THEN SOM requirements are not met and this OST is unsatisfactory.
BORATE to establish adequate 80M. Rev. 39 Page 18 of 351 
( ( , ( 7.3. Manual SOM Calculation (Modes 1 and 2) 1. ENTER the absolute value for each parameter on Attachment3.
: 2. PERFORM the calculation listed on Attachment 3 Item 9 for the required SOM boron concentration the projected conditions.
: 3. PERFORM an independent verification of Attachment
: 3. 4. . VERIFY that total SOM recorded on Attachment 3 is 1770 pcm or greater. IOST-1036 Rev. 39 I Page 19 of 351 
( 7.4. Manual Determination For Cold Shutdown Boron Requirements to Allow Blocking Safety Injection NOTE: The RCS temperature is assumed to be 200 OF for Cold Shutdown.  
: 1. IF this section is being performed to determine the Projected Boron Required (CPBR) in preparation for plant shutdown, THEN MARK this step N/A, Otherwise VERIFY the following conditions (If all conditions cannot be met, discontinue use of this section and mark all remaining Steps N/A): a. All reactor trip breakers are Open. b. All reactor trip bypass breakers are Open. c. All control bank and all shutdown rods are fully inserted.  
: 2. RECORD the following information:
: 2. RECORD the following information:
EFPD RCS Temp IOST-1036 Core burn up from MCR Status board. Temperature fbrwhich this SDM calculation is taking credit. Latest available RCS boron sample. RCS B-10 ATOM percent from MCR status board. . Rev. 39 Value Page 20 of 35 I
Value EFPD                               Core burn up from MCR Status board.
RCS Temp                          Temperature fbrwhich this SDM calculation is taking credit.
Latest available RCS boron sample.
RCS B-10 ATOM percent from MCR status board.                       .
IOST-1036                                        Rev. 39                           Page 20 of 35 I
 
7.4  Manual Determination For Cold Shutdown Boron Requirements to Allow Blocking Safety Injection (Cont.)
NOTE:    Curve A-X-22 contains Notes to ensure SOM requirements are met for plant conditions.
: 3. DETERMINE the required Xenon free cold shutdown boron concentration, Ccso , as follows:
: a.      From Curve A-X-22, DETERMINE the required Xenon free SOM uncorrected boron concentration, CREQ:
C REQ = _ _ __
: b.      DETERMINE Xenon free cold shutdown corrected boron concentration, Ccso:
Ccso = 19.9 * (CREQ)                      ARCS - RCS B 10 ATOM percent from Step 7.4.2.
CREQ - Xe free SOM uncorrected boron concentration from Step 7.4.3.a.
Ccso= _ _ __
: 4. DETERMINE the absolute value of uncorrected differential boron worth, OBWUNC, from curve A-X-16, A-X-17, or A-X-18.
Curve Used OBWUNC =
OBWUNC = Uncorrected differential boron worth.
: 5. DETERMINE corrected differential boron worth OBWCORR:
OBWCOR R = (OBWUNd(ARcsL          OBWUNC - Uncorrected differential boron 19.9                      worth. Step 7.4.4.
ARCS - RCS B-10 ATOM percent from Step 7.4.2.
OBWCORR = _ __                    Corrected differential boron worth.
IOST-1036                                    Rev. 39                              Page 21 of 351


===7.4 Manual===
7.4   Manual Determination For Cold Shutdown Boron Requirements to Allow Blocking Safety Injection (Cont.)
Determination For Cold Shutdown Boron Requirements to Allow Blocking Safety Injection (Cont.) NOTE: Curve A-X-22 contains Notes to ensure SOM requirements are met for plant conditions.  
NOTE:   Step 7.4.6 determines the boron equivalent of the most reactive rod being
: 3. DETERMINE the required Xenon free cold shutdown boron concentration, C cso , as follows: a. From Curve A-X-22, DETERMINE the required Xenon free SOM uncorrected boron concentration, CREQ: C REQ= ___ _ b. DETERMINE Xenon free cold shutdown corrected boron concentration, Ccso: Ccso = 19.9 * (CREQ) ARCS -RCS B 10 ATOM percent from Step 7.4.2. Ccso= ___ _ CREQ -Xe free SOM uncorrected boron concentration from Step 7.4.3.a. 4. DETERMINE the absolute value of uncorrected differential boron worth, OBWUNC, from curve A-X-16, A-X-17, or A-X-18. Curve Used OBWUNC = OBWUNC = Uncorrected differential boron worth. 5. DETERMINE corrected differential boron worth OBWCORR: IOST-1036 OBWCOR R = (OBWUNd(ARcsL 19.9 OBWCORR = __ _ OBWUNC -Uncorrected differential boron worth. Step 7.4.4. ARCS -RCS B-10 ATOM percent from Step 7.4.2.
        -inserted into the core(instead of stuck out).
Corrected differential boron worth. Rev. 39 Page 21 of 351 
: 6. DETERMINE the boron equivalent for the most reactive control rod fully inserted into the core, CROD:
CROD  =   1326              1326 - Additional reactivity worth of most -
DBWcORR                    reactive control rod fully inserted
                                                -into the core.
DBWcORR - Corrected differential-boron worth from Step 7.4.5.
CRO D =___                  Boron equivalent for most reactive control rod fully inserted.
IOST-1036                      I            Rev. 39                                 Page 22 of 35 I


===7.4 Manual===
7.4 Manual Determination For Cold Shutdown Boron Requirements to Allow Blocking Safety Injection (Cont.)
Determination For Cold Shutdown Boron Requirements to Allow Blocking Safety Injection (Cont.) NOTE: Step 7.4.6 determines the boron equivalent of the most reactive rod being -inserted into the core(instead of stuck out). 6. DETERMINE the boron equivalent for the most reactive control rod fully inserted into the core, CROD: IOST-1036 CROD = 1326 DBW cORR CRO D= __ _ I 1326 -Additional reactivity worth of most -reactive control rod fully inserted -into the core. DBWcORR -Corrected differential-boron worth from Step 7.4.5. Boron equivalent for most reactive control rod fully inserted.
(       7. DETERMINE the projected time period after shutdown or reactor trip to be used in determining Xenon worth:
Rev. 39 Page 22 of 35 I 
* Time since shutdown/trip.       _ _ _ hours.
( 7.4 Manual Determination For Cold Shutdown Boron Requirements to Allow Blocking Safety Injection (Cont.) 7. DETERMINE the projected time period after shutdown or reactor trip to be used in determining Xenon worth:
(a)
* Time since shutdown/trip.
* Projected Time =
___ hours. (a)
Time since shutdown/trip _ _ _ hours + 12 hours.
* Projected Time = Time since shutdown/trip
(a)
___ hours + 12 hours. (a)
* Projected Time           =------- hours (b)
* Projected Time = hours -------(b) . Projected*
                            . Projected* Time period ::: ---,~_ hours to _:-:-:--_ hours (a)                (b)
Time period :::
: 8. DETERMINE the absolute value of Xenon reactivity worth using either of the following: (Method not used is N/A)
hours to (a) _:-:-:--_
: a.     IFEXSPACK is NOT available, THEN DETERMINE the absolute value of the lowest Xenon I.
hours (b) 8. DETERMINE the absolute value of Xenon reactivity worth using either of the following: (Method not used is N/A) IOST-1036
reactivity worth during the- projected time period from curves B-X-5, B.,.X-6 or B-X-7, PXE:
: a. IFEXSPACK is NOT available, THEN DETERMINE the absolute value of the lowest Xenon I. reactivity worth during the-projected time period from curves B-X-5, B.,.X-6 or B-X-7, PXE: Curve used = ---PXE= __ _ Absolute value of the lowest Xenon reactivity worth during the projected time period. b. IF EXSPACK is available, THEN DETERMINE the absolute value of Xenon reactivity worth as follows: . (1) VERIFY reactor power at steady state (less than 10 percent power change) for at least 72 hours prior to initiation of the sh utdown/trip:
Curve used = - - -
Rev. 39 Page 23 of 35 I
PXE= _ __               Absolute value of the lowest Xenon reactivity worth during the projected time period.
( 7.4 Manual Determination For Cold Shutdown Boron Requirements to Allow Blocking Safety Injection (Cont.) (2) . OBTAIN a power history of the shutdown from any of the following:
: b. IF EXSPACK is available, THEN DETERMINE the absolute value of Xenon reactivity worth as follows:
                  . (1)     VERIFY reactor power at steady state (less than 10 percent power change) for at least 72 hours prior to initiation of the sh utdown/trip:
IOST-1036                                      Rev. 39                                 Page 23 of 35 I
 
7.4 Manual Determination For Cold Shutdown Boron Requirements to Allow Blocking Safety Injection (Cont.)
(                    (2) . OBTAIN a power history of the shutdown from any of the following:
* Operator logs
* Operator logs
* ERFIS plots, archives, or other (3) RECORD the power history in Attachment  
* ERFIS plots, archives, or other (3)   RECORD the power history in Attachment 4.
: 4. (4) VERIFY EXSPACKversion PNR02020 is in use. (5) ENTER the following data in the EXSPPACK program using the* ST A computer:
(4)   VERIFY EXSPACKversion PNR02020 is in use.
(5)   ENTER the following data in the EXSPPACK program using the* STA computer:
* EFPD from Step 7.4.2
* EFPD from Step 7.4.2
* Type of transient:
* Type of transient: Xenon
Xenon
* Power history from Attachment 4 (6)   USING the EXSPACK program, EXECUTE a Xenon transient calculation to determine the Xenon worth: .
* Power history from Attachment 4 (6) USING the EXSPACK program, EXECUTE a Xenon transient calculation to determine the Xenon worth: . (7) FROM the EXSPACK printout, DETERMINE the minimum value for Xenon during the 12 hours following the reaCtor trip or shutdown.
(7)   FROM the EXSPACK printout, DETERMINE the minimum value for Xenon during the 12 hours following the reaCtor trip or shutdown.
PXE= __ _ Xenon reactivity worth. 9. DETERMINE the boron equivalent for Xenon, CXE: C XE = PXE DBWcoRR CXE= __ _ PXE -Absolute value of the lowest Xenon reactivity worth during the projected time period Step 7.4.8.a. DBWcORR -Corrected differential boron worth from Step 7.4.5. Boron equivalent for Xenon worth at projected time. IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 24 of 35 I
PXE= _ __             Xenon reactivity worth.
( 7.4 Manual Determination For Cold Shutdown Boron Requirements to Allow Blocking Safety Injection (Cont.) 10. DETERMINE if cold shutdown conditions are met with credit taken for Xenon and the most reactive rod fully inserted.  
: 9. DETERMINE the boron equivalent for Xenon,       CXE:
: a. IF it is desired to determine what the Projected Boron Required (CPBR) to block Safety Injection, THEN PERFORM the following calculation:  
CXE =     PXE         PXE - Absolute value of the lowest Xenon reactivity worth DBWcoRR              during the projected time period Step 7.4.8.a.
(1) C PBR = C CSD CXE CPBR = (7.4.3.b)  
DBWcORR - Corrected differential boron worth from Step 7.4.5.
(7.4.6) (7.4.9) CPBR = (2) MARK Steps 7.4.10.b, 7.4.10.c, and 7.4.10.e N/A. (3) COMPLETE Section 7.5, Test Completion  
CXE= _ __            Boron equivalent for Xenon worth at projected time.
: b. '. IF it is desired to Calculate the equivalent RCS boron concentration CEQ, THEN PERFORM the following calculation:  
IOST-1036                                     Rev. 39                               Page 24 of 35 I
= + + CXE (7.4.2) (7.4.6) (7.4.9) CEQ = ---Verified Verified IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 25 of 35 I 7.4* Manual Determination For Cold Shutdown Boron Requirements to Allow Blocking Safety Injection (Cont.) c. COMPARE the equivalent RCS boron concentration CEQ to the required boron concentration for cold shutdown:
 
CEQ = ___ from Step 7.4.10.b CCSD = _--,---,-_
7.4 Manual Determination For Cold Shutdown Boron Requirements to Allow Blocking Safety Injection (Cont.)
from Step 7.4.3.b NOTE: Substep d or e will be performed based on above results. IOST-1036
(        10. DETERMINE if cold shutdown conditions are met with credit taken for Xenon and the most reactive rod fully inserted.
: d. IF CEQ is greater than or equal to CCSD, . THEN the RCS is borated to cold shutdown conditions and the automatic SI actuation signals can be blocked as follows: (1) PERFORM an independent verification of this Section and applicable attachments.  
: a.     IF it is desired to determine what the Projected Boron Required (CPBR) to block Safety Injection, THEN PERFORM the following calculation:
(2) MARKStep 7.4.1 D.e as N/A. (3) COMPLETE Section 7.5 Test Completion.  
(1)
: e. IF CEQ is less than CCSD, THEN the RCS is NOT borated to cold shutdown conditions and the automatic SI actuation signals can NOT be blocked. (1) PERFORM an independent verification of this Section and applicable attachments.  
CPBR        =         CCSD                                    CXE CPBR       =
(2) MARK Step 7.4.10.d as N/A. (3) COMPLETE Section 7.5 Test Completion.
(7.4.3.b)           (7.4.6)           (7.4.9)
Rev. 39 Page 26 of 35 I
CPBR     =
( 7.5. Test Completion  
Verified (2)     MARK Steps 7.4.10.b, 7.4.10.c,  7A~10.d, and 7.4.10.e N/A.
: 1. IF performed as a result of the detection of an inoperable control rod, THEN DOCUMENT completion of PMIO RQ 22121-01.  
(3)     COMPLETE Section 7.5, Test Completion
: 2. IF performed for the daily Modes 3, 4, and 5 requirements, THEN DOCUMENT completion of PMIO RQ 22122-01.  
: b.   '. IF it is desired to Calculate the equivalent RCS boron concentration CEQ, THEN PERFORM the following calculation:
                                =                     +                 +       CXE (7.4.2)             (7.4.6)           (7.4.9)
CEQ     = ---
Verified IOST-1036                                       Rev. 39                             Page 25 of 35 I
 
7.4* Manual Determination For Cold Shutdown Boron Requirements to Allow Blocking Safety Injection (Cont.)
: c.       COMPARE the equivalent RCS boron concentration CEQ to the required boron concentration for cold shutdown:
CEQ   = _ _ _ from Step 7.4.10.b CCSD   = _--,---,-_ from Step 7.4.3.b NOTE:   Substep d or e will be performed based on above results.
: d.     IF CEQ is greater than or equal to CCSD,
                  . THEN the RCS is borated to cold shutdown conditions and the automatic SI actuation signals can be blocked as follows:
(1)     PERFORM an independent verification of this Section and applicable attachments.
(2)   MARKStep 7.4.1 D.e as N/A.
(3)   COMPLETE Section 7.5 Test Completion.
: e.     IF CEQ is less than CCSD, THEN the RCS is NOT borated to cold shutdown conditions and the automatic SI actuation signals can NOT be blocked.
(1)     PERFORM an independent verification of this Section and applicable attachments.
(2)     MARK Step 7.4.10.d as N/A.
(3)     COMPLETE Section 7.5 Test Completion.
IOST-1036                                      Rev. 39                           Page 26 of 35 I
 
7.5. Test Completion
: 1. IF performed as a result of the detection of an inoperable control rod,
(            THEN DOCUMENT completion of PMIO RQ 22121-01.
: 2. IF performed for the daily Modes 3, 4, and 5 requirements, THEN DOCUMENT completion of PMIO RQ 22122-01.
: 3. IF sections 7.1 or 7.2 were performed and the results were satisfactory, THEN RECORD the following:
: 3. IF sections 7.1 or 7.2 were performed and the results were satisfactory, THEN RECORD the following:
SOM Temperature Projected time after shutdown 4. IF Section 7.4 was performed, ___ Hours (N/A for Xenon Free calculations)
SOM Temperature Projected time after shutdown       ___ Hours (N/A for Xenon Free calculations)
THEN RECORD the following for the substep that was performed (N/A the substep that was not performed):  
: 4. IF Section 7.4 was performed, THEN RECORD the following for the substep that was performed (N/A the substep that was not performed):
: a. Projected Boron Required (CPBR), Step 7.4.1 0.a(1) ___ PPM b. IF the results for equivalent RCS boron concentration were l;)atisfactory , THEN RECORD the following:
: a.     Projected Boron Required (CPBR), Step 7.4.1 0.a(1)     ___ PPM
Boron for cold shutdown conditions (Ccso), Step 7.4.10.b ___ PPM Projected time after shutdown for calculation
: b.     IF the results for equivalent RCS boron concentration were l;)atisfactory ,
__ ...--Hours  
THEN RECORD the following:
: 5. IF being performed for the weekly online activity, THEN perform the following:  
Boron for cold shutdown conditions (Ccso),
: a. UPDATE the Unit Status Board. h. PLACE a completed copy of this test in the Curve Book attheACP.  
Step 7.4.10.b                                         ___ PPM Projected time after shutdown for calculation         _ _...--Hours
: 6. COMPLETE applicable portions of Attachment 6, Certifications Reviews, and INFORM the Unit SCQ that this QST is completed.
: 5. IF being performed for the weekly online activity, THEN perform the following:
I QST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 27 of 35 I
: a.     UPDATE the Unit Status Board.
( 8.0 DIAGRAMS/ATTACHMENTS   -Attachment 2 -Attachment 3 -Attachment 4 -Attachment 5 -Attachment 6 -IOST-1036 Boron Addition Calculation to Compensate for Stuck Rods Boron Equivalent Calculation to Compensate for Xenon Manual SDM Calculation (Modes 1 and 2) Reactor Power History for EXSPACK Calculation of Xenon Reactivity.
: h.     PLACE a completed copy of this test in the Curve Book attheACP.
Determining The Date and Time of MICROBURN-P Files Certifications and Reviews Rev. 39 Page 28 of 35 I Boron Addition Calculation to Compensate for Stuck Rods Attachment 1 Sheet 10f 1 1. DETERMINE and RECORD the number of rods not fully inserted into the core, N: N = Number of rods not fully inserted into the core NOTE: The reactivity worth of the single most reactive rod is 1326 pcm. Either this value or the individual withdrawn rod worth for each rod, as provided by the reactor engineer, may be used. 2. DETERMINE reactivity worth of rods not fully inserted into the core: PRODS = N * (1326 pcm) or PRODS = Value provided by reactor engineering PRODS = __ Reactivity worth of rods not fully inserted into the core 3. DETERMINE the absolute value of uncorrected differential boron worth, OBW unc , from curves A-X-16; A-X-17, or A-X-18. Curve used OBWUNC = OBWUNC -Uncorrected differential boron worth 4. DETERMINE boron addition to compensate for stuck rodS,CRODS:
: 6. COMPLETE applicable portions of Attachment 6, Certifications ~nd Reviews, and INFORM the Unit SCQ that this QST is completed.
PRODS OBW UNC C RODS= __ PRODS -Reactivity worth of rods not fully inserted into the core from Attachment 1, Step 2 OBW UNC -Uncorrected differential boron worth from Attachment 1, Step 3 Boron addition to compensate for stuck rods 5. RECORD value of CRODS in Step 7.2.3.a. IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 29 of 35 I
IQST-1036                                     Rev. 39                               Page 27 of 35 I
( Boron Equivalent Calculation to Compensate for Xenon Attachment 2 Sheet 1 of 1 NOTE: The projected time from the shutdown margin calculation that compensates for Xenon effects should be for a minimum of 24 hours from the time this calculation is completed.  
 
8.0 DIAGRAMS/ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 - Boron Addition Calculation to Compensate for Stuck Rods Attachment 2 - Boron Equivalent Calculation to Compensate for Xenon Attachment 3 - Manual SDM Calculation (Modes 1 and 2)
Attachment 4 - Reactor Power History for EXSPACK Calculation of Xenon Reactivity.
Attachment 5 - Determining The Date and Time of MICROBURN-P Files Attachment 6 - Certifications and Reviews
(
IOST-1036                              Rev. 39                           Page 28 of 35 I
 
Attachment 1 Sheet 10f 1 Boron Addition Calculation to Compensate for Stuck Rods
: 1. DETERMINE and RECORD the number of rods not fully inserted into the core, N:
N=           Number of rods not fully inserted into the core NOTE:   The reactivity worth of the single most reactive rod is 1326 pcm. Either this value or the individual withdrawn rod worth for each rod, as provided by the reactor engineer, may be used.
: 2. DETERMINE reactivity worth of rods not fully inserted into the core:
PRODS = N * (1326 pcm) or PRODS =Value provided by reactor engineering PRODS   =     __ Reactivity worth of rods not fully inserted into the core
: 3. DETERMINE the absolute value of uncorrected differential boron worth, OBWunc , from curves A-X-16; A-X-17, or A-X-18.
Curve used OBWUNC =                     OBWUNC - Uncorrected differential boron worth
: 4. DETERMINE boron addition to compensate for stuck rodS,CRODS:
PRODS           PRODS - Reactivity worth of rods not fully OBWUNC              inserted into the core from Attachment 1, Step 2 OBWUNC - Uncorrected differential boron worth from Attachment 1, Step 3 C RODS = _ _                Boron addition to compensate for stuck rods
: 5. RECORD value of CRODS in Step 7.2.3.a.
IOST-1036                                     Rev. 39                               Page 29 of 35 I
 
Attachment 2 Sheet 1 of 1 Boron Equivalent Calculation to Compensate for Xenon NOTE: The projected time from the shutdown margin calculation that compensates for Xenon effects should be for a minimum of 24 hours from the time this calculation is completed.
: 1. DETERMINE projected time after shutdown:
: 1. DETERMINE projected time after shutdown:
Projected Time = Time since shutdown __ ,Hours + 24 hours Projected Time = __ Hours 2. DETERMINE the absolute value of Xenon reactivity worth at projected time from curves B-X-5, 8-X-6 or B-X-7,pXE  
Projected Time = Time since shutdown_ _,Hours + 24 hours Projected Time =__ Hours
: Curve used PXE = _ Xenon reactivity worth at projected time 3. DETERMINE the absolute value of uncorrected differential boron worth, DBW UNC , from curves X-16, A-X-17, or A-X-18. Curve used DBW UNC = DBW UNC -Uncorrected differential boron worth 4. DETERMINE corrected differential boron worth DBW corr: DBW corr =
: 2. DETERMINE the absolute value of Xenon reactivity worth at projected time from curves B-X-5, 8-X-6 or B-X-7,pXE :
DBW UNC-Uncorrected differential boron worth 19.9 from Attachment 2, Step 3 ARCS -RCS B-1, 0 ATOM percent from Step 7.2.1 DBW corr = Corrected differential boron worth 5. DETERMINE boron equivalent corrected for boron-10 and Xenon effects, C XE: C XE = PXE DBW corr PXE -Xenon reactivity worth at projected time from Attachment 2, Step 2 DBW corr -Corrected differential boron worth from Attachment 2, Step 4 C XE=_ Boron equivalent to compensate for Xenon 6. RECORD value of C XE in Step 7.2.6. IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 30 of 35 I
Curve used PXE = _       Xenon reactivity worth at projected time
( c Attachment 3 Sheet 1 of 1 Manual SDM Calculation (Modes 1 and 2) 1. Reactor power level. --_% 2. Rod insertion limit for the above power level __ steps on bank __ _ 3. Burn up (POWERTRAX/MCR Status Board). EFPD 4. Present RCS Boron Concentration
: 3. DETERMINE the absolute value of uncorrected differential boron worth, DBWUNC , from curves A-X-16, A-X-17, or A-X-18.
__ ppm NOTE: Use absolute values of numbers obtained from curves, 5. Total worth of all control and shutdown banks, minus the worth of the most reactive rod for Fuel 6810 pcm ( a ) 6. Cycle 15 Power defect for the power level recorded in Step 1. (Refer to Curves C-X-1 to C-X-3). , Curve used ---__ pcm (b) NOTE: HFP curves are used for power levels of 10% or greater. 7. Inserted control rod worth at the, rod insertion limit recorded in Step 2. (Refer to Curves A-X-6 to A-X-11) Curve used, ---__ pcm (c) 8. Worth of any additional immovable or untrippable rods (for each stuck rod, use the most reactive single rod worth (1326 pcm) or obtain individual withdrawn rod worth from the reactor engineer).
Curve used
_-,-_pcm ( d) 9. Determine the Total Shutdown Margin using the following formula: Total SDM C B= (e) (a) (b) (c) (d) ___ pcm (e) IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 31 of 351 Attachment 4 Sheet 1 of1 ( Reactor Power History for EXSPACK Calculation of Xenon Reactivity NOTE: The initial entry must be for steady state conditions since EXSPACK assumes equilibrium Xenon for this point. NOTE: The Xenon transient must be projected 12 hours from the time of the reactor trip or shutdown.
(        DBWUNC =             DBWUNC - Uncorrected differential boron worth
Date Time Reactor Power Comments IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 32 of 35 I
: 4. DETERMINE corrected differential boron worth DBWcorr :
( NOTE: NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Determining The Date and Time of MICROBURN-P Files Powertrax is a case sensitive application.
DBWcorr = (DBWUNC)~ARCS)      DBWUNC- Uncorrected differential boron worth 19.9           from Attachment 2, Step 3 ARCS - RCS B-1, 0 ATOM percent from Step 7.2.1 DBWcorr =                     Corrected differential boron worth
The commands listed in "apostrophes" should be typed as listed in the procedure.
: 5. DETERMINE boron equivalent corrected for boron-10 and Xenon effects, CXE :
All instructions assume that PowerTraxis accessed from the STA LAN computer.
CXE = PXE             PXE - Xenon reactivity worth at projected time
GO to START/STA Icons DOUBLE CLICK on PowerTrax at HNP icon. SIGN ON !Jser IDas "sta". TAB to Password USE "hnp_sta" as a password DEPRESS ENTER. Attachment 5 Page 1 of 1 NOTE: Due to conflicts between the operating systems(Unix vs. Windows), Step 7 may have to be performed*
                ~--
twice. 7. WHEN the HNP Unix window opens, PERFORM the following:  
DBWcorr                from Attachment 2, Step 2 DBWcorr - Corrected differential boron worth from Attachment 2, Step 4 CXE = _               Boron equivalent to compensate for Xenon
: a. ENTER "hnpptx" b. DEPRESS ENTER. 8. From the PowerTrax Main Menu SELECT: Shutdown Boron Concentration Prediction  
: 6. RECORD value of CXE in Step 7.2.6.
: 9. Once the Powertrax Shutdown Boron Concentration Module screen appears, PERFORM the* following:  
IOST-1036                                         Rev. 39                                   Page 30 of 35 I
: a. ACTIVATE the "Eile" pull down menu b. SELECT "Qpen" c. SELECT"MB-P File" NOTE: "Directories" will be listed in the following format: "/ptraxlhnp/CY11/MBP/d.YYMMDD.HHmmss".
 
Example would be Iptraxlhnp/CY11/MBP/d.021201.090037  
Attachment 3 Sheet 1 of 1 Manual SDM Calculation (Modes 1 and 2)
= 12/01102 @ 0900.37 10. CLICK on the directory to highlight the file and determine the time and date at which the file was created. IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 33 of 35 I
(
( ( Attachment 6 Sheet 1 of 1 Certifications and Reviews This OST was performed as a: Periodic Surveillance Requirement:
: 1. Reactor power level.                                                     --_%
Postmaintenance Operability Test: Redundant Subsystem Test: -Plant Conditions:
: 2.     Rod insertion limit for the above power level
MODE: ---OST Completed By: Date: ---Time: OST Performed By: Initials Name (Print) Initials Name (Print) General Comments/Recommendations/Corrective Actions/Exceptions:
_ _ steps on bank _ __
Pages used: OST Completed with NO EXCEPTIONS/EXCEPTIONS Reviewed By: Unit SCO Date After receiving the final review signature, this OST becomes a QA RECORD and should be submitted to Document Services.
: 3.     Burn up (POWERTRAX/MCR Status Board).                                           EFPD
IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 34 of 35 I General , . Revision 38 Summary (PRR-190763)
: 4.     Present RCS Boron Concentration                                           _ _ ppm NOTE:       Use absolute values of numbers obtained from curves,
This revision is performed to incorporate EC 64030 (Cycle 15 Core reload design). All changes are directly related to EC 64030 . . Description of Changes Page Section 3 2.4.2 2.4.5 . 4 4.0.5 7 7.0.1.a 7.0.2 12 7.1.11.a 13 7.1.15.c 22 7.4.6 29 Attachment 1 31 Attachment 3 General Change Description*
: 5.     Total worth of all control and shutdown banks, minus the worth of the most reactive rod for Fuel Cycle15~
Changed reference to "HNP CYCLE 15 POD Setup," Calculation HNP-F/NFSA-0160.
6810 pcm (a )
Changed reference to EC 64030 Changed "for Cycle 14" to "for Cycle 15" . . .,1 Changed "2181 ppm" to "2172 ppm" Changed "2181 ppm" to "2172>ppm" Changed "-1028 pcm" to "-1326 pcm" Changed "-1028 pcm" to "-1326pcm" Changed "1028" to "1326" (Two locations)
: 6.     Cycle 15 Power defect for the power level recorded in Step 1. (Refer to Curves C-X-1 to C-X-3).
In NOTE prior to Step 2, changed "1028 pcm" to "1326 pcm" In Step 2, changed "1028 pcm" to "1326 pcm" In Step 5, "Cycle 14" to "Cycle 15" In Step 5, changed "7249" to "6810" In Step 6, changed "Cycle 14" to "Cycle 15" In Step 8, changed "1028 pcm" to "1326 pcm" Revision 39 Summary (PRR-276071 ) This editorial correction corrects a typo . . Description of Changes Page All 11 IOST-1036 Section Step 7.1.8.b Change Description Updated revision level. Corrected typo. Changed MICROBURB to MICROBURN.
                                                              , Curve used                 _ _ pcm c                                                                                            (b)
Rev. 39 Page 35 of 35 I 
NOTE:       HFP curves are used for power levels of 10% or greater.
( Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet Facility:
: 7. Inserted control rod worth at the, rod insertion limit recorded in Step 2.
Shearon Harris Task No.: 301013H401 TaskTitle:
(Refer to Curves A-X-6 to A-X-11)
Determine Boric Acid Addition JPM No.: 2009a NRC JPM Following CR Evacuation SRO A1-2 KIA  
Curve used,                 _ _ pcm (c)
: 8. Worth of any additional immovable or untrippable rods (for each stuck rod, use the most reactive single rod worth (1326 pcm) or obtain individual withdrawn rod worth from the reactor engineer).
_-,-_pcm
( d)
: 9. Determine the Total Shutdown Margin using the following formula:
Total SDM CB =
(e)           (a)                   (b)                 (c)                 (d)
___ pcm (e)
IOST-1036                                           Rev. 39                                     Page 31 of 351
 
Attachment 4 Sheet 1 of1
(               Reactor Power History for EXSPACK Calculation of Xenon Reactivity NOTE: The initial entry must be for steady state conditions since EXSPACK assumes equilibrium Xenon for this point.
NOTE: The Xenon transient must be projected 12 hours from the time of the reactor trip or shutdown.
Date                   Time             Reactor Power         Comments IOST-1036                                   Rev. 39                             Page 32 of 35 I
 
Attachment 5 Page 1 of 1 Determining The Date and Time of MICROBURN-P Files
(
NOTE:      Powertrax is a case sensitive application. The commands listed in "apostrophes" should be typed as listed in the procedure.
NOTE:      All instructions assume that PowerTraxis accessed from the STA LAN computer.
: 1. GO to START/STA Icons
: 2. DOUBLE CLICK on PowerTrax at HNP icon.
: 3. SIGN ON !Jser IDas "sta".
: 4. TAB to Password
: 5. USE "hnp_sta" as a password
: 6. DEPRESS ENTER.
NOTE:     Due to conflicts between the operating systems(Unix vs. Windows), Step 7 may have to be performed* twice.
: 7. WHEN the HNP Unix window opens, PERFORM the following:
: a.       ENTER "hnpptx"
: b.       DEPRESS ENTER.
: 8. From the PowerTrax Main Menu SELECT:
Shutdown Boron Concentration Prediction
: 9. Once the Powertrax Shutdown Boron Concentration Module screen appears, PERFORM the*
following:
: a.       ACTIVATE the "Eile" pull down menu
: b.       SELECT "Qpen"
: c.       SELECT"MB-P File" NOTE:     "Directories" will be listed in the following format:
            "/ptraxlhnp/CY11/MBP/d.YYMMDD.HHmmss". Example would be
                                                          =
Iptraxlhnp/CY11/MBP/d.021201.090037 12/01102 @ 0900.37
: 10. CLICK on the directory to highlight the file and determine the time and date at which the file was created.
IOST-1036                                             Rev. 39                             Page 33 of 35 I
 
Attachment 6 Sheet 1 of 1
(                                        Certifications and Reviews This OST was performed as a:                                   Periodic Surveillance Requirement:
Postmaintenance Operability Test:
Redundant Subsystem Test:       -
Plant Conditions:                                                                     MODE:
OST Completed By:                                                                       Date:
Time:
OST Performed By:
Initials       Name (Print)                         Initials       Name (Print)
General Comments/Recommendations/Corrective Actions/Exceptions:
(
Pages used:
OST Completed with NO EXCEPTIONS/EXCEPTIONS Reviewed By:
Unit SCO                                                     Date After receiving the final review signature, this OST becomes a QA RECORD and should be submitted to Document Services.
IOST-1036                                         Rev. 39                                 Page 34 of 35 I
 
Revision 38 Summary (PRR-190763)
General This revision is performed to incorporate EC 64030 (Cycle 15 Core reload design). All changes are directly related to EC 64030 .
. Description of Changes Page                   Section       Change Description*
3               2.4.2               Changed reference to "HNP CYCLE 15 POD Setup,"
Calculation HNP-F/NFSA-0160.
2.4.5 .             Changed reference to EC 64030
                                                                                      ...,1 4              4.0.5                Changed "for Cycle 14" to "for Cycle 15" 7              7.0.1.a             Changed "2181 ppm" to "2172 ppm" 7.0.2                Changed "2181 ppm" to "2172>ppm" 12              7.1.11.a            Changed "-1028 pcm" to "-1326 pcm" 13              7.1.15.c            Changed "-1028 pcm" to "-1326pcm" 22              7.4.6                Changed "1028" to "1326" (Two locations) 29              Attachment 1        In NOTE prior to Step 2, changed "1028 pcm" to "1326 pcm" In Step 2, changed "1028 pcm" to "1326 pcm" 31              Attachment 3        In Step 5, "Cycle 14" to "Cycle 15" In Step 5, changed "7249" to "6810" In Step 6, changed "Cycle 14" to "Cycle 15" In Step 8, changed "1028 pcm" to "1326 pcm" Revision 39 Summary (PRR-276071 )
General This editorial correction corrects a typo .
. Description of Changes Page                  Section        Change Description All                                  Updated revision level.
11              Step 7.1.8.b        Corrected typo. Changed MICROBURB to MICROBURN.
IOST-1036                                        Rev. 39                                  Page 35 of 35 I
 
Appendix C                                  Job Performance Measure                    Form ES-C-1 Worksheet
( Facility:               Shearon Harris                           Task No.:   301013H401 TaskTitle:               Determine Boric Acid Addition           JPM No.:   2009a NRC JPM Following CR Evacuation                             SRO A1-2 KIA  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
G2.1.25            3.9/4.2 Examinee:                                                      NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator:                                            Date: _ _ __
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance:                                        Actual Performance:    x Classroom            X    Simulator    ---
Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Initial Conditions:        The Control Room has been evacuated and the MCB transfer to the ACP has been completed. Plant management has directed a plant cooldown to mode 5 utilizing AOP-004. BAT level is 86% with a concentration of 7300 ppm. The RCS is currently 745 ppm.
Initiating Cue:            You are the "Unit" SCO. Perform a calculation of the required boric acid addition to achieve cold shutdown and BAT level change per AOP-004, Section 3.2 Step 25 to obtain an OST-1036 cold shutdown boron requirement of 1600 ppm.
Task Standard:              Utilizes Curve D-2 and obtains a change of 23.5 to 29.5 percent (or a final level of 57.5 to 61.5 percent).
Actual is 26.5% change (or 59.5% final).
Required Materials:        SHNPP CURVE BOOK Calculator General


G2.1.25 3.9/4.2 Examinee:
==References:==
NRC Examiner:
AOP-004 Rev. 44, Curve Book nomograph E-2 and curve D-2 Time Critical Task:        No Validation Time:            15 minutes 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-2 FINAL
Facility Evaluator:
 
Date: ___ _ Method of testing: Simulated Performance:
Appendix C                              Page 2 of 6                      Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Start Time: _ _ _ __
Actual Performance:
Performance Step: 1 OBTAIN PROCEDURE Standard:          Obtains AOP-004 and refers to Section 3.2 Step 25 Comment:
x Classroom X Simulator Plant ---READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Performance Step: 2 Obtain cold shutdown boron concentration using copy of latest OST-1036 in back of book.
Initial Conditions:
Standard:
Initiating Cue: Task Standard:
Evaluator Cue:       (If candidate asks: This information is provided in the initiating cue.)
The Control Room has been evacuated and the MCB transfer to the ACP has been completed.
Required shutdown boron concentration is 1600 ppm Comment:
Plant management has directed a plant cooldown to mode 5 utilizing AOP-004. BAT level is 86% with a concentration of 7300 ppm. The RCS is currently 745 ppm. You are the "Unit" SCO. Perform a calculation of the required boric acid addition to achieve cold shutdown and BAT level change per AOP-004, Section 3.2 Step 25 to obtain an OST-1036 cold shutdown boron requirement of 1600 ppm. Utilizes Curve D-2 and obtains a change of 23.5 to 29.5 percent (or a final level of 57.5 to 61.5 percent).
2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-2 FINAL*
Actual is 26.5% change (or 59.5% final). Required Materials:
 
SHNPP CURVE BOOK Calculator General
Appendix C                                Page 30f6                          Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION
./' Performance Step: 3 USING THE FORMULA ON THE BORON ADDITION NOMOGRAPH E-2 FROM THE CURVE BOOK, DETERMINE REQUIRED GALLONS OF BORIC ACID TO ACHIEVE REQUIRED RCS BORON CONCENTRATION.
Standard:           Utilizes formula on Nomograph E-2 and calculates between 8975 to 9075 gallons of boric acid to be added. Actual is 9027 gallons Boron Addition (ReS @ 350&deg;F) .
VB =- -M In['~!!Q~~~)
8.33  ,7000-Ci M =538,000 Comment:
Examiners NOTE:    The Nomograph formula found on Curve E-2 assumes that the BAT boron concentration is 7000 ppm. In this JPM the given information is that the BAT concentration is 7300 ppm. The candidate MUST use the given concentration of 7300 ppm to come to the correct boron addition.
CORRECT CALCULATION v  = -538000    In (7300-1600)
B      8.33        7300-745 If candidate uses 7000 ppm for BAT BA concentration (from the nomograph) instead of changing to 7300 ppm the result will be 9493 gallons INCORRECT CALCULATION v  = -538000 In (7000-1600)
B      8.33        7000-745 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-2 FINAL


==References:==
Appendix C                              Page 4 of6                      Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION
( ./ Performance Step: 4 USING THE BORIC ACID TANK CURVE 0-2 FROM THE CURVE BOOK, DETERMINE THE CHANGE IN BORIC ACID TANK LEVEL EQUIVALENT TO THE REQUIRED GALLONS OF BORIC ACID.
Standard:          Utilizes Curve 0-2 and obtains a change of 23.5 to 29.5 percent (or a final level of 57.5 to 61.5 percent).
Actual is 26.5% change (or 59.5% final).
            !(If)(iO .
CONTROL ROOM COpy DO NOT REMOVE Comment:
Evaluator Note:    When candidate completes the calculations the JPM is completed.
Stop Time: _ _ __
Termlnating Cue:      Change in BAT level calculated.
2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-2 FINAL


AOP-004 Rev. 44, Curve Book nomograph E-2 and curve D-2 Time Critical Task: No Validation Time: 15 minutes 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-2 FINAL Appendix C Start Time: ____ _ Performance Step: 1 Standard:
Appendix C                             Page 5 of 6                 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION
Comment: Performance Step: 2 Standard:
(
Evaluator Cue: Comment: Page 2 of 6 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION OBTAIN PROCEDURE Obtains AOP-004 and refers to Section 3.2 Step 25 Form ES-C-1 Obtain cold shutdown boron concentration using copy of latest OST -1036 in back of book. (If candidate asks: This information is provided in the initiating cue.) Required shutdown boron concentration is 1600 ppm 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-2 FINAL*
Job Performance Measure No.: 2009a NRC JPM SRO A1-2 DETERMINE BORIC ACID ADDITION FOLLOWING CR EVACUATION Examinee's Name:
Appendix C ./' Performance Step: 3 Standard:
Date Performed:
Comment: Examiners NOTE: Page 30f6 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Form ES-C-1 USING THE FORMULA ON THE BORON ADDITION NOMOGRAPH E-2 FROM THE CURVE BOOK, DETERMINE REQUIRED GALLONS OF BORIC ACID TO ACHIEVE REQUIRED RCS BORON CONCENTRATION.
Utilizes formula on Nomograph E-2 and calculates between 8975 to 9075 gallons of boric acid to be added. Actual is 9027 gallons Boron Addition (ReS @ 350&deg;F) . VB =--M 8.33 ,7000-Ci M = 538,000 The Nomograph formula found on Curve E-2 assumes that the BAT boron concentration is 7000 ppm. In this JPM the given information is that the BAT concentration is 7300 ppm. The candidate MUST use the given concentration of 7300 ppm to come to the correct boron addition.
CORRECT CALCULATION v = -538000 In (7300-1600)
B 8.33 7300-745 If candidate uses 7000 ppm for BAT BA concentration (from the nomograph) instead of changing to 7300 ppm the result will be 9493 gallons INCORRECT CALCULATION v = -538000 In (7000-1600)
B 8.33 7000-745 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-2 FINAL 
( Appendix C ./ Performance Step: 4 Standard:
!(If)(iO . Page 4 of6 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Form ES-C-1 USING THE BORIC ACID TANK CURVE 0-2 FROM THE CURVE BOOK, DETERMINE THE CHANGE IN BORIC ACID TANK LEVEL EQUIVALENT TO THE REQUIRED GALLONS OF BORIC ACID. Utilizes Curve 0-2 and obtains a change of 23.5 to 29.5 percent (or a final level of 57.5 to 61.5 percent).
Actual is 26.5% change (or 59.5% final). " CONTROL ROOM COpy DO NOT REMOVE Comment: Evaluator Note: Stop Time: ___ _ Termlnating Cue: When candidate completes the calculations the JPM is completed.
Change in BAT level calculated.
2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-2 FINAL 
( Appendix C Page 5 of 6 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure No.: 2009a NRC JPM SRO A1-2 Examinee's Name: Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Time to Complete:
DETERMINE BORIC ACID ADDITION FOLLOWING CR EVACUATION Question Documentation:
Question Documentation:
Question:
Question:
Response:
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiner's Signature:
Date:
2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-2 FINAL Appendix C INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIATING CUE: Page 6 of6 JPM CUE SHEET Form ES-C-1 The Control Room has been evacuated and the MCS transfer to the ACP has been completed.
Plant management has directed a plant cooldown to mode 5 utilizing AOP-004. SAT level is 86% with a concentration of 7300 ppm. The RCS is currently 745 ppm. You are the USCO. Perform a calculation of the required boric acid addition to achieve cold shutdown and SAT level change per AOP-004, Section 3.2 Step 25 to obtain an OST-1036 cold shutdown boron requirement of 1600 ppm. 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-2 FINAL 
;< EF &#xa3;12-EN LE A j) /VI /N ;::r fJ 11,1 51<'0 r/1-2-( 
( REMOTE SHUTDOWN INSTRUCTIONS


===3.2 Remote===
===Response===
Shutdown With No Fire ACP/ STA and Unit SCQ o 24. EVALUATE the operational status of plant equipment AND INITIATE repairs to equipment required to achieve cold shutdown.
Result:                      SAT            UNSAT Examiner's Signature:                                Date:
RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Reactor Engineering may need to be contacted to obtain the latest critical RCS boron concentration and RCS B':'10 atom percent. o ACP / Unit SCQ 25. REFER TO Curve Book AND PERFORM horation of ReS to cold shutdown boron concentration:  
                        ----------~----------------
: a. OBTAIN cold shutdown boron concentration, using copy of latest OST-1036 in back of book: ____ ppm o b. DETERMINE gallons of boric acid required to achieve required boron concentration, using formula on boron addition nomograph E-2: ____ gallons o c. DETERMINE change in Boric Acid Tank level equivalent to the required gallons of boric acid, using curve 0-2: ____ % change (Continued on Next Page) AQP-004 Rev. 44 Page 71 of 123 o REMOTE SHUTDOWN INSTRUCTIONS RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 3.2 Remote Shutdown With No Fire 25. (continued)
2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-2 FINAL
 
Appendix C                          Page 6 of6                      Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: The Control Room has been evacuated and the MCS transfer to the ACP has been completed. Plant management has directed a plant cooldown to mode 5 utilizing AOP-004. SAT level is 86%
with a concentration of 7300 ppm. The RCS is currently 745 ppm.
INITIATING CUE:    You are the USCO. Perform a calculation of the required boric acid addition to achieve cold shutdown and SAT level change per AOP-004, Section 3.2 Step 25 to obtain an OST-1036 cold shutdown boron requirement of 1600 ppm.
2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-2 FINAL
 
  ;< EF&#xa3;12- EN LE A j) /VI /N  ;::rfJ 11,1 51<'0    r/1 (
 
REMOTE SHUTDOWN
(                INSTRUCTIONS                          RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 3.2 Remote Shutdown With No Fire ACP/ STA and Unit SCQ o 24. EVALUATE the operational status of plant equipment AND INITIATE repairs to equipment required to achieve cold shutdown.
NOTE Reactor Engineering may need to be contacted to obtain the latest critical RCS boron concentration and RCS B':'10 atom percent.
ACP / Unit SCQ
: 25. REFER TO Curve Book AND PERFORM horation of ReS to cold shutdown boron concentration:
o    a. OBTAIN cold shutdown boron concentration, using copy of latest OST-1036 in back of book:
_ _ _ _ ppm o     b. DETERMINE gallons of boric acid required to achieve required boron concentration, using formula on boron addition nomograph E-2:
_ _ _ _ gallons o     c. DETERMINE change in Boric Acid Tank level equivalent to the required gallons of boric acid, using curve 0-2:
_ _ _ _ % change (Continued on Next Page)
AQP-004                                   Rev. 44                             Page 71 of 123
 
REMOTE SHUTDOWN INSTRUCTIONS                                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 3.2 Remote Shutdown With No Fire
: 25. (continued)
NOTE
NOTE
* PRZ level (L1-459A2) may be raised to 90% to achieve required RCS boration.
* PRZ level (L1-459A2) may be raised to 90% to achieve required RCS boration.
* RCS cooldown may be necessary to shrink RCS volume and allow completion of RCS boration.
* RCS cooldown may be necessary to shrink RCS volume and allow completion of RCS boration.
* Placing letdown in service using OP-107 may be desirable.
* Placing letdown in service using OP-107 may be desirable. However, some components needed for this evolution can not be controlled from the ACP, and would need to be operated locally. PNSC concurrence should be obtained prior to placing letdown in service.
However, some components needed for this evolution can not be controlled from the ACP, and would need to be operated locally. PNSC concurrence should be obtained prior to placing letdown in service.
* If the Boric Acid Filter is isolated, it will be necessary to locally open 1CS-565, BA Filter Bypass Vlv.
* If the Boric Acid Filter is isolated, it will be necessary to locally open 1 CS-565, BA Filter Bypass Vlv. d. CHECK BOTH Boric Acid Transfer Pumps UNAVAILABLE.
o      d. CHECK BOTH Boric Acid                           d. PERFORM the following:
26.' COMMENCE boration using gravity feed from the Boric Acid Tank: ACP I Unit SCO d. PERFORM the following:
Transfer Pumps UNAVAILABLE.
o (1) CONTINUE boration using charging pump and boric acid flow. o (2) GO TO Step 27. o a. STOP the running CSIP. ACP I Unit SCO o b. VERIFY L1-161.2, Boric Acid Tank Level, ABOVE 20%. 248' RABIRAB o c. SHUT 1 CS-292, B CSIP Supply From RWST. (Continued on Next Page) AOP-004 Rev. 44 Page 72 of 123 Appendix C Facility:
o         (1) CONTINUE boration using charging pump and boric acid flow.
Task Title: KJ A  
o         (2) GO TO Step 27.
26.' COMMENCE boration using gravity feed from the Boric Acid Tank:
ACP I Unit SCO o     a. STOP the running CSIP.
ACP I Unit SCO o     b. VERIFY L1-161.2, Boric Acid Tank Level, ABOVE 20%.
248' RABIRAB o     c. SHUT 1CS-292, B CSIP Supply From RWST.
(Continued on Next Page)
AOP-004                                         Rev. 44                               Page 72 of 123
 
Appendix C                                 Job Performance Measure                    Form ES-C-1 Worksheet Facility:               Shearon Harris                          Task No.:    015004H201 Task
 
==Title:==
Perform A Quadrant Power Tilt          JPM No.:    2009a NRC JPM Ratio Calculation                                  ROA-2 KJA


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
G2.2.12          3.7/4.1 Examinee:                                                    NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator:                                          Date: _ _ __
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance:                                      Actual Performance:      x Classroom          X    Simulator    - - - Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Initial Conditions:        The plant is operating at 100 percent power. Power Range N41 is inoperable. AOP-001, Malfunction Of Rod Control And Indication System has been entered due to a misaligned control rod.
Initiating Cue:            The USCG has directed you to perform a Manual QPTR utilizing OST-1039, Calculation Of Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio. All prerequisites have been satisfied.
The Power Range NIS readings are provided in the table below.
For the purposes of the examination, there will be no independent verification of your work.
Task Standard:              QPTR correctly calculated per OST-1039, Rev 14.
Required Materials:        Calculator General
==References:==
OST-1039 Rev 14 Handouts:
* Provide page 9 (copy of curve F-1S-S) to the candidate with cue sheet
* OST-1039 Revision 14 Time Critical Task:        No Validation Time:            20 minutes 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL
Appendix C                              Page 2 of 9                      Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Start Time: _ _ __
Performance Step: 1 OBTAIN PROCEDURE (Provided to candidate to allow candidate to write on the procedure. The required Curve book figure is supplied on page 9.)
Standard:          Obtains OST-1039 Comment:
Performance Step: 2 PRIOR TO READING THE VALUE OF DETECTOR CURRENT, ENSURE THE METER RANGE/RATE SWITCH IS IN THE 400
                        ~SLOW POSITION.
Standard:          Locates Meter Range/Rate switches for NI-41, NI-42, NI-43, and NI-44 and verifies they are in the 400 ~SLOW position.
(Switches do not have to be checked all at once but should be checked before reading is taken from a drawer.)
NOTE: This step is not performed with conducting exam in a classroom setting. Readings will be provided to candidate.
Comment:
2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL
Appendix C                            Page 3 of 9                        Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION
./ Performance Step: 3 RECORD ON ATTACHMENT 2 THE UPPER AND LOWER DETECTOR CURRENTS FROM ALL OPERABLE POWER RANGE CHANNELS AS READ AT THE NUCLEAR INSTRU-MENTATION CABINET.
Standard:          Locates upper and lower detector current indications and records them on Attachment 2.
NOTE: This step is not performed with conducting exam in a classroom setting. Readings will be provided to candidate.
Comment:
./ Performance Step: 4 RECORDS ON ATTACHMENT 2 THE 100 % POWER*
NORMALIZED CURRENT FOR EACH CHANNEL Standard:          References Curve F-1S-8 (Revision 7) and records the 100 %
values on Attachment 2.
Comment:
./ Performance Step: 5 DIVIDE VALUE IN COLUMN A BY THE RESPECTIVE NORMALIZED CURRENT IN COLUMN B AND RECORD THE RESULT IN COLUMN C.
Standard:          Takes value of Upper Detector Currents and divides by Normalized value for each channel and records values in Column C.
Comment:
2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL
Appendix C                            Page 4 of 9                      Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION
./ Performance Step: 6 CALCULATE THE AVERAGE VALUE FOR THE UPPER AND LOWER NORMALIZED FRACTION AND RECORD IN COLUMN D OF ATTACHMENT 2.
Standard:          Adds the Upper Normalized Fractions and divides by 3 and enters in Column D. Adds the Lower Normalized Fractions and divides by 3 and enters in Column D.
Comment:
./ Performance Step: 7 USING THE FORMULA AND VALUES FROM ATTACHMENT 2 CALCULATE THE UPPER AND LOWER RATIOS Standard:          Divides the Maximum Upper Normalized Fraction by the Average Upper Normalized Fraction. Divides the Maximum Lower Normalized Fraction by the Average Lower Normalized Fraction.
Enters the values on Attachment 2.
Comment:
./ Performance Step: 8 PERFORM INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION OF ALL CALCULATIONS MADE ON ATTACHMENT 2 Standard:
Evaluator Cue:      (If Candidate asks for independent verification)
For the purpose of this examination, there will be no independent verification of your work.
Comment:
2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL


Examinee:
Appendix C                            Page 5 of 9                      Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION
Facility Evaluator:
./ Performance Step: 9 THE UPPER RATIO OR THE LOWER RATIO, WHICHEVER IS GREATER, IS THE QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR).
Method of testing: Job Performance Measure Worksheet Form ES-C-1 Shearon Harris Perform A Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation G2.2.12 3.7/4.1 Task No.: 015004H201 JPM No.: 2009a NRC JPM ROA-2 NRC Examiner:
RECORD QPTR AND VERIFY QPTR IS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 1.02 Standard:          Acceptable band is +/- .5% (rounded to .005) around 1.0264 (1.0214 to 1.0314).
Date: ___ _ Simulated Performance:
LOWER (Greatest) = 1.0264 QPTR is UNSAT Comment:
Actual Performance:
Evaluator Cue:     When the candidate completes the calculations and provides the report of the QPTR then the JPM is completed.
x Classroom X Simulator Plant ---READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Stop Time: _ _ __
Initial Conditions:
Terminating Cue:       After the USCO has been notified of QPTR: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
Initiating Cue: The plant is operating at 100 percent power. Power Range N41 is inoperable.
2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL
AOP-001, Malfunction Of Rod Control And Indication System has been entered due to a misaligned control rod. The USCG has directed you to perform a Manual QPTR utilizing OST-1039, Calculation Of Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio. All prerequisites have been satisfied.
The Power Range NIS readings are provided in the table below. For the purposes of the examination, there will be no independent verification of your work. Task Standard:
QPTR correctly calculated per OST-1039, Rev 14. Required Materials:
Calculator General


==References:==
Appendix C                              Page 6 of 9                          Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION KEY A                B                C UPPER            UPPER UPPER        100% POWER      NORMALIZED UPPER DETECTOR DETECTOR CURRENT NORMALIZED CURRENT F(rACTI~~
NOTE 1 N-41          INOPERABLE      INOPERABLE      INOPERABLE N-42                193.1            192.5          1.0031 N-43              217.6              218.1          0.9977 N-44                176.4            176.1          1.0017 SUM        3.0025/3    =
1.0008 A                  B                  C LOWER            LOWER LOWER            100% POWER        NORMALIZED LOWER              DETECTOR          NORMALIZED        FRACTION DETECTOR            CURRENT            CURRENT          (NOTE 1)
N-41            INOPERABLE        INOPERABLE        INOPERABLE N-42                229.3              223.6            1.0254 N-43                237.1              240.6            0 .. 9854 N-44                209.9              212.8            0 .. 9863 SUM          2.9971/3    =
0.9990 Highest Upper (N-42) 1.0031/1.0008 = 1.0022 (0.9972 to 1.0072)
Highest Lower (N-42) 1.0254/0.9990 = 1.0264 (1.0214to 1.0314) 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL


OST -1039 Rev 14 Handouts:
Appendix C                             Page 7 of 9                 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2009a NRC JPM RO A2 PERFORM A QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO CALCULATION Examinee's Name:
Time Critical Task: Validation Time: No
Date Performed:
* Provide page 9 (copy of curve F-1S-S) to the candidate with cue sheet
* OST -1039 Revision 14 20 minutes 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL Appendix C Start Time: ___ _ Performance Step: 1 Standard:
Comment: Performance Step: 2 Standard:
Comment: Page 2 of 9 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Form ES-C-1 OBTAIN PROCEDURE (Provided to candidate to allow candidate to write on the procedure.
The required Curve book figure is supplied on page 9.) Obtains OST-1039 PRIOR TO READING THE VALUE OF DETECTOR CURRENT, ENSURE THE METER RANGE/RATE SWITCH IS IN THE 400 POSITION.
Locates Meter Range/Rate switches for NI-41, NI-42, NI-43, and NI-44 and verifies they are in the 400 position. (Switches do not have to be checked all at once but should be checked before reading is taken from a drawer.) NOTE: This step is not performed with conducting exam in a classroom setting. Readings will be provided to candidate.
2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL Appendix C ./ Performance Step: 3 Standard:
Comment: ./ Performance Step: 4 Standard:
Comment: ./ Performance Step: 5 Standard:
Comment: Page 3 of 9 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Form ES-C-1 RECORD ON ATTACHMENT 2 THE UPPER AND LOWER DETECTOR CURRENTS FROM ALL OPERABLE POWER RANGE CHANNELS AS READ AT THE NUCLEAR MENTATION CABINET. Locates upper and lower detector current indications and records them on Attachment
: 2. NOTE: This step is not performed with conducting exam in a classroom setting. Readings will be provided to candidate.
RECORDS ON ATTACHMENT 2 THE 100 % POWER* NORMALIZED CURRENT FOR EACH CHANNEL References Curve F-1S-8 (Revision
: 7) and records the 100 % values on Attachment
: 2. DIVIDE VALUE IN COLUMN A BY THE RESPECTIVE NORMALIZED CURRENT IN COLUMN B AND RECORD THE RESULT IN COLUMN C. Takes value of Upper Detector Currents and divides by Normalized value for each channel and records values in Column C. 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL Appendix C ./ Performance Step: 6 Standard:
Comment: ./ Performance Step: 7 Standard:
Comment: ./ Performance Step: 8 Standard:
Evaluator Cue: Comment: Page 4 of 9 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Form ES-C-1 CALCULATE THE AVERAGE VALUE FOR THE UPPER AND LOWER NORMALIZED FRACTION AND RECORD IN COLUMN D OF ATTACHMENT
: 2. Adds the Upper Normalized Fractions and divides by 3 and enters in Column D. Adds the Lower Normalized Fractions and divides by 3 and enters in Column D. USING THE FORMULA AND VALUES FROM ATTACHMENT 2 CALCULATE THE UPPER AND LOWER RATIOS Divides the Maximum Upper Normalized Fraction by the Average Upper Normalized Fraction.
Divides the Maximum Lower Normalized Fraction by the Average Lower Normalized Fraction.
Enters the values on Attachment
: 2. PERFORM INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION OF ALL CALCULATIONS MADE ON ATTACHMENT 2 (If Candidate asks for independent verification)
For the purpose of this examination, there will be no independent verification of your work. 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL Appendix C ./ Performance Step: 9 Standard:
Comment: Evaluator Cue: Stop Time: ___ _ Terminating Cue: Page 5 of 9 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Form ES-C-1 THE UPPER RATIO OR THE LOWER RATIO, WHICHEVER IS GREATER, IS THE QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR). RECORD QPTR AND VERIFY QPTR IS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 1.02 Acceptable band is +/-.5% (rounded to .005) around 1.0264 (1.0214 to 1.0314). LOWER (Greatest)
= 1.0264 QPTR is UNSAT When the candidate completes the calculations and provides the report of the QPTR then the JPM is completed.
After the USCO has been notified of QPTR: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.
2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL Appendix C UPPER DETECTOR N-41 N-42 N-43 N-44 LOWER DETECTOR N-41 N-42 N-43 N-44 Page 6 of 9 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION KEY A B UPPER UPPER 100% POWER DETECTOR NORMALIZED CURRENT CURRENT INOPERABLE INOPERABLE 193.1 192.5 217.6 218.1 176.4 176.1 SUM A B LOWER LOWER 100% POWER DETECTOR NORMALIZED CURRENT CURRENT INOPERABLE INOPERABLE 229.3 223.6 237.1 240.6 209.9 212.8 SUM Form ES-C-1 C UPPER NORMALIZED NOTE 1 INOPERABLE 1.0031 0.9977 1.0017 3.0025/3 = 1.0008 C LOWER NORMALIZED FRACTION (NOTE 1) INOPERABLE 1.0254 0 .. 9854 0 .. 9863 2.9971/3 = 0.9990 Highest Upper (N-42) 1.0031/1.0008
= 1.0022 (0.9972 to 1.0072) Highest Lower (N-42) 1.0254/0.9990
= 1.0264 (1.0214to 1.0314) 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL Appendix C Page 7 of 9 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure No.: 2009a NRC JPM RO A2 Examinee's Name: Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Number of Attempts:
Time to Complete:
Time to Complete:
PERFORM A QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO CALCULATION Question Documentation:
Question Documentation:
Question:
Question:
Response:
 
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiner's Signature:
===Response===
Date: --------------------------
Result:                     SAT           UNSAT Examiner's Signature:                                 Date:
2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL Appendix C INITIAL CONDITIONS:
2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL
INITIATING CUE: N41 N42 N43 N44 Page 8 of 9 JPM CUE SHEET Form ES-C-1
 
Appendix C                                   Page 8 of 9                         Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:
* The plant is operating at 100 percent power.
* The plant is operating at 100 percent power.
* Power Range N41 is inoperable.
* Power Range N41 is inoperable.
* AOP-001, MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM has been entered due to a misaligned control rod. The USCO has directed you to perform a Manual QPTR utilizing OST -1039, Calculation Of Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio. All prerequisites have been satisfied.
* AOP-001, MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM has been entered due to a misaligned control rod.
The Power Range NIS readings are provided in the table below. For the purposes of the examination, there will be no independent verification of your work. PRNIS Readings INOPERABLE INOPERABLE 193.1 229.3 217.6 237.1 176.4 209.9
INITIATING CUE:              The USCO has directed you to perform a Manual QPTR utilizing OST-1039, Calculation Of Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio.           All prerequisites have been satisfied.
The Power Range NIS readings are provided in the table below.
For the purposes of the examination, there will be no independent verification of your work.
PRNIS Readings N41                          INOPERABLE                     INOPERABLE N42                              193.1                           229.3 N43                              217.6                           237.1 N44                              176.4                           209.9
* All values were taken with the Range/Rate switch in 400 IJAiSlow position.
* All values were taken with the Range/Rate switch in 400 IJAiSlow position.
2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL Appendix C Page 9 of 9 JPM CUE SHEET Current and Vottage Setpoints Tabte (100% 0 % AJd;jt Form ES-C-1 2009A NRC Admin Exam RD A-2 FINAL
2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL
( ( ( RrFEi/2 ENCE /Ji) ft1 I fiI -.::TP f? 0 A
 
( \ ( Progress Energy C CONTINUOUS USE HARRIS NUCLEAR PLANT PLANT OPERATING MANUAL VOLUME 3 PART 9 PROCEDURE TYPE: OPERATIONS SURVEILLANCE TEST NUMBER: 05T-1039 TITLE: CALCULATION OF QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO, WEEKLY INTERVAL (WITH ALARM OPERABLE) 12 HOUR INTERVAL (WITH ALARM INOPERABLE)
Appendix C                     Page 9 of 9                 Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET Current and Vottage Setpoints Tabte (100% ~r! 0 % h~ AJd;jt O~l 2009A NRC Admin Exam RD A-2 FINAL
MODE 1 NOTE: This procedure has been screened per PLP-100 Criteria and determined to be CASE III. No additional management involvement is required.
IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 1 of 141 Table of Contents Section 1.0 PURPOSE .........................................................................................................................
3


==2.0 REFERENCES==
(
RrFEi/2 ENCE
    /Ji) ft1 I fiI -.::TP~
f?  0     A (


..................................................................................................................
C
3 2.1. Plant Operating Manual Procedures ....................................................................... 3
(        Progress Energy                                                      CONTINUOUS
\                                                                                    USE HARRIS NUCLEAR PLANT PLANT OPERATING MANUAL VOLUME 3 PART 9 PROCEDURE TYPE:            OPERATIONS SURVEILLANCE TEST NUMBER:                              05T-1039 TITLE:    CALCULATION OF QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO, WEEKLY INTERVAL (WITH ALARM OPERABLE) 12 HOUR INTERVAL (WITH ALARM INOPERABLE)
MODE 1 NOTE:    This procedure has been screened per PLP-100 Criteria and determined to be CASE III. No additional management involvement is required.
(
IOST-1039                                Rev. 14                                Page 1 of 141


===2.2. Technical===
Table of Contents Section 1.0    PURPOSE ......................................................................................................................... 3


Specifications
==2.0    REFERENCES==
.......................................................................................  
.................................................................................................................. 3 2.1. Plant Operating Manual Procedures ....................................................................... 3 2.2. Technical Specifications .......................................................................................:... 3 2.3. Final Safety Analysis Report ................................................................................... 3 3.0    PREREQUISITES .............................................................................................................. 4 4.0    PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ................................................................................. 4 5.0    TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................ 4 6.0    ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ............................................ :.................................................... 5 7.0    PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................... 5 7.1. Computer Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation ............................................ ,....... 6 7.2. Manual Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation ........................................................ 8 7.3. Test Completion .............................. ,..................................................................... 10 8.0    DIAGRAMS/ATTACHMENTS .......................................................................................... 10
: ... 3 2.3. Final Safety Analysis Report ...................................................................................
      .Attachment 1 - Computer Data Sheet.. .......... :................................................................. 11 Attachment 2 - Manual Data Sheet.. ............................................. :., ................................ 12 Attachment 3 _ Certification and Reviews ........................................................................ 13 IOST-1039                                                 Rev. 14                                                       Page 2 of 141
3 3.0 PREREQUISITES
..............................................................................................................
4 4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
.................................................................................
4 5.0 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
................................................................................................
4 6.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ............................................  
: ....................................................
5 7.0 PROCEDURE
....................................................................................................................
5 7.1. Computer Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation
............................................ , ....... 6 7.2. Manual Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation
........................................................
8 7.3. Test Completion
.............................. , .....................................................................
10 8.0 DIAGRAMS/ATTACHMENTS
..........................................................................................
10 .Attachment 1 -Computer Data Sheet.. ..........  
: .................................................................
11 Attachment 2 -Manual Data Sheet.. .............................................  
:., ................................
12 Attachment 3 _ Certification and Reviews ........................................................................
13 IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 2 of 141


===1.0 PURPOSE===
1.0   PURPOSE In MODE 1, greater than 50% Rated Thermal Power:
2.0 2.1. 2.2. 2.3. In MODE 1, greater than 50% Rated Thermal Power: 1. This test is performed weekly, per Tech Spec 4.2.4.1.a, if the alarm is operable.  
: 1. This test is performed weekly, per Tech Spec 4.2.4.1.a, if the alarm is operable.
: 2. This test is performed every 12 hours, per Tech Spec 4.2.4.1.b, if the alarm is inoperable.
: 2. This test is performed every 12 hours, per Tech Spec 4.2.4.1.b, if the alarm is inoperable.
The Power Range Detector Currents will be recorded and compared with calculated full power normalized currents to determine the upper and lower quadrant power tilt The larger of these two ratios is the quadrant power tilt ratio referenced in technical specifications.
The Power Range Detector Currents will be recorded and compared with calculated full power normalized currents to determine the upper and lower quadrant power tilt ratios~
REFERENCES Plant Operating Manual Procedures
The larger of these two ratios is the quadrant power tilt ratio referenced in technical specifications.
: 1. OP-105 2. EST-911 3. EST-915 4. MST-10044
: 5. MST-10045
: 6. MST-10046
: 7. MST-10047 Technical Specifications
: 1. 3.2.4 2. 3.10.2 Final Safety Analysis Report 1. 4.4 IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 3 of 141 


===3.0 PREREQUISITES===
==2.0   REFERENCES==


NOTE: Precaution and Limitation 4.0.1 has guidance if performing this OST with one Power Range Channel inoperable.  
2.1. Plant Operating Manual Procedures
: 1. VERIFY instrumentation needed for the performance of this test is free of deficiencies that affect instrument indication.  
: 1. OP-105
: 2. VERIFY the most recent Curve F-x-8 is used in the performance of this procedure. (Reference 2.1.1 and 2.1.2) Curve F-x-8 Revision Number _____ 3. OBTAIN Unit SCO permission to perform this OST. Signature
: 2. EST-911
: 3. EST-915
(~      4. MST-10044
: 5. MST-10045
: 6. MST-10046
: 7. MST-10047 2.2. Technical Specifications
: 1. 3.2.4
: 2. 3.10.2 2.3. Final Safety Analysis Report
: 1. 4.4 IOST-1039                                    Rev. 14                                  Page 3 of 141


===4.0 PRECAUTIONS===
3.0    PREREQUISITES NOTE:    Precaution and Limitation 4.0.1 has guidance if performing this OST with one Power Range Channel inoperable.
: 1. VERIFY instrumentation needed for the performance of this test is free of deficiencies that affect instrument indication.
: 2. VERIFY the most recent Curve F-x-8 is used in the performance of this procedure. (Reference 2.1.1 and 2.1.2)
Curve F-x-8 Revision Number _ _ _ _ _~
: 3. OBTAIN Unit SCO permission to perform this OST.
Signature                                                Date 4.0   PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
: 1. With one power range channel inoperable, this OST shall be performed using the remaining three detectors. In addition, if Reactor Power is greater than 75%, EST-915 must also be performed per Surveillance Requirement 4.2.4.2. (Reference 2.1.3)
: 2. If performing this OST to support NIS calibration (MST-10044, 10045, 10046, and 10047), then new calculated currents on Curve F-x-8 are to be used per OP-1 05. (Reference 2.1.1)
: 3. There is usually a time lapse between the generation of the new curve values and the calibration of the power range Nls. Operations should approve the new curve with the QPTR alarm operable. The installed NI currents are outdated and will not be the same as the new values on the curve. This is conservative since the QPTR alarm will actuate when actual QPTR is below the setpoint. If the QPTR alarm actuates, the new curve values should be used in the calculation. These values reflect core conditions from the most recent flux map.
5.0    TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
: 1. IBM PC or compatible 1 08T-1039                                    Rev. 14                                Page 4 of 141


AND LIMITATIONS
6.0  ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
: 1. With one power range channel inoperable, this OST shall be performed using the remaining three detectors.
(       1. This OST will be completed satisfactorily if the Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio when measured at greater than 50% Rated Thermal Power is less than or equal to 1.02.
In addition, if Reactor Power is greater than 75%, EST-915 must also be performed per Surveillance Requirement 4.2.4.2. (Reference 2.1.3) 2. If performing this OST to support NIS calibration (MST-10044, 10045, 10046, and 10047), then new calculated currents on Curve F-x-8 are to be used per OP-1 05. (Reference 2.1.1) 3. There is usually a time lapse between the generation of the new curve values and the calibration of the power range Nls. Operations should approve the new curve with the QPTR alarm operable.
7.0 PROCEDURE
The installed NI currents are outdated and will not be the same as the new values on the curve. This is conservative since the QPTR alarm will actuate when actual QPTR is below the setpoint.
: 1. IF Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation Computer Program is used, THEN PERFORM the following:
If the QPTR alarm actuates, the new curve values should be used in the calculation.
: a. MARK Step 7.0.2 N/A.
These values reflect core conditions from the most recent flux map. 5.0 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
: b. MARK Section 7.2 N/A.
: 1. I BM PC or compatible Date 1 08T-1039 Rev. 14 Page 4 of 141  
: c. PERFORM Section 7.1.
( 6.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 1. This OST will be completed satisfactorily if the Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio when measured at greater than 50% Rated Thermal Power is less than or equal to 1.02. 7.0 PROCEDURE  
: 2. IF manual calculation of the Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio is used, THEN PERFORM the following:
: 1. IF Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation Computer Program is used, THEN PERFORM the following:  
: a. MARK Section 7.1 N/A.
: a. MARK Step 7.0.2 N/A. b. MARK Section 7.2 N/A. c. PERFORM Section 7.1. 2. IF manual calculation of the Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio is used, THEN PERFORM the following:  
: b. PERFORM Section 7.2.
: a. MARK Section 7.1 N/A. b. PERFORM Section 7.2. IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 5 of 141
IOST-1039                               Rev. 14                                   Page 5 of 141


===7.1. Computer===
7.1. Computer Quadrant Power Tilt       ~atio Calculation NOTE:   The detector current meters on each power range channel drawer are designated as left-upper, right-lower.
Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation NOTE: The detector current meters on each power range channel drawer are designated as left-upper, right-lower.  
: 1.     Prior to reading the value of detector currenj, VERIFY the Meter Range/Rate switch is in the 400 ~AlSLOW position.
: 1. Prior to reading the value of detector currenj, VERIFY the Meter Range/Rate switch is in the 400 position.
* N-41 Upper
* N-41 Upper
* N-41 Lower
* N-41 Lower
Line 740: Line 1,519:
* N-43 Lower
* N-43 Lower
* N-44 Upper
* N-44 Upper
* N-44 Lower 2. RECORD on Attachment 1 the upper and lower detector currents from all operable power range channels as read at the Nuclear Instrumentation Cabinet. NOTE: If the STA's computer is not available, it is possible to use the floppy disc labeled "OST-1039 QPTR calculation Program Version 1.0". This will require attaching a floppy disc drive to the computer being used. The floppy disc write protect tab should be disabled prior to inserting into the A disk drive to allow updating the 100% Power Normalized currents.  
* N-44 Lower
: 3. From the STA's computer, ACCESS the OST-1039 program using the menu prompts. 4. VERIFY that the program version on the computer screen is version 1.0. 5. WHEN prompted, THEN ENTER the data from Attachment  
: 2.     RECORD on Attachment 1 the upper and lower detector currents from all operable power range channels as read at the Nuclear Instrumentation Cabinet.
: 1. 6. IF necessary, IOST-1039 THEN CORRECT 100% Power Normalized currents by comparing them to the updated currents on Curve F-x-8. Rev. 14 Page 6 of 141 c ( 7.1 Computer Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation (continued)
NOTE:   If the STA's computer is not available, it is possible to use the floppy disc labeled "OST-1039 QPTR calculation Program Version 1.0". This will require attaching a floppy disc drive to the computer being used. The floppy disc write protect tab should be disabled prior to inserting into the A disk drive to allow updating the 100% Power Normalized currents.
NOTE: The normalized fraction should approximately equal reactor power level. NOTE: The computer program prints out to LPT1. By default, LPT1 is not normally mapped, since most programs do not need it. This can be verified, and if necessarily changed, by going to Start -> Programs -> Accessories  
: 3.     From the STA's computer, ACCESS the OST-1039 program using the menu prompts.
-> Local PRT. This screen also allows enabling LPT1 if necessary.  
: 4.     VERIFY that the program version on the computer screen is version 1.0.
: 7. PRINT the results from the computer program. 8. SIGN the Data Input Line. 9. PERFORM Independent Verification of data input. 10. SIGN the Data Input Verification Line. 11. RECORD QPTR from the printed results. QPTR= 12. CHECK QPTR is less than or equal to 1.02. 13. ATTACH the printed results to this procedure.  
: 5.     WHEN prompted, THEN ENTER the data from Attachment 1.
';.r IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 7 of 141
: 6.     IF necessary, THEN CORRECT th~ 100% Power Normalized currents by comparing them to the updated currents on Curve F-x-8.
( 7.2. Manual Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation NOTE: The detector current meters on each poWer range channel drawer are designated as left-upper, right-lower.  
IOST-1039                                      Rev. 14                                   Page 6 of 141
 
7.1 Computer Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation (continued) NOTE:     The normalized fraction should approximately equal reactor power level.
NOTE:     The computer program prints out to LPT1. By default, LPT1 is not normally mapped, since most programs do not need it. This can be verified, and if necessarily changed, by going to Start -> Programs -> Accessories -> Local PRT. This screen also allows enabling LPT1 if necessary.
: 7.       PRINT the results from the computer program.
: 8.       SIGN the Data Input Line.
: 9.       PERFORM Independent Verification of data input.
: 10.     SIGN the Data Input Verification Line.
: 11.     RECORD QPTR from the printed results.
QPTR=
: 12.     CHECK QPTR is less than or equal to 1.02.
: 13.     ATTACH the printed results to this procedure.
(        ';.r IOST-1039                                     Rev. 14                               Page 7 of 141
 
7.2. Manual Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation
(
NOTE:   The detector current meters on each poWer range channel drawer are designated as left-upper, right-lower.
: 1. Prior to reading the value of detector current, VERIFY the Meter Range/Rate switch is in the 400 IJAISLOW position.
: 1. Prior to reading the value of detector current, VERIFY the Meter Range/Rate switch is in the 400 IJAISLOW position.
* N-41 Upper
* N-41 Upper
Line 756: Line 1,551:
* N-43 Lower
* N-43 Lower
* N-44 Upper
* N-44 Upper
* N-44 Lower 2. RECORD on Attachment 2, in column A, the upper and lower detector currents from all operable power range channels as read on the Nuclear Instrumentation Cabinet.  
* N-44 Lower
: 3. RECORD on Attachment 2, in column B, the 100% power normalized current for each channel from Curve F-x-8) NOTE: When recording all fractions and ratios, record to four decimal places, dropping the fifth and subsequent decimal places. 4. DIVIDE values in column A by the respective normalized current in column B recording the result in column C as the Normalized Fraction.  
: 2. RECORD on Attachment 2, in column A, the upper and lower detector currents from all operable power range channels as read on the Nuclear Instrumentation Cabinet.
: 5. CALCULATE the average value for the upper and the lower Normalized Fractions as follows: IOST-1039
: 3. RECORD on Attachment 2, in column B, the 100% power normalized current for each channel from Curve F-x-8)
: a. ADD the Normalized Fraction in each section of column C, recording the sum in the space provided.  
NOTE:   When recording all fractions and ratios, record to four decimal places, dropping the fifth and subsequent decimal places.
: b. DIVIDE the sum obtained in Step 7.2.5.a by the number of operable NI channels, recording the result in column 0 of Attachment  
: 4. DIVIDE values in column A by the respective normalized current in column B recording the result in column C as the Normalized Fraction.
: 2. Rev. 14 Page 8 of 141
: 5. CALCULATE the average value for the upper and the lower Normalized Fractions as follows:
( 7.2 Manual Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation (continued)  
: a.     ADD the Normalized Fraction in each section of column C, recording the sum in the space provided.
: 6. Using the formula and values from Attachment 2, CALCULATE the Upper and Lower Ratios. 7. PERFORM independent verification of all calculations made on Attachment  
: b.     DIVIDE the sum obtained in Step 7.2.5.a by the number of operable NI channels, recording the result in column 0 of Attachment 2.
: 2. NOTE: The upper ratio or the lower ratio, whichever is greater, is the quadrant power tilt ratio (QPTR). 8. RECORD QPTR: QPTR= ___ _ 9. CHECK QPTR is less than or equal to 1.02. 1 OST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 9 of 141 7.3. Test Completion  
IOST-1039                                    Rev. 14                               Page 8 of 141
: 1. IF this test was performed due to an inoperable QPTR alarm, THEN DOCUMENT completion of PMID 22125 RQ01. 2. COMPLETE applicable sections of Attachment 3, Certifications and Reviews. 3. INFORM the Unit SCQ this test is completed.
 
8.0 DIAGRAMS/ATTACHMENTS   -Computer Data Sheet Attachment 2 -Manual Data Sheet Attachment 3 -Certifications and Reviews IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 10 of 141 UPPER DETECTOR N-41 N-42 N-43 N-44 ( IOST-1039  -Computer Data Sheet Sheet 1 of 1 UPPER DETECTOR LOWER CURRENT DETECTOR N-41 N-42 N-43 N-44 Rev. 14 LOWER DETECTOR CURRENT Page 11 of 14 I
7.2   Manual Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation (continued)
( ( UPPER DETECTOR N-41 N-42 N-43 N-44 Upper Ratio = LOWER DETECTOR N-41 N-42 N-43 N-44 Lower Ratio = Attachment 2 -Manual Data Sheet Sheet 1 of 1 A B UPPER UPPER 100% POWER DETECTOR NORMALIZED CURRENT CURRENT SUM Maximum Upper Normalized Fraction Average Upper Normalized Fraction A B LOWER LOWER 100% POWER DETECTOR NORMALIZED CURRENT CURRENT SUM Maximum Upper Normalized Fraction Average Upper Normalized Fraction C D UPPER AVERAGE NORMALIZED UPPER FRACTION NORMALIZED (NOTE 1) FRACTION = ----= ----C D LOWER AVERAGE NORMALIZED LOWER FRACTION NORMALIZED (NOTE 1) FRACTION = ----=----!I NOTE 1: Normalized Fraction should approximately equal reactor power level. I IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 12 of 141   -Certification and Reviews Sheet 1 of 1 This OST was performed as a: Periodic Surveillance Requirement:
: 6.       Using the formula and values from Attachment 2, CALCULATE the Upper and Lower Ratios.
___ _ Postmaintenance Operability Test: ___ _ Redundant Subsystem Test: ___ _ Plant Conditions:
: 7.       PERFORM independent verification of all calculations made on Attachment 2.
__________________
NOTE:   The upper ratio or the lower ratio, whichever is greater, is the quadrant power tilt ratio (QPTR).
_ MODE: ___ _ OST Completed By: _______________
: 8.       RECORD QPTR:
_ Date: _____ _ Time: ------OST Performed By: Initials Name (Print) Initials Name (Print) General Comments/Recommendation/Corrective Actions/Exceptions:
QPTR= _ _ __
Pages Used: OST Completed with NO EXCEPTIONS/EXCEPTIONS:
: 9.       CHECK QPTR is less than or equal to 1.02.
Date: -----Unit SCO After receiving the final review signature, this OST becomes a QA RECORD and should be submitted to Document Services.
(
108T-1039 Rev. 14 Page 13 of 141
1 OST-1039                                     Rev. 14                                 Page 9 of 141
( Revision Summary General Converted procedure to Word XP and formatted per PRO-NGGC-0201.
 
Incorporated all outstanding PRRs. Description of Changes Page Section All 2 3 7 IOST-1039 TOC 2.3.1 7.1.7 Change Description Updated revision level. Restored cross referencing.
7.3. Test Completion
Corrected formatting to comply with PRO-NGGC-0202 and AP-005. Separated Steps with multiple actions into individual steps (actual steps were unaffected)
: 1. IF this test was performed due to an inoperable QPTR alarm, THEN DOCUMENT completion of PMID 22125 RQ01.
Added Table of Contents.
: 2. COMPLETE applicable sections of Attachment 3, Certifications and Reviews.
Corrected reference.
: 3. INFORM the Unit SCQ this test is completed.
4.4.2.10 did not exist, instead referenced FSAR Chapter 4.4 Added Note on how to enable LPT1 to the default printer, if needed. Rev. 14 Page 14 of 141 Appendix C Facility:
8.0 DIAGRAMS/ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 - Computer Data Sheet Attachment 2 - Manual Data Sheet Attachment 3 - Certifications and Reviews IOST-1039                                   Rev. 14                         Page 10 of 141
Task Title: KIA  
 
Attachment 1 - Computer Data Sheet Sheet 1 of 1 UPPER                                     LOWER UPPER  DETECTOR                           LOWER DETECTOR DETECTOR CURRENT                         DETECTOR CURRENT N-41                                      N-41 N-42                                     N-42 N-43                                      N-43 N-44                                     N-44
(
IOST-1039                    Rev. 14                 Page 11 of 14 I
 
Attachment 2 - Manual Data Sheet
(                                            Sheet 1 of 1 A                 B                   C                D UPPER              UPPER           AVERAGE UPPER           100% POWER         NORMALIZED            UPPER UPPER          DETECTOR           NORMALIZED          FRACTION          NORMALIZED DETECTOR          CURRENT             CURRENT             (NOTE 1)          FRACTION N-41 N-42 N-43 N-44 SUM Maximum Upper Normalized Fraction Upper Ratio  =    Average Upper Normalized Fraction
                                                              = ----= ----
(                            A                  B LOWER C
LOWER D
AVERAGE LOWER           100% POWER          NORMALIZED           LOWER LOWER           DETECTOR          NORMALIZED          FRACTION         NORMALIZED DETECTOR          CURRENT            CURRENT            (NOTE 1)         FRACTION N-41 N-42 N-43 N-44 SUM Maximum Upper Normalized Fraction Lower Ratio  =
Average Upper Normalized Fraction
                                                              = ----=----
  !I NOTE 1:   Normalized Fraction should approximately equal reactor power level.     I IOST-1039                                 Rev. 14                               Page 12 of 141
 
Attachment 3 - Certification and Reviews Sheet 1 of 1 This OST was performed as a:                         Periodic Surveillance Requirement: _ _ __
Postmaintenance Operability Test: _ _ __
Redundant Subsystem Test: _ _ __
Plant Conditions: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __                            MODE: _ _ __
OST Completed By: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __                              Date: _ _ _ _ __
Time:
OST Performed By:
Initials         Name (Print)                         Initials       Name (Print)
General Comments/Recommendation/Corrective Actions/Exceptions:
Pages Used:
OST Completed with NO EXCEPTIONS/EXCEPTIONS:
Date: - - - - -
Unit SCO After receiving the final review signature, this OST becomes a QA RECORD and should be submitted to Document Services.
108T-1039                                       Rev. 14                               Page 13 of 141
 
Revision Summary
(
General Converted procedure to Word XP and formatted per PRO-NGGC-0201. Incorporated all outstanding PRRs.
Description of Changes Page               Section     Change Description All                            Updated revision level. Restored cross referencing. Corrected formatting to comply with PRO-NGGC-0202 and AP-005.
Separated Steps with multiple actions into individual steps (actual steps were unaffected) 2                    TOC        Added Table of Contents.
3                    2.3.1      Corrected reference. 4.4.2.10 did not exist, instead referenced FSAR Chapter 4.4 7                    7.1.7      Added Note on how to enable LPT1 to the default printer, if needed.
IOST-1039                                  Rev. 14                               Page 14 of 141
 
Appendix C                                 Job Peliormance Measure                    Form ES-C-1 Worksheet Facility:               Shearon Harris                          Task No.:    015004H201 Task
 
==Title:==
Peliorm A Quadrant Power Tilt            JPM No.:    2009a NRC JPM Ratio Calculation                                    SRO A-2 KIA  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
 
G2.2.12           3.7/4.1 Examinee:                                                     NRC Examiner:
Examinee:
Facility Evaluator:                                          Date: _ _ __
Facility Evaluator:
Method of testing:
Method of testing: Job Peliormance Measure Worksheet Form ES-C-1 Shearon Harris Peliorm A Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation G2.2.12 3.7/4.1 Task No.: 015004H201 JPM No.: 2009a NRC JPM SRO A-2 NRC Examiner:
Simulated Peliormance:                                       Actual Peliormance:     x Classroom           X     Simulator   - - - Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Peliormance Measure will be satisfied.
Date: ___ _ Simulated Peliormance:
Initial Conditions:         The plant is operating at 100 percent power. Power Range N41 is inoperable. AOP-001, Malfunction Of Rod Control And Indication System has been entered due to a misaligned control rod.
Actual Peliormance:
Initiating Cue:
x Classroom X Simulator Plant ---READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Peliormance Measure will be satisfied.
Initial Conditions:
The plant is operating at 100 percent power. Power Range N41 is inoperable.
AOP-001, Malfunction Of Rod Control And Indication System has been entered due to a misaligned control rod. Initiating Cue:
* The USCO has directed you to peliorm a Manual QPTR utilizing OST-1039, Calculation Of Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio.
* The USCO has directed you to peliorm a Manual QPTR utilizing OST-1039, Calculation Of Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio.
* All prerequisites have been satisfied.
* All prerequisites have been satisfied. The Power Range NIS readings are provided in the table below.
The Power Range NIS readings are provided in the table below.
* IF calculations are outside acceptable tolerances THEN evaluate Tech Specs.
* IF calculations are outside acceptable tolerances THEN evaluate Tech Specs.
* For the purposes of the examination, there will be no independent verification of your work. Task Standard:
* For the purposes of the examination, there will be no independent verification of your work.
QPTR correctly calculated per OST-1039, Rev 14. Required Materials:
Task Standard:             QPTR correctly calculated per OST-1039, Rev 14.
Calculator General  
Required Materials:         Calculator General  


==References:==
==References:==
OST-1039 Rev 14 Handouts:
OST-1039 Rev 14 Handouts:
Time Critical Task: Validation Time: No
* Provide page 10 (copy of curve F-1S-S) to the candidate with cue sheet
* Provide page 10 (copy of curve F-1S-S) to the candidate with cue sheet
* OST -1039 Revision 14
* OST -1039 Revision 14
* Tech Specs 25 minutes 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL Appendix C Start Time: ___ _ Performance Step: 1 Standard:
* Tech Specs Time Critical Task:        No Validation Time:          25 minutes 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL
Comment: Performance Step: 2 Standard:
 
Comment: Page 2 of 10 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Form ES-C-1 OBTAIN PROCEDURE (Provided to candidate to allow candidate to write on the procedure.
Appendix C                             Page 2 of 10                      Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Start Time: _ _ __
The required Curve book figure is supplied on page 10.) Obtains OST-1039 PRIOR TO READING THE VALUE OF DETECTOR CURRENT, ENSURE THE METER RANGE/RATE SWITCH IS IN THE 400 POSITION.
Performance Step: 1 OBTAIN PROCEDURE (Provided to candidate to allow candidate to write on the procedure. The required Curve book figure is supplied on page 10.)
Locates Meter Range/Rate switches for NI-41, NI-42, NI-43, and NI-44 and verifies they are in the 400 position. (Switches do not have to be checked all at once but should be checked before reading is taken from a drawer.) NOTE: This step is not performed with conducting exam in a classroom setting. Readings will be provided to candidate with cue sheet. 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL Appendix C ./ Performance Step: 3 Standard:
Standard:          Obtains OST-1039 Comment:
Comment: ./ Performance Step: 4 Standard:
Performance Step: 2 PRIOR TO READING THE VALUE OF DETECTOR CURRENT, ENSURE THE METER RANGE/RATE SWITCH IS IN THE 400
Comment: ./ Performance Step: 5 Standard:
                        ~SLOW POSITION.
Comment: Page 3 of 10 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Form ES-C-1 RECORD ON ATTACHMENT 2 THE UPPER AND LOWER DETECTOR CURRENTS FROM ALL OPERABLE POWER RANGE CHANNELS AS READ AT THE NUCLEAR MENTATION CABINET. Locates upper and lower detector current indications and records them on Attachment
Standard:          Locates Meter Range/Rate switches for NI-41, NI-42, NI-43, and NI-44 and verifies they are in the 400 ~SLOW position.
: 2. NOTE: This step is not performed with conducting exam in a classroom setting. Readings will be provided to candidate.
(Switches do not have to be checked all at once but should be checked before reading is taken from a drawer.)
RECORDS ON ATTACHMENT 2 THE 100 % POWER NORMALIZED CURRENT FOR EACH CHANNEL References Curve F-15-8 (Revision
NOTE: This step is not performed with conducting exam in a classroom setting. Readings will be provided to candidate with cue sheet.
: 7) and records the 100 % values on Attachment
Comment:
: 2. DIVIDE VALUE IN COLUMN A BY THE RESPECTIVE NORMALIZED CURRENT IN COLUMN B AND RECORD THE RESULT IN COLUMN C. Takes value of Upper Detector Currents and divides by Normalized value for each channel and records values in Column C. 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL Appendix C ./ Performance Step: 6 Standard:
2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL
Comment: ./ Performance Step: 7 Standard:
 
Comment: ./ Performance Step: 8 Standard:
Appendix C                           Page 3 of 10                        Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION
Evaluator Cue: Comment: Page 4 of 10 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Form ES-C-1 CALCULATE THE AVERAGE VALUE FOR THE UPPER AND LOWER NORMALIZED FRACTION AND RECORD IN COLUMN D OF ATTACHMENT
./ Performance Step: 3 RECORD ON ATTACHMENT 2 THE UPPER AND LOWER DETECTOR CURRENTS FROM ALL OPERABLE POWER RANGE CHANNELS AS READ AT THE NUCLEAR INSTRU-MENTATION CABINET.
: 2. Adds the Upper Normalized Fractions and divides by 3 and enters in Column D. Adds the Lower Normalized Fractions and divides by 3 and enters in Column D. USING THE FORMULA AND VALUES FROM ATTACHMENT 2 CALCULATE THE UPPER AND LOWER RATIOS Divides the Maximum Upper Normalized Fraction by the Average Upper Normalized Fraction. Divides the Maximum Lower Normalized Fraction by the Average Lower Normalized Fraction.
Standard:           Locates upper and lower detector current indications and records them on Attachment 2.
Enters the values on Attachment
NOTE: This step is not performed with conducting exam in a classroom setting. Readings will be provided to candidate.
: 2. PERFORM INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION OF ALL CALCULATIONS MADE ON ATTACHMENT 2 (If Candidate asks for independent verification)
Comment:
For the purpose of this examination, there will be no independent verification of your work. 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL Appendix C ./ Performance Step: 9 Standard:
./ Performance Step: 4 RECORDS ON ATTACHMENT 2 THE 100 % POWER NORMALIZED CURRENT FOR EACH CHANNEL Standard:           References Curve F-15-8 (Revision 7) and records the 100 %
Evaluator Note: Comment: Page 5 of 10 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Form ES-C-1 THE UPPER RATIO OR THE LOWER RATIO, WHICHEVER IS GREATER, IS THE QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR). RECORD QPTR AND VERIFY QPTR IS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 1.02 Acceptable band is +/-.5% (rounded to .005) around 1.0264 (1.0214 to 1.0314). LOWER (Greatest)  
values on Attachment 2.
= 1.0264 QPTR is UNSAT The SRO Candidate should determine that the QPTR is UNSAT, and continue to evaluate Tech Specs for compliance.
Comment:
Performance Step: 10 OST AI N TECH SPECS Standard:
./ Performance Step: 5  DIVIDE VALUE IN COLUMN A BY THE RESPECTIVE NORMALIZED CURRENT IN COLUMN B AND RECORD THE RESULT IN COLUMN C.
Obtains Tech Specs Comment: ./ Performance Step: 11 Refers to Tech Spec 3.2.4 Standard:
Standard:           Takes value of Upper Detector Currents and divides by Normalized value for each channel and records values in Column C.
Determines that ACTION a. is to be applied Evaluator Note: When candidate completes calculations and reports Tech Spec evaluation (IF QPTR is determined to be UNSAT) the JPM is complete Comment: Stop Time: ___ _ Terminating Cue: Determines QPTR and Tech Spec action for the QPTR calculation exceeding 1.02 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL Appendix C UPPER DETECTOR N-41 N-42 N-43 N-44 LOWER DETECTOR N-41 N-42 N-43 N-44 Page 6 of 10 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION KEY A B UPPER UPPER 100% POWER DETECTOR NORMALIZED CURRENT CURRENT INOPERABLE INOPERABLE 193.1 192.5 217.6 218.1 176.4 176.1 SUM A B LOWER LOWER 100% POWER DETECTOR NORMALIZED CURRENT CURRENT INOPERABLE INOPERABLE 229.3 223.6 237.1 240.6 209.9 212.8 SUM Form ES-C-1 C UPPER NORMALIZED FCrACTION NOTE 1) INOPERABLE 1.0031 0.9977 1.0017 3.0025/3 = 1.0008 C LOWER NORMALIZED FRACTION (NOTE 1) INOPERABLE 1.0254 0.9854 0.9863 2.9971/3 = 0.9990 Highest Upper (N-42) 1.0031/1.0008
Comment:
= 1.0022 (0.9972 to 1.0072) Highest Lower (N-42) 1.0254/0.9990
2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL
= 1.0264 (1.0214 to 1.0314) 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL Appendix C Page 7 of 10 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION KEY Form ES-C-1 POWER OlSTRUtm(lN 3/4. Z." . QtJAO FtAt(TP\l'IljItT!lT 3.2.4 The QUAOAAHT TILT RATIO shaH not ItXcud 1.0%. AP'LICAa!U1"&#xa5;:
 
MOO! 1 ** oya sal 01 RATm PMP'. ACTIOtf: .t. Wltften. TIt-TRAna 4",1'\\11*
Appendix C                            Page 4 of 10                      Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION
eo*acMd 1.0'2 but 1." t.l'Iu Qt' tq\Ml t4 l.G,: 1. Calculate tneQUADRANT POWER Tt1.TAATIO at 1.." oncape,.
./ Performance Step: 6 CALCULATE THE AVERAGE VALUE FOR THE UPPER AND LOWER NORMALIZED FRACTION AND RECORD IN COLUMN D OF ATTACHMENT 2.
untf 1 .1 WI'":
Standard:          Adds the Upper Normalized Fractions and divides by 3 and enters in Column D. Adds the Lower Normalized Fractions and divides by 3 and enters in Column D.
* 11 The QUAOMHT PmiERTU.T
Comment:
!fAnO it l"'tdt.Ietd t4 wit""in its Hllit, o!" b) poweR f.
./ Performance Step: 7 USING THE FORMULA AND VALUES FROM ATTACHMENT 2 CALCULATE THE UPPER AND LOWER RATIOS Standard:           Divides the Maximum Upper Normalized Fraction by the Average Upper Normalized Fraction. Divides the Maximum Lower Normalized Fraction by the Average Lower Normalized Fraction.
t4 l.ss tJI.tn SOl of AAi&#xa3;D 11iiRMAL POWER. &) leduc. 'tl'Ie qUAOAAHTP<NEI TILfRAnO to* w1tMrt its a_it. 01' b) at tell" 3S ft'Cll 1ATS) POWEJ for tIC." 11 of i 1Iidi C'.ItIC POWER TlU AATIOf." *** of 1 udsi.narly tM Pcwel' ltanijl:!leutNft
Enters the values on Attachment 2.
' F1 ... *tU;ft Trip htpofnQ wfUin tM ,. 1'I4m"t. 3:. "I""fy til,., tne QUAOItMT PCWaTlU'Ul1:O f' within ftllf.it wi'tl'lil'l 24 hours at'tu.xC:M<lil'l9 W Hil1tol" PMR to 1'1$ Ult'I SasQf IA'I'U THERMAL .PQWSwithin  
Comment:
'tl'I. nut 2: MU1"'S UId Ran;e ,...utnm FlliDli"'H n Trip htl)4ilttS t4 leu tnu 01" tc es of um wi utn W flaxt 4 MUrs;_ 4. ,Identify.1ftd eoi"'l"'Kt t.'-taus.,,*'
./ Performance Step: 8 PERFORM INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION OF ALL CALCULATIONS MADE ON ATTACHMENT 2 Standard:
ttl. #V'C"'CJf"Hl'Iit OM1'U\\,U'I pr1ol' wi' ,.' . POWER; ***
Evaluator Cue:     (If Candidate asks for independent verification)
QPWTIQH 1Cov. SOl of RATm PMI BY pNCftd providu that t!!., QU,M)UHT PMI nl..T .no it ver1tf_ ..,iUl1ft iu Hilit It ll .. t onel per !'Icu" fa1" lZ Mul'" 0'1" until 11,,111" at 95% Or' g:re""t' RATtO niE1I:MAL 1110'411.
For the purpose of this examination, there will be no independent verification of your work.
2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL Appendix C Page 8 of 10 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Form ES-C-1 Job Performance Measure No.: 2009a NRC JPM SRO A-2 Examinee's Name: Date Performed:
Comment:
2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL
 
Appendix C                            Page 5 of 10                    Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION
./ Performance Step: 9  THE UPPER RATIO OR THE LOWER RATIO, WHICHEVER IS GREATER, IS THE QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR).
RECORD QPTR AND VERIFY QPTR IS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 1.02 Standard:           Acceptable band is +/- .5% (rounded to .005) around 1.0264 (1.0214 to 1.0314).
                                            =
LOWER (Greatest) 1.0264 QPTR is UNSAT Evaluator Note:     The SRO Candidate should determine that the QPTR is UNSAT, and continue to evaluate Tech Specs for compliance.
Comment:
Performance Step: 10 OSTAI N TECH SPECS Standard:            Obtains Tech Specs Comment:
./ Performance Step: 11 Refers to Tech Spec 3.2.4 Standard:            Determines that ACTION a. is to be applied Evaluator Note:      When candidate completes calculations and reports Tech Spec evaluation (IF QPTR is determined to be UNSAT) the JPM is complete Comment:
Stop Time: _ _ __
Terminating Cue:        Determines QPTR and Tech Spec action for the QPTR calculation exceeding 1.02 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL
 
Appendix C                              Page 6 of 10                       Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION KEY A                  B              C UPPER          UPPER UPPER          100% POWER      NORMALIZED UPPER            DETECTOR        NORMALIZED        FCrACTION DETECTOR            CURRENT            CURRENT          NOTE 1)
N-41          INOPERABLE        INOPERABLE      INOPERABLE N-42                193.1              192.5          1.0031 N-43              217.6              218.1          0.9977 N-44                176.4              176.1          1.0017 SUM        3.0025/3 =
1.0008 A                   B                C LOWER            LOWER LOWER            100% POWER      NORMALIZED LOWER              DETECTOR          NORMALIZED        FRACTION DETECTOR            CURRENT              CURRENT          (NOTE 1)
N-41           INOPERABLE          INOPERABLE      INOPERABLE N-42                 229.3              223.6          1.0254 N-43                 237.1              240.6          0.9854 N-44                 209.9              212.8          0.9863 SUM          2.9971/3  =
0.9990 Highest Upper (N-42) 1.0031/1.0008 = 1.0022 (0.9972 to 1.0072)
Highest Lower (N-42) 1.0254/0.9990 = 1.0264 (1.0214 to 1.0314) 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL
 
Appendix C                                            Page 7 of 10                                  Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION KEY POWER OlSTRUtm(lN        l~nS 3/4. Z." . QtJAO FtAt(TP\l'IljItT!lT ~ArlO 3.2.4 The QUAOAAHT ~ TILT RATIO shaH not ItXcud 1.0%.
AP'LICAa!U1"&#xa5;:      MOO! 1 * *oya sal 01 RATm            lH~J.. PMP'.
ACTIOtf:
            .t. Wltften. qUAO~T ~iR TIt-TRAna 4",1'\\11* eo*acMd 1.0'2 but 1." t.l'Iu Qt' tq\Ml t4 l.G,:
: 1. Calculate tneQUADRANT POWER Tt1.TAATIO at 1.." oncape,.                    ~Q;U'l" untf 1 .1 WI'":
* 11      The QUAOMHT PmiERTU.T !fAnO it l"'tdt.Ietd t4 wit""in its Hllit, o!"
b)      TH!~L      poweR f. ~.a.       t4 l.ss tJI.tn SOl of AAi&#xa3;D 11iiRMAL POWER.
                          &)      leduc. 'tl'Ie qUAOAAHTP<NEI TILfRAnO to* w1tMrt its a_it. 01' b)      ;R4tClUc.TM~1. ~R          at tell" 3S ft'Cll 1ATS)    ~L POWEJ for tIC." 11 of i 1Iidi C'.ItIC ~ POWER TlU AATIOf."
                                  ~*** of 1 udsi.narly .~ tM Pcwel' ltanijl:!leutNft '
F1 ...*tU;ft Trip htpofnQ wfUin tM ~ ,. 1'I4m"t.
3:.   "I""fy      til,., tne QUAOItMT PCWaTlU'Ul1:O f' within ftllf.it wi'tl'lil'l 24 hours at'tu.xC:M<lil'l9 W Hil1tol" "'u:c.i1i~l PMR to 1'1$ Ult'I SasQf IA'I'U THERMAL .PQWSwithin 'tl'I. nut 2: MU1"'S UId ~,~tMPC!if4!r Ran;e ,...utnm FlliDli"'H n Trip htl)4ilttS t4 leu tnu 01" ~i tc               es   of um               ~
wi utn W flaxt 4 MUrs;_
: 4.   ,Identify.1ftd eoi"'l"'Kt t.'-
pr1ol' wi' ,.' .
taus.,,*'   ttl. #V'C"'CJf"Hl'Iit OM1'U\\,U'I POWER; ***~t,Pmi&#xa3;1 QPWTIQH 1Cov. SOl of RATm                     PMI BY pNCftd providu that t!!.,
QU,M)UHT PMI nl..T .no it ver1tf_ ..,iUl1ft iu Hilit It ll..t onel per !'Icu" fa1" lZ Mul'" 0'1" until 11,,111" ~qUbl. at 95%
Or' g:re""t' RATtO niE1I:MAL 1110'411.
2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL
 
Appendix C                             Page 8 of 10                 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2009a NRC JPM SRO A-2 PERFORM A QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO CALCULATION Examinee's Name:
Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Number of Attempts:
Line 850: Line 1,720:
Question Documentation:
Question Documentation:
Question:
Question:
Response:
 
Result: Examiner's Signature:
===Response===
PERFORM A QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO CALCULATION SAT 'UNSAT Date: 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL Appendix C Initial Conditions:
Result:                     SAT            'UNSAT Examiner's Signature:                                   Date:
Initiating Cue: N41 N42 N43 N44 Page 9 of 10 JPM CUE SHEET Form ES-C-1 The plant is operating at 100 percent power. Power Range N41 is inoperable.
2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL
AOP-001, Malfunction Of Rod Control And Indication System has been entered due to a misaligned control rod. The USCG has directed you to perform a Manual QPTR utilizing OST -1039, Calculation Of Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio. All prerequisites have been satisfied.
 
The Power Range NIS readings are provided in the table below. IF calculations are outside acceptable tolerances THEN evaluate Tech Specs. For the purposes of the examination, there will be no independent verification of your work. PRNIS Readings INOPERABLE INOPERABLE 193.1 229.3 217.6 237.1 176.4 209.9
Appendix C                                     Page 9 of 10                       Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:            The plant is operating at 100 percent power. Power Range N41 is inoperable. AOP-001, Malfunction Of Rod Control And Indication System has been entered due to a misaligned control rod.
Initiating Cue:                The USCG has directed you to perform a Manual QPTR utilizing OST-1039, Calculation Of Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio.
All prerequisites have been satisfied. The Power Range NIS readings are provided in the table below.
IF calculations are outside acceptable tolerances THEN evaluate Tech Specs.
For the purposes of the examination, there will be no independent verification of your work.
PRNIS Readings N41                          INOPERABLE                     INOPERABLE N42                              193.1                           229.3 N43                              217.6                           237.1 N44                              176.4                           209.9
* All values were taken with the Range/Rate switch in 400 IJA/Slow position.
* All values were taken with the Range/Rate switch in 400 IJA/Slow position.
2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL Appendix C Page 10 of 10 JPM CUE SHEET HARRIS 2009 NRC SRO JPM A-2 Curve F-1S-8 HANDOUT Current and Voltage Sat poi n 1;$ Tab*e ('100% () Form ES-C-1 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL
2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL
 
Appendix C                       Page 10 of 10                 Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET HARRIS 2009 NRC SRO JPM A-2 Curve F-1S-8 HANDOUT Current and Voltage Sat poi n1;$ Tab*e
('100% ~r\ () if1Cl'Ji~ ~l 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL
 
(
(
C&#xa3; A b M ltV ::rpW/ .s I'<, 0 A' "" 7,.... (' ..
XEF&#xa3;~&#xa3;N      C&#xa3; A   b M ltV     ::rpW/
( ( Progress Energy C CONTINUOUS USE HARRIS NUCLEAR PLANT PLANT OPERATING MANUAL VOLUME 3 PART 9 PROCEDURE TYPE: OPERATIONS SURVEILLANCE TEST NUMBER: 05T-1039 TITLE: CALCULATION' OF QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO, WEEKLY INTERVAL (WITH ALARM OPERABLE) 12 HOUR INTERVAL (WITH ALARM INOPERABLE)
        .s I'<, 0 A' "" 7,....
MODE 1 NOTE: This procedure has been screened per PLP-100 Criteria and determined to be CASE III. No additional management involvement is required.
(' ..
IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 1 of 141 Table of Contents ( Section 1.0 PURPOSE .........................................................................................................................
 
3  
C
(   ~ Progress Energy                                                         CONTINUOUS USE HARRIS NUCLEAR PLANT PLANT OPERATING MANUAL VOLUME 3 PART 9 PROCEDURE TYPE:           OPERATIONS SURVEILLANCE TEST NUMBER:                             05T-1039 CALCULATION' OF QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO,
(  TITLE:
WEEKLY INTERVAL (WITH ALARM OPERABLE) 12 HOUR INTERVAL (WITH ALARM INOPERABLE)
MODE 1 NOTE:   This procedure has been screened per PLP-100 Criteria and determined to be CASE III. No additional management involvement is required.
IOST-1039                               Rev. 14                               Page 1 of 141
 
Table of Contents
( Section 1.0   PURPOSE ......................................................................................................................... 3


==2.0 REFERENCES==
==2.0   REFERENCES==
.............................................................................. ,................................... 3 2.1. Plant Operating Manual Procedures ....................................................................... 3 2.2. Technical Specifications .......................................................................................... 3 2.3. Final Safety Analysis Report ................................................................................... 3 3.0  PREREQUiSiTES .............................................................................................................. 4 4.0  PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ................................................................................. 4 5.0  TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................ 4 6.0  ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA .................................................................................................. 5 7.0  PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................... 5 7.1. Computer Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation .................................................... 6 7.2. Manual Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation ........................................................ 8 7.3. Test Completion ..................................................................................................... 10 8.0  DIAGRAMS/ATTACHMENTS .......................................................................................... 10 Attachment 1 - Computer Data Sheet.. ............................................................................ 11 Attachment 2 - Manual Data Sheet. .................................................................................. 12 Attachment 3 - Certification and Reviews ........................................................................ 13 IOST-1039                                                  Rev. 14                                                        Page 2 of 141


.............................................................................. , ...................................
1.0   PURPOSE
3 2.1. Plant Operating Manual Procedures
(
.......................................................................
In MODE 1, greater than 50% Rated Thermal Power:
3 2.2. Technical Specifications
: 1. This test is performed weekly, per Tech Spec 4.2.4.1.a, if the alarm is operable.
..........................................................................................
3 2.3. Final Safety Analysis Report ...................................................................................
3 3.0 PREREQUiSiTES
..............................................................................................................
4 4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
.................................................................................
4 5.0 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
................................................................................................
4 6.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ..................................................................................................
5 7.0 PROCEDURE
....................................................................................................................
5 7.1. Computer Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation
....................................................
6 7.2. Manual Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation
........................................................
8 7.3. Test Completion
.....................................................................................................
10 8.0 DIAGRAMS/ATTACHMENTS
..........................................................................................
10 Attachment 1 -Computer Data Sheet.. ............................................................................
11 Attachment 2 -Manual Data Sheet. ..................................................................................
12 Attachment 3 -Certification and Reviews ........................................................................
13 IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 2 of 141 
( ( 1.0 2.0 2.1. 2.2. 2.3. PURPOSE In MODE 1, greater than 50% Rated Thermal Power: 1. This test is performed weekly, per Tech Spec 4.2.4.1.a, if the alarm is operable.  
: 2. This test is performed every 12 hours, per Tech Spec 4.2.4.1.b, if the alarm is inoperable.
: 2. This test is performed every 12 hours, per Tech Spec 4.2.4.1.b, if the alarm is inoperable.
The Power Range Detector Currents will be recorded and compared with calculated full power normalized currents to determine the upper and lower quadrant power tilt ratios. The larger of these two ratios is the quadrant power tilt ratio referenced in technical specifications.
The Power Range Detector Currents will be recorded and compared with calculated full power normalized currents to determine the upper and lower quadrant power tilt ratios.
REFERENCES PlantOperating Manual Procedures
The larger of these two ratios is the quadrant power tilt ratio referenced in technical specifications.
: 1. OP-105 2. EST-911 3. EST-915 4. MST-10044
: 5. MST-10045
: 6. MST-10046
: 7. MST-10047 Technical Specifications
: 1. 3.2.4 2. 3.10.2 Final Safety Analysis Report 1. 4.4 1 OST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 3 of 141 


===3.0 PREREQUISITES===
==2.0   REFERENCES==


NOTE: Precaution and Limitation 4.0.1 has guidance if performing this OST with one Power Range Channel inoperable.  
2.1. PlantOperating Manual Procedures
: 1. VERIFY instrumentation needed for the performance of this test is free of deficiencies that affect instrument indication.  
: 1. OP-105
: 2. VERIFY the most recent Curve F-x-8 is used in the performance of this procedure. (Reference 2.1.1 and 2.1.2) . Curve F-x-8 Revision Number ------3. OBTAIN Unit SCO permission to perform this OST. Signature
: 2. EST-911
: 3. EST-915
(        4. MST-10044
: 5. MST-10045
: 6. MST-10046
: 7. MST-10047 2.2. Technical Specifications
: 1. 3.2.4
: 2. 3.10.2 2.3. Final Safety Analysis Report
: 1. 4.4 1 OST-1039                                    Rev. 14                                  Page 3 of 141


===4.0 PRECAUTIONS===
3.0  PREREQUISITES NOTE:    Precaution and Limitation 4.0.1 has guidance if performing this OST with one Power Range Channel inoperable.
: 1. VERIFY instrumentation needed for the performance of this test is free of deficiencies that affect instrument indication.
: 2. VERIFY the most recent Curve F-x-8 is used in the performance of this procedure. (Reference 2.1.1 and 2.1.2)            .
Curve F-x-8 Revision Number    ------
: 3. OBTAIN Unit SCO permission to perform this OST.
Signature                                                Date 4.0   PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
: 1. With one power range channel inoperable, this OST shall be performed using the remaining three detectors. In addition, if Reactor Power is greater than 75%, EST-915 must also be performed per Surveillance Requirement 4.2.4.2. (Reference 2.1.3)
: 2. If performing this OST to support NIS calibration (MST-10044, 10045, 10046, and 10047), then new calculated currents on Curve F-x-8 are to be used per OP-105. (Reference 2.1.1)
: 3. There is usually a time lapse between the generation of the new curve values and the calibration of the power range Nls. Op~rations should approve the new curve with the QPTR alarm operable. The installed NI currents are outdated and will not be the same as the new values on the curve. This is conservative since the QPTR alarm will actuate when actual QPTR is below the setpoint. If the QPTR alarm actuates, the new curve values should be used in the calculation. These values reflect core conditions from the most recent flux map.
5.0  TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
: 1. IBM PC or compatible 108T-1039                                    Rev. 14                                Page 4 of 141


AND LIMITATIONS
6.0  ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
: 1. With one power range channel inoperable, this OST shall be performed using the remaining three detectors.
: 1. This OST will be completed satisfactorily if the Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio when measured at greater than 50% Rated Thermal Power is less than or equal to 1.02.
In addition, if Reactor Power is greater than 75%, EST-915 must also be performed per Surveillance Requirement 4.2.4.2. (Reference 2.1.3) 2. If performing this OST to support NIS calibration (MST-10044, 10045, 10046, and 10047), then new calculated currents on Curve F-x-8 are to be used per OP-105. (Reference 2.1.1) 3. There is usually a time lapse between the generation of the new curve values and the calibration of the power range Nls.
7.0  PROCEDURE
should approve the new curve with the QPTR alarm operable.
: 1. IF Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation Computer Program is used, THEN PERFORM the following:
The installed NI currents are outdated and will not be the same as the new values on the curve. This is conservative since the QPTR alarm will actuate when actual QPTR is below the setpoint.
: a. MARK Step 7.0.2 N/A.
If the QPTR alarm actuates, the new curve values should be used in the calculation.
: b. MARK Section 7.2 N/A.
These values reflect core conditions from the most recent flux map. 5.0 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
: c. PERFORM Section 7.1.
: 1. IBM PC or compatible Date 108T-1039 Rev. 14 Page 4 of 141
: 2. IF manual calculation of the Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio is used, THEN PERFORM the following:
: a. MARK Section 7.1 N/A.
: b. PERFORM Section 7.2.
108T-1039                               Rev. 14                                   Page 5 of 141


===6.0 ACCEPTANCE===
7.1. Computer Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation NOTE:   The detector current meters on each power range channel drawer are designated as left-upper, right-lower.
 
: 1.     Prior to reading the value of detector current, VERIFY the Meter Range/Rate switch is in the 400 J.JAlSLOW position.
CRITERIA 1. This OST will be completed satisfactorily if the Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio when measured at greater than 50% Rated Thermal Power is less than or equal to 1.02. 7.0 PROCEDURE
: 1. IF Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation Computer Program is used, THEN PERFORM the following:
: a. MARK Step 7.0.2 N/A. b. MARK Section 7.2 N/A. c. PERFORM Section 7.1. 2. IF manual calculation of the Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio is used, THEN PERFORM the following:
: a. MARK Section 7.1 N/A. b. PERFORM Section 7.2. 108T-1039 Rev. 14 Page 5 of 141 
( 7.1. Computer Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation NOTE: The detector current meters on each power range channel drawer are designated as left-upper, right-lower.  
: 1. Prior to reading the value of detector current, VERIFY the Meter Range/Rate switch is in the 400 J.JAlSLOW position.
* N-41 Upper
* N-41 Upper
* N-41 Lower
* N-41 Lower
Line 936: Line 1,810:
* N-43 Lower
* N-43 Lower
* N-44 Upper
* N-44 Upper
* N-44 Lower 2. RECORD on Attachment 1 the upper and lower detector currents from all operable power range channels as read at the Nuclear Instrumentation Cabinet. NOTE: If the STA's computer is not available, it is possible to use the floppy disc labeled "OST-1039 QPTR calculation Program Version 1.0". This will require attaching a floppy disc drive to the computer being used. The floppy disc write protect tab should be disabled prior to inserting into the A disk drive to allow updating the 100% Power Normalized currents.  
* N-44 Lower
: 3. From the STA's computer, ACCESS the OST-1039 program using the menu prompts. 4. VERIFY that the program version on the computer screen is version 1.0. 5. WHEN prompted, THEN ENTER the data from Attachment  
: 2.       RECORD on Attachment 1 the upper and lower detector currents from all operable power range channels as read at the Nuclear Instrumentation Cabinet.
: 1. 6. IF necessary, IOST-1039 THEN CORRECT the 100% Power Normalized currents by comparing them to the updated currents on Curve F-x-8. Rev. 14 Page 6 of 141
NOTE:     If the STA's computer is not available, it is possible to use the floppy disc labeled "OST-1039 QPTR calculation Program Version 1.0". This will require attaching a floppy disc drive to the computer being used. The floppy disc write protect tab should be disabled prior to inserting into the A disk drive to allow updating the 100% Power Normalized currents.
( c ... 7.1 Computer Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation (continued)
: 3.       From the STA's computer, ACCESS the OST-1039 program using the menu prompts.
NOTE: The normalized fraction should approximately equal reactor power level. NOTE: The computer program prints out to LPT1. By default, LPT1 is not normally mapped, since most programs do not need it. This can be verified, and if necessarily changed, by going to Start -> Programs -> Accessories  
: 4.       VERIFY that the program version on the computer screen is version 1.0.
-> Local PRT. This screen also allows enabling LPT1 if necessary.  
: 5.       WHEN prompted, THEN ENTER the data from Attachment 1.
: 7. PRINT the results from the computer program. 8. SIGN the Data Input Line. 9. PERFORM Independent Verification of data input. 10. SIGN the Data Input Verification Line. 11. RECORD QPTR from the printed results. QPTR= 12. CHECK QPTR is less than or equal to 1.02. 13. ATTACH the printed results to this procedure.
: 6.       IF necessary, THEN CORRECT the 100% Power Normalized currents by comparing them to the updated currents on Curve F-x-8.
IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 7 of 141
(
( 7.2. Manual Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation NOTE: The detector current meters on each power range channel drawer are designated as left-upper, right-lower.  
IOST-1039                                      Rev. 14                                   Page 6 of 141
 
7.1 Computer Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation (continued)
(
NOTE:   The normalized fraction should approximately equal reactor power level.
NOTE:   The computer program prints out to LPT1. By default, LPT1 is not normally mapped, since most programs do not need it. This can be verified, and if necessarily changed, by going to Start -> Programs -> Accessories -> Local PRT. This screen also allows enabling LPT1 if necessary.
: 7. PRINT the results from the computer program.
: 8. SIGN the Data Input Line.
: 9. PERFORM Independent Verification of data input.
: 10. SIGN the Data Input Verification Line.
: 11. RECORD QPTR from the printed results.
QPTR=
: 12. CHECK QPTR is less than or equal to 1.02.
: 13. ATTACH the printed results to this procedure.
(~
: c. IOST-1039                                   Rev. 14                                 Page 7 of 141
 
7.2. Manual Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation
(
NOTE:   The detector current meters on each power range channel drawer are designated as left-upper, right-lower.
: 1. Prior to reading the value of detector current, VERIFY the Meter Range/Rate switch is in the 400 !-lA/SLOW position.
: 1. Prior to reading the value of detector current, VERIFY the Meter Range/Rate switch is in the 400 !-lA/SLOW position.
* N-41 Upper
* N-41 Upper
Line 953: Line 1,846:
* N-43 Lower
* N-43 Lower
* N-44 Upper
* N-44 Upper
* N-44 Lower 2. RECORD on Attachment 2, in column A, the upper and lower detector currents from all operable power range channels as read on the Nuclear Instrumentation Cabinet. 3. RECORD on Attachment 2, in column B, the 100% power normalized current for each channel from Curve F-x-8) NOTE: When recording all fractions and ratios, record to four decimal places, dropping the fifth and subsequent decimal places. 4. DIVIDE values in column A by the respective normalized current in column B recording the result in column C as the Normalized Fraction.  
* N-44 Lower
: 5. CALCULATE the average value for the upper and the lower Normalized Fractions as follows: IOST-1039
: 2. RECORD on Attachment 2, in column A, the upper and lower detector currents from all operable power range channels as read on the Nuclear Instrumentation Cabinet.
: a. ADD the Normalized Fraction in each section of column C, recording the sum in the space provided.  
: 3. RECORD on Attachment 2, in column B, the 100% power normalized current for each channel from Curve F-x-8)
: b. DIVIDE the sum obtained in Step 7.2.5.a by the number of operable NI channels, recording the result in column 0 of Attachment  
NOTE:   When recording all fractions and ratios, record to four decimal places, dropping the fifth and subsequent decimal places.
: 2. Rev. 14 Page 8 of 141   
: 4. DIVIDE values in column A by the respective normalized current in column B recording the result in column C as the Normalized Fraction.
: 5. CALCULATE the average value for the upper and the lower Normalized Fractions as follows:
: a. ADD the Normalized Fraction in each section of column C, recording the sum in the space provided.
: b. DIVIDE the sum obtained in Step 7.2.5.a by the number of operable NI channels, recording the result in column 0 of Attachment 2.
IOST-1039                                    Rev. 14                              Page 8 of 141
 
7.2  Manual Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation (continued)
: 6.      Using the formula and values from Attachment 2, CALCULATE the Upper and Lower Ratios.
: 7.      PERFORM independent verification of all calculations made on Attachment 2.
NOTE:    The upper ratio or the lower ratio, whichever is greater, is the quadrant power tilt ratio (QPTR).
: 8.       RECORD QPTR:
QPTR= _ _ __
: 9.      CHECK QPTR is less than or equal to 1.02.
108T-1039                                    Rev. 14                                 Page 9 of 141
 
7.3. Test Completion
: 1. IF this test was performed due to an inoperable QPTR alarm, THEN DOCUMENT completion of PMID 22125_ RQ 01.
: 2. COMPLETE applicable sections of Attachment 3, Certifications and Reviews.
: 3. INFORM the Unit SCQ this test is completed.
8.0  DIAGRAMS/ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 - Computer Data Sheet Attachment 2 - Manual Data Sheet Attachment 3 - Certifications and Reviews IOST-1039                                  Rev. 14                          Page 10 of 141
 
Attachment 1 - Computer Data Sheet
(                            Sheet 1 of 1 UPPER                                    LOWER UPPER  DETECTOR                          LOWER  DETECTOR DETECTOR CURRENT                          DETECTOR CURRENT N-41                                      N-41 N-42                                      N-42 N-43                                      N-43 N-44                                      N-44
(
IOST-1039                    Rev. 14                Page 11 of 14 I
 
Attachment 2 - Manual Data Sheet
(                                          Sheet 1 of 1 A                  B                    C                  D UPPER              UPPER            AVERAGE UPPER          100% POWER          NORMALIZED            UPPER UPPER          DETECTOR          NORMALIZED          FRACTION          NORMALIZED DETECTOR          CURRENT            CURRENT            (NOTE 1)          FRACTION N-41 N-42 N-43 N-44 SUM Maximum Upper Normalized Fraction Upper Ratio  =
Average Upper Normalized Fraction
                                                            =---- =
A                  B                  C                  D LOWER              LOWER            AVERAGE LOWER            100% POWER          NORMALIZED          . LOWER LOWER          DETECTOR          NORMALIZED          FRACTION          NORMALIZED DETECTOR          CURRENT            CURRENT            (NOTE 1)          FRACTION N-41 N-42 N-43 N-44 SUM Maximum Upper Normalized Fraction Lower Ratio  =    Average Upper Normalized Fraction      =----=----
INOTE 1:  Normalized Fraction should approximately equal reactor power level.      I IOST-1039                                Rev. 14                              Page 12 of 141
 
Attachment 3 - Certification and Reviews Sheet 1 of 1 This OST was performed as a:                        Periodic Surveillance Requirement: _ _ __
Postmaintenance Operability Test: _ _ __
Redundant Subsystem Test: _ _ __
Plant Conditions: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __                          MODE:
OST Completed By: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __                            Date: _ _ _ _ __
Time: ------
OST Performed By:
Initials        Name (Print)                        Initials      Name (Print)
( General Comments/Recommendation/Corrective Actions/Exceptions:
Pages Used:
OST Completed with NO EXCEPTIONS/EXCEPTIONS:
Date: - - - - -
Unit SCO After receiving the final review signature, this OST becomes a QA RECORD and should be submitted to Document Services.
IOST-1039                                        Rev. 14                              Page 13 of 141


===7.2 Manual===
Revision, Summary General Converted procedure to Word XP and formatted per PRO-NGGC-0201. Incorporated all outstanding PRRs.
Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation (continued)
Description of Changes Page               Section     Change Description All                            Updated revision level. Restored cross referencing. Corrected formatting to comply with PRO-NGGC-0202 and AP-005.
: 6. Using the formula and values from Attachment 2, CALCULATE the Upper and Lower Ratios. 7. PERFORM independent verification of all calculations made on Attachment
Separated Steps with multiple actions into individual steps (actual steps were unaffected) 2                    TOC        Added Table of Contents.
: 2. NOTE: The upper ratio or the lower ratio, whichever is greater, is the quadrant power tilt ratio (QPTR). 8. RECORD QPTR: QPTR= ___ _ 9. CHECK QPTR is less than or equal to 1.02. 108T-1039 Rev. 14 Page 9 of 141 7.3. Test Completion
3                    2.3.1      Corrected reference. 4.4.2.10 did not exist, instead referenced FSAR Chapter 4.4 7                    7.1.7      Added Note on how to enable LPT1 to the default printer, if needed.
: 1. IF this test was performed due to an inoperable QPTR alarm, THEN DOCUMENT completion of PMID 22125_ RQ 01. 2. COMPLETE applicable sections of Attachment 3, Certifications and Reviews. 3. INFORM the Unit SCQ this test is completed.
IOST-1039                                  Rev. 14             I                   Page 14 of 141
8.0 DIAGRAMS/ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 -Computer Data Sheet Attachment 2 -Manual Data Sheet Attachment 3 -Certifications and Reviews IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 10 of 141 
 
( UPPER DETECTOR N-41 N-42 N-43 N-44 ( IOST-1039  -Computer Data Sheet Sheet 1 of 1 UPPER DETECTOR LOWER CURRENT DETECTOR N-41 N-42 N-43 N-44 Rev. 14 LOWER DETECTOR CURRENT Page 11 of 14 I 
Appendix C                                   Job Performance Measure                      Form ES-C-1 Worksheet Facility:               Shearon Harris                              Task No.:  34502H601 Task
( UPPER DETECTOR N-41 N-42 N-43 N-44 Upper Ratio = LOWER DETECTOR N-41 N-42 N-43 N-44 Lower Ratio = Attachment 2 -Manual Data Sheet Sheet 1 of 1 A B UPPER UPPER 100% POWER DETECTOR NORMALIZED CURRENT CURRENT SUM Maximum Upper Normalized Fraction Average Upper Normalized Fraction A B LOWER LOWER 100% POWER DETECTOR NORMALIZED CURRENT CURRENT SUM C UPPER NORMALIZED FRACTION (NOTE 1) = ----= C LOWER NORMALIZED FRACTION (NOTE 1) D AVERAGE UPPER NORMALIZED FRACTION D AVERAGE . LOWER NORMALIZED FRACTION Maximum Upper Normalized Fraction Average Upper Normalized Fraction =----=----
 
I NOTE 1: Normalized Fraction should approximately equal reactor power level. I IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 12 of 141 
==Title:==
( Attachment 3 -Certification and Reviews Sheet 1 of 1 This OST was performed as a: Periodic Surveillance Requirement:
Determine TEDE While Working in a            JPM No.:    2009a NRC JPM High Airborne Area                                      RO/SRO A3 KIA  
___ _ Postmaintenance Operability Test: ___ _ Redundant Subsystem Test: ___ _ Plant Conditions:
__________________
_ MODE: OST Completed By: _______________
_ Date: _____ _ Time: ------OST Performed By: Initials Name (Print) Initials Name (Print) General Comments/Recommendation/Corrective Actions/Exceptions:
Pages Used: OST Completed with NO EXCEPTIONS/EXCEPTIONS:
Date: -----Unit SCO After receiving the final review signature, this OST becomes a QA RECORD and should be submitted to Document Services.
IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 13 of 141 Revision, Summary General Converted procedure to Word XP and formatted per PRO-NGGC-0201.
Incorporated all outstanding PRRs. Description of Changes Page Section All 2 3 7 IOST-1039 TOC 2.3.1 7.1.7 Change Description Updated revision level. Restored cross referencing.
Corrected formatting to comply with PRO-NGGC-0202 and AP-005. Separated Steps with multiple actions into individual steps (actual steps were unaffected)
Added Table of Contents.
Corrected reference.
4.4.2.10 did not exist, instead referenced FSAR Chapter 4.4 Added Note on how to enable LPT1 to the default printer, if needed. Rev. 14 I Page 14 of 141 Appendix C Facility:
Task Title: KIA  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
 
2.3.4               3.2 I 3.7 Examinee:                                                        NRC Examiner:
Examinee:
Facility Evaluator:                                              Date: _ _ __
Facility Evaluator:
Method of testing:
Method of testing: Job Performance Measure Worksheet Form ES-C-1 Shearon Harris Task No.: 34502H601 Determine TEDE While Working in a JPM No.: High Airborne Area 2.3.4 3.2 I 3.7 NRC Examiner:
Simulated Performance:                                           Actual Performance:     x Classroom           X     Simulator   - - - Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Date: ___ _ 2009a NRC JPM RO/SRO A3 Simulated Performance:
Actual Performance:
x Classroom X Simulator Plant ---READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Initial Conditions:
Initial Conditions:
Initiating Cue:
* The unit is being shut down for refueling and a planned crud burst is in progress.
* The unit is being shut down for refueling and a planned crud burst is in progress.
* The RAB AO is being directed to enter an area to align several valves. He is the only AO available to perform this task.
* The RAB AO is being directed to enter an area to align several valves. He is the only AO available to perform this task.
Line 998: Line 1,920:
* In the same calendar year while working at HNP, he has received another 349 mRem TEDE.
* In the same calendar year while working at HNP, he has received another 349 mRem TEDE.
* The estimated dose rate in the area is 520 mRem/hr. An airborne contamination concern also exists.
* The estimated dose rate in the area is 520 mRem/hr. An airborne contamination concern also exists.
* It is estimated that it will take approximately 20 minutes to complete the alignment if he uses a respirator.
* It is estimated that it will take approximately 20 minutes to complete the alignment if he uses a respirator. If he does NOT wear a respirator, the alignment will take only 10 minutes, but Radiation Protection projects that your internal exposure will be 8 DAC-hrs.
If he does NOT wear a respirator, the alignment will take only 10 minutes, but Radiation Protection projects that your internal exposure will be 8 DAC-hrs. 1. Determine the resultant total effective dose equivalent for both with a respirator (1.a) and without a respirator (1.b). 2. Using the lowest dose determined in number 1, determine if the individual can perform the task without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Administrative Dose Limit. Show your calculations on the next page 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL Appendix C Job Performance Measure Worksheet Form ES-C-1 Task Standard:
Initiating Cue:                1. Determine the resultant total effective dose equivalent for both with a respirator (1.a) and without a respirator (1.b).
Determination made that NOT wearing a respirator will result in a lower TEDE and that the individual can perform the task without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Administrative Dose Limit. Required Materials:
: 2. Using the lowest dose determined in number 1, determine if the individual can perform the task without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Administrative Dose Limit.
None General  
Show your calculations on the next page 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL
 
Appendix C                       Job Performance Measure                     Form ES-C-1 Worksheet Task Standard:     Determination made that NOT wearing a respirator will result in a lower TEDE and that the individual can perform the task without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Administrative Dose Limit.
Required Materials: None General  


==References:==
==References:==
DOS-NGGC-0004, NGGM-PM-0002, Radiation Control and Protection Manual Handouts:          JPM Cue Sheet Pages 9 and 10 Time Critical Task: No Validation Time:    10 minutes 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL
Appendix C                                  Page 3 of 10                        Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time: _ _ _ __
NOTE: Steps in this JPM may be performed in any order.
Performance Step: 1      Determines internal exposure while wearing a respirator Standard:                Determines internal exposure to be ZERO while wearing a respirator Comment:
./ Performance Step: 2        Determines external exposure while wearing a respirator Standard:                Determines external exposure to be 173.3 mRem TEDE while wearing a respirator (520 mRem / hr x 20 min = 173.3 mRem)
(NOTE: Could round to 173 tolerance +/- 2)
Comment:
Performance Step: 3    Determines TOTAL exposure while wearing a respirator Standard:              Determines total exposure to be 173.3 mRem while wearing a respirator (0 mRem internal + 173.3 mRem external = 173.3 mRem total)
(NOTE: Could round to 173 tolerance +/- 2)
Comment:
./ - Denotes a Critical Step                    2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL
Appendix C                                Page 4 of 10                          Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
~  Performance Step: 4      Determines internal exposure while NOT wearing a respirator Standard:                Determines internal exposure to be 20 mRem while not wearing a respirator (2.5 mRem / hr x 8 DAC-hr = 20 mRem)
(NO tolerance)
Comment:
~  Performance Step: 5      Determines external exposure while NOT wearing a respirator Standard:                Determines external exposure to be 86.7 mRem TEDE while not wearing a respirator (520 mRem / hr x 10 min = 86.7 mRem)
(NOTE: Could round to 87 tolerance +/-2)
Comment:
Performance Step: 6    Determines TOTAL exposure while NOT wearing a respirator Standard:              Determines total exposure to be 106.7 mRem while not wearing a respirator (20 mRem internal + 86.7 mRem external = 106.7 mRem total)
(NOTE: Could round to 107 tolerance +/-2)
Comment:
Performance Step: 7      Determines individual's total exposure for the year Standard:                Determines individual's total exposure for the year to be 3835 mRem (3485 mRem + 349 mRem = 3835 mRem)
Comment:
~ - Denotes a Critical Step                    2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL
Appendix C                                  Page 5 of 10                          Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
./ Performance Step: 8      Determines individual's total exposure for the year if the work is allowed without a respirator Standard:                Determines individual's total exposure for the year if the work is allowed to be 3941.7 mRem (3835 mRem + 106.7 = 3941.7)
(NOTE: Could round to 3942 tolerance +/-2)
Note: If calculated wearing a respirator the total exposure for the year will be 4008.3 mRem and work cannot be performed. The directions were to use the lowest dose and this represents UNSAT performance.
(NOTE: Could round to 4008 tolerance +/-2)
Comment:
./ Performance Step: 8      Determines if the individual can perform the work without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Administrative Dose Limit of 4000 mRem Standard:              Determines the individual CAN perform the work not wearing a respirator without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Administrative Dose Limit of 4000 mRem (3835 mRem + 106.7 = 3941.7)
Comment:
Stop Time: _ _ __
Terminating Cue:            When all calculations have been completed and the determination that work can proceed, this JPM is complete .
./ - Denotes a Critical Step                      2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL
Appendix C                                          Page 6 of 10                        Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION KEY 1.a      Calculation for resultant total effective dose equivalent with a respirator.
Determines internal exposure to be ZERO while wearing a respirator Determines external exposure to be 173.3 mRem TEDE while wearing a respirator (520 mRem / hr x 20 min = 173.3 mRem)
(NOTE: Could round to 173 tolerance +/- 2)
Determines TOTAL exposure while wearing a respirator (0 mRem internal + 173.3 mRem external = 173.3 mRem total)
(NOTE: Could round to 173 tolerance +/- 2)
Determines individual's total exposure for the year to be 3835 mRem (3485 mRem + 349 mRem = 3835 mRem)
Determines individual's total exposure for the year if the work is allowed to be 4008.3 mRem (3835 mRem + 173.3 = 4008.3)
(NOTE: Could round to 4008 tolerance +/-2)
Note: If calculated wearing a respirator the total exposure for the year will be 4008.3 mRem and work CANNOT be performed. The directions were to use the lowest dose and this represents UNSAT performance.
1.b      Calculation for resultant total effective dose equivalent without a respirator.
Determines internal exposure to be 20 mRem while not wearing a respirator (2.5 mRem / hr x 8 DAC-hr = 20 mRem)
(NO tolerance)
Determines external exposure to be 86.7 mRem TEDE while not wearing a respirator (520 mRem / hr x 10 min = 86.7 mRem)
(NOTE: Could round to 87 tolerance +/-2)
Determines total exposure to be 106.7 mRem while not wearing a respirator (20 mRem internal + 86.7 mRem external = 106.7 mRem total)
(NOTE: Could round to 107 tolerance +/-2 )
Determines individual's total exposure for the year if the work is allowed to be 3941.7 m Rem (3835 mRem + 106.7 = 3941.7)
(NOTE: Could round to 3942 tolerance +/-2)
The individual CAN perform the task without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Admin Dose Limit if the task is performed WITHOUT a respirator.
./ - Denotes a Critical Step                          2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL
Appendix C                                  Page 7 of 10                      Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION KEY
: 2. Using the lowest dose determined from the above calculations (1a or 1b):
CAN the individual perform the task without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Administrative Dose Limit?
YES (without a respirator)
./ - Denotes a Critical Step                    2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL


DOS-NGGC-0004, NGGM-PM-0002, Radiation Control and Protection Manual Handouts:
Appendix C                             Page 8 of 10                     Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2009a NRC JPM RO/SRO A3 Determine TEDE While Working in a High Airborne Area Examinee's Name:
JPM Cue Sheet Pages 9 and 10 Time Critical Task: No Validation Time: 10 minutes 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL Appendix C Start Time: ____ _ Page 3 of 10 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Form ES-C-1 NOTE: Steps in this JPM may be performed in any order. Performance Step: 1 Standard:
Date Performed:
Comment: ./ Performance Step: 2 Standard:
Comment: Performance Step: 3 Standard:
Comment: ./ -Denotes a Critical Step Determines internal exposure while wearing a respirator Determines internal exposure to be ZERO while wearing a respirator Determines external exposure while wearing a respirator Determines external exposure to be 173.3 mRem TEDE while wearing a respirator (520 mRem / hr x 20 min = 173.3 mRem) (NOTE: Could round to 173 tolerance
+/- 2) Determines TOTAL exposure while wearing a respirator Determines total exposure to be 173.3 mRem while wearing a respirator (0 mRem internal + 173.3 mRem external = 173.3 mRem total) (NOTE: Could round to 173 tolerance
+/- 2) 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL Appendix C Performance Step: 4 Standard:
Comment: Performance Step: 5 Standard:
Comment: Performance Step: 6 Standard:
Comment: Performance Step: 7 Standard:
Comment: -Denotes a Critical Step Page 4 of 10 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Form ES-C-1 Determines internal exposure while NOT wearing a respirator Determines internal exposure to be 20 mRem while not wearing a respirator (2.5 mRem / hr x 8 DAC-hr = 20 mRem) (NO tolerance)
Determines external exposure while NOT wearing a respirator Determines external exposure to be 86.7 mRem TEDE while not wearing a respirator (520 mRem / hr x 10 min = 86.7 mRem) (NOTE: Could round to 87 tolerance
+/-2) Determines TOTAL exposure while NOT wearing a respirator Determines total exposure to be 106.7 mRem while not wearing a respirator (20 mRem internal + 86.7 mRem external = 106.7 mRem total) (NOTE: Could round to 107 tolerance
+/-2) Determines individual's total exposure for the year Determines individual's total exposure for the year to be 3835 mRem (3485 mRem + 349 mRem = 3835 mRem) 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL Appendix C ./ Performance Step: 8 Standard:
Comment: ./ Performance Step: 8 Standard:
Comment: Stop Time: ___ _ Page 5 of 10 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Form ES-C-1 Determines individual's total exposure for the year if the work is allowed without a respirator Determines individual's total exposure for the year if the work is allowed to be 3941.7 mRem (3835 mRem + 106.7 = 3941.7) (NOTE: Could round to 3942 tolerance
+/-2) Note: If calculated wearing a respirator the total exposure for the year will be 4008.3 mRem and work cannot be performed.
The directions were to use the lowest dose and this represents UNSAT performance. (NOTE: Could round to 4008 tolerance
+/-2) Determines if the individual can perform the work without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Administrative Dose Limit of 4000 mRem Determines the individual CAN perform the work not wearing a respirator without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Administrative Dose Limit of 4000 mRem (3835 mRem + 106.7 = 3941.7) Terminating Cue: When all calculations have been completed and the determination that work can proceed, this JPM is complete . ./ -Denotes a Critical Step 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL Appendix C Page 6 of 10 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION KEY 1.a Calculation for resultant total effective dose equivalent with a respirator.
Determines internal exposure to be ZERO while wearing a respirator Form ES-C-1 Determines external exposure to be 173.3 mRem TEDE while wearing a respirator (520 mRem / hr x 20 min = 173.3 mRem) (NOTE: Could round to 173 tolerance
+/- 2) Determines TOTAL exposure while wearing a respirator (0 mRem internal + 173.3 mRem external = 173.3 mRem total) (NOTE: Could round to 173 tolerance
+/- 2) Determines individual's total exposure for the year to be 3835 mRem (3485 mRem + 349 mRem = 3835 mRem) Determines individual's total exposure for the year if the work is allowed to be 4008.3 mRem (3835 mRem + 173.3 = 4008.3) (NOTE: Could round to 4008 tolerance
+/-2) Note: If calculated wearing a respirator the total exposure for the year will be 4008.3 mRem and work CANNOT be performed.
The directions were to use the lowest dose and this represents UNSAT performance.
1.b Calculation for resultant total effective dose equivalent without a respirator.
Determines internal exposure to be 20 mRem while not wearing a respirator (2.5 mRem / hr x 8 DAC-hr = 20 mRem) (NO tolerance)
Determines external exposure to be 86.7 mRem TEDE while not wearing a respirator (520 mRem / hr x 10 min = 86.7 mRem) (NOTE: Could round to 87 tolerance
+/-2) Determines total exposure to be 106.7 mRem while not wearing a respirator (20 mRem internal + 86.7 mRem external = 106.7 mRem total) (NOTE: Could round to 107 tolerance
+/-2 ) Determines individual's total exposure for the year if the work is allowed to be 3941.7 m Rem (3835 mRem + 106.7 = 3941.7) (NOTE: Could round to 3942 tolerance
+/-2) The individual CAN perform the task without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Admin Dose Limit if the task is performed WITHOUT a respirator.
./ -Denotes a Critical Step 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL Appendix C Page 7 of 10 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION KEY 2. Using the lowest dose determined from the above calculations (1a or 1b): Form ES-C-1 CAN the individual perform the task without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Administrative Dose Limit? YES (without a respirator)
./ -Denotes a Critical Step 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL Appendix C Page 8 of 10 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2009a NRC JPM RO/SRO A3 Form ES-C-1 Determine TEDE While Working in a High Airborne Area Examinee's Name: Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Number of Attempts:
Line 1,042: Line 2,002:
Question Documentation:
Question Documentation:
Question:
Question:
Response:
 
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiner's Signature:
===Response===
Date: -----------------------------
Result:                     SAT             UNSAT Examiner's Signature:                                   Date:
2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL Appendix C INITIAL CONDITIONS:
2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL
INITIATING CUE: Page 9 of 10 JPM CUE SHEET Form ES-C-1 The unit is being shut down for refueling and a planned crud burst is in progress.
 
The RAB AO is being directed to enter an area to align several valves. He is the only AO available to perform this task. This individual was employed at North Anna earlier this same year. At North Anna he received a combined 3,486 mRem TEDE during routine and emergency repair work response.
Appendix C                         Page 9 of 10                       Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: The unit is being shut down for refueling and a planned crud burst is in progress.
In the same calendar year while working at HNP, he has received another 349 mRem TEDE. The estimated dose rate in the area is 520 mRem/hr. An airborne contamination concern also exists. It is estimated that it will take approximately 20 minutes to complete the alignment if he uses a respirator.
The RAB AO is being directed to enter an area to align several valves. He is the only AO available to perform this task.
If he does NOT wear a respirator, the alignment will take only 10 minutes, but Radiation Protection projects that your internal exposure will be 8 DAC-hrs. 1. Determine the resultant total effective dose equivalent for both with a respirator (1.a) and without a respirator (1.b) 2. Using the lowest dose determined in number 1 , determine if the individual can perform the task without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Administrative Dose Limit. Show your calculations on the next page 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL Appendix C Page 10 of 10 JPM CUE SHEET Form ES-C-1 1.a Calculation for resultant total effective dose equivalent with a respirator.
This individual was employed at North Anna earlier this same year. At North Anna he received a combined 3,486 mRem TEDE during routine and emergency repair work response.
1.b Calculation for resultant total effective dose equivalent without a respirator.  
In the same calendar year while working at HNP, he has received another 349 mRem TEDE.
: 2. Using the lowest dose determined from the above calculations (1 a or 1 b): CAN the individual perform the task without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Administrative Dose Limit? 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL Appendix C Job Performance Measure Worksheet Form ES-C-1 Facility:
The estimated dose rate in the area is 520 mRem/hr. An airborne contamination concern also exists.
Shearon Harris Task No.: 345001 H602 Task Title: CLASSIFY AN EVENT JPM No.: 2009a NRC JPM SROA4 KIA  
It is estimated that it will take approximately 20 minutes to complete the alignment if he uses a respirator. If he does NOT wear a respirator, the alignment will take only 10 minutes, but Radiation Protection projects that your internal exposure will be 8 DAC-hrs.
INITIATING CUE:      1. Determine the resultant total effective dose equivalent for both with a respirator (1.a) and without a respirator (1.b)
: 2. Using the lowest dose determined in number 1, determine if the individual can perform the task without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Administrative Dose Limit.
Show your calculations on the next page 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL
 
Appendix C                                 Page 10 of 10                     Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET 1.a   Calculation for resultant total effective dose equivalent with a respirator.
1.b   Calculation for resultant total effective dose equivalent without a respirator.
: 2. Using the lowest dose determined from the above calculations (1 a or 1b):
CAN the individual perform the task without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Administrative Dose Limit?
2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL
 
Appendix C                                 Job Performance Measure                     Form ES-C-1 Worksheet Facility:               Shearon Harris                         Task No.:     345001 H602 Task
 
==Title:==
CLASSIFY AN EVENT                       JPM No.:       2009a NRC JPM SROA4 KIA  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
2.4.41            2.3/4.1 Examinee:                                                    NRC Examiner:
Facility Evaluator:                                          Date: _ _ __
Method of testing:
Simulated Performance:                                        Actual Performance:        x Classroom          X    Simulator    - - - Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Initial Conditions:        The operating crew was performing a rapid shutdown of the plant when they were forced to initiate a manual reactor trip.
Initiating Cue:            Using the attached information sheet and the EAL Flow Path, classify the event. Mark the EAL Flow Path appropriately.
THIS IS A TIME CRITICAL JPM.
Task Standard:              Event classified as an Site Area Emergency (2-1-3)
Required Materials:        None General


2.4.41 2.3/4.1 Examinee:
==References:==
NRC Examiner:
PEP-110 EAL Flowpath (EP-EAL is an allowed reference)
Facility Evaluator:
Handouts:                   JPM Cue Sheets Pages 4 and 5 PEP-110 EAL Flowpath (EP-EAL is an allowed reference)
Date: ___ _ Method of testing: Simulated Performance:
Time Critical Task:         Yes Validation Time:            15 minutes 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-4 FINAL
Actual Performance:
x Classroom X Simulator Plant ---READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.
Initial Conditions:
Initiating Cue: The operating crew was performing a rapid shutdown of the plant when they were forced to initiate a manual reactor trip. Using the attached information sheet and the EAL Flow Path, classify the event. Mark the EAL Flow Path appropriately.
THIS IS A TIME CRITICAL JPM. Task Standard:
Event classified as an Site Area Emergency (2-1-3) Required Materials:
None General


==References:==
Appendix C                                      Page 2 of 5                      Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Evaluator Note:         Start Time for this JPM begins when the individual has been briefed and accepted the task Start Time: _ _ __
Performance Step: 1        OBTAIN EAL FLOW PATH.
Standard:                  Obtains EAL Flow Path. (EP-EAL is an allowed reference)
Comment:
'" Performance Step: 2          CLASSIFY EVENT Standard:                  Identifies an Site Area Emergency (2-1-3), Two Fission Product Barriers BREACHED OR JEOPARDIZED. The Fuel is BREACHED due to an increase> 1.0E5 CPM in 30 minutes.
CNMT is BREACHED due to primary to secondary leakage in 'A' SG >10 GPM and an 'A' SG safety valve not shut Evaluator Cue:              ENDOFJPM Stop Time: _ _ __
Terminating Cue:                Event classification stated to evaluator.
'" - Denotes a Critical Step                            2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-4 FINAL


PEP-110 EAL Flowpath (EP-EAL is an allowed reference)
Appendix C                             Page 3 of 5                 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2009a NRC JPM RO/SRO A1-1 CLASSI FY AN EVENT Examinee's Name:
Handouts:
Date Performed:
JPM Cue Sheets Pages 4 and 5 PEP-110 EAL Flowpath (EP-EAL is an allowed reference)
Time Critical Task: Yes Validation Time: 15 minutes 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-4 FINAL Appendix C Page 2 of 5 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Form ES-C-1 Evaluator Note: Start Time for this JPM begins when the individual has been briefed and accepted the task Start Time: ___ _ Performance Step: 1 Standard:
Comment: '" Performance Step: 2 Standard:
Evaluator Cue: Stop Time: ___ _ OBTAIN EAL FLOW PATH. Obtains EAL Flow Path. (EP-EAL is an allowed reference)
CLASSIFY EVENT Identifies an Site Area Emergency (2-1-3), Two Fission Product Barriers BREACHED OR JEOPARDIZED.
The Fuel is BREACHED due to an increase>
1.0E5 CPM in 30 minutes. CNMT is BREACHED due to primary to secondary leakage in 'A' SG >10 GPM and an 'A' SG safety valve not shut ENDOFJPM Terminating Cue: Event classification stated to evaluator.
'" -Denotes a Critical Step 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-4 FINAL Appendix C Page 3 of 5 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2009a NRC JPM RO/SRO A1-1 CLASSI FY AN EVENT Examinee's Name: Date Performed:
Facility Evaluator:
Facility Evaluator:
Number of Attempts:
Number of Attempts:
Line 1,085: Line 2,060:
Question Documentation:
Question Documentation:
Question:
Question:
Response:
 
Result: SAT UNSAT Examiner's Signature:
===Response===
Date: ----------------------------
Result:                     SAT             UNSAT Examiner's Signature:                                   Date:
Form ES-C-1 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-4 FINAL Appendix C Initial Conditions:
2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-4 FINAL
Initiating Cue: Page 4 of 5 JPM CUE SHEET Form ES-C-1 The operating crew was performing a rapid shutdown of the plant when they were forced to initiate a manual reactor trip. Using the attached information sheet and the EAL Flow Path, classify the event. Mark the EAL Flow Path appropriately.
 
THIS IS A TIME CRITICAL JPM 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-4 FINAL Appendix C Page 5 of 5 JPM CUE SHEET CLASSIFICATION INFORMATION SHEET Form ES-C-1 The plant was operating at 100% power when the following sequence of events occurred:
Appendix C                         Page 4 of 5                     Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: The operating crew was performing a rapid shutdown of the plant when they were forced to initiate a manual reactor trip.
Initiating Cue:    Using the attached information sheet and the EAL Flow Path, classify the event. Mark the EAL Flow Path appropriately.
THIS IS A TIME CRITICAL JPM 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-4 FINAL
 
Appendix C                                 Page 5 of 5                       Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET CLASSIFICATION INFORMATION SHEET The plant was operating at 100% power when the following sequence of events occurred:
At 1029, A SGTL was diagnosed on 'A' SG at 12.0 GPM At 1038, the operating crew began a reactor shutdown per AOP-038, Rapid Downpower At 1039, the GFFD was reading 1.5E1 CPM when the shutdown was commenced At 1101, a manual reactor trip was initiated due to high vibration on "A" RCP At 1103, the following indications exist immediately after the reactor trip:
At 1029, A SGTL was diagnosed on 'A' SG at 12.0 GPM At 1038, the operating crew began a reactor shutdown per AOP-038, Rapid Downpower At 1039, the GFFD was reading 1.5E1 CPM when the shutdown was commenced At 1101, a manual reactor trip was initiated due to high vibration on "A" RCP At 1103, the following indications exist immediately after the reactor trip:
* One Safety Valve on 'A' SG opened and did not reseat
* One Safety Valve on 'A' SG opened and did not reseat
* All MSIVs were manually closed
* All MSIVs were manually closed
* The GFFD is reading 1.2E5 CPM EAL Classification:
* The GFFD is reading 1.2E5 CPM EAL Classification: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
___________
2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-4 FINAL}}
_ 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-4 FINAL}}

Latest revision as of 10:26, 12 March 2020

Initial Exam 2009-301 Final Administrative JPMs
ML092120031
Person / Time
Site: Harris Duke Energy icon.png
Issue date: 07/31/2009
From:
NRC/RGN-II
To:
Progress Energy Carolinas
References
Download: ML092120031 (153)


Text

Appendix 0 J.ob. Performance Measure Form ES-C':'1 Worksheet Facility: SheEiron Harris* Task' No.: 301005H4or Task

Title:

. Determine Rod Misalignment Using JPM No.: 2009a NRC JPM Thermocouples ROA1-1 KIA

Reference:

        • G2;17 4.4/4.7 Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Oate: _ _............

Simulated Performance: _--,- ActuaiPerformance: x Classroom


Plant';

.~----

twill explain the initial conditions; which steps to simulate or dr$cj~ilandprovide initiating*

. cues. When you complete the task successfuUy. the objective for thl$ Job Performance .

Measure will be satisfied. .

Initial Conditions: The plant was at 90 perceot power, with ~*. loaddecrease in progress, when the. USCO. noticed that the DRPlindication for rod H02 was reading 24 stepshigherthan.the group demand, The load.decrease.has been stopped and AOp~01 entered;* .. .

Initiating Cue: The USCO has directed you to calculate the temperature difference between thermocouple(s) adjacent to the misaligned rod and the average of symmetric therrnocouple(s), using Attachment 2 of AOP-001 and the provided TIC Core Maps.

Task Standard: All calculatiom;; withiri +/- 2° of actual.

Required Materials: Calculator General

References:

AOP-001, Attachment 1 and Attachment2, Rev. 32 and Tech Specs Handouts: JPM Cue Sheets Pages 10-11 AOP-001, Attachments 1 and 2, (Rev. 32)

Time Critical Task: No Validation Time: 12 minutes 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A1-1 FINAL

AppendixC Page 2 of 11 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION' Start Time: ______'

Performance Step: 1 OBTAIN PROCEDURE {provided with handout)

Standard: Obtains AOP-OOtand refer$ to Attachmentst and 2:;

./ Performance Step: 2 . DETERMINETHERMOCOUPLEf6CATION(S) ADJAC~NT TO' THE MISALIGNED ROD USING THE CORE GRID MAP (SHEET 1). AND CIRCLE LOC~tION($) IN TABLE ABOVe.

THESE THERMOCOUPLE~(~J.AR~ AFFECTED.

, .y/

Using th$;doregrid map':; (Attachment' 2" .page {';Of2),

Determines:;aff$cledthermocot.!ple&

to be G02;JQ2, and HOS, Circles G02, J02, and HOa;'onthert1ble (Attachment 2. page 20(2).'.

Comment 2009A NRC Admin EXam RO A 1-1 FINAL

AppendixC Page 3 of11 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION

./ Performance* Step,: .3 RECORD VALueS FOR ALL OPERABLE AFFECTED AND

. SYMMETRIC THERMOCOUPLeS USING THE RVLlS CONSOLE. OR ERFIS. SYMMETRIC THERMOCOUPLES ARE THOSE IN THE SAME ROW~. .

, ~ ,,

Standard: . Locates'R'VL1S Con~pleand~ccesSes/T1C.COReMAP*forTrai~ .

A.and Train B. '{Prir'Ju>qt of RVlI$core map provided in handoutl . . . .. \,' .

. Records value for Affect~d:T6;c30~(e62<1F} an(jSymmetric te*

P07 (63eQF}~.C* .':';ii

'. ~.;'

Record~ ~alUtl for Affected.~bJ02 (e28~f)~~d SymmetricTC P07 (~3eQf:). ... , *....

Records.v~l~e for Affec(et:i TC H03 (ase';f) .8.nd syrnmtittic tes; COS (6~~~F). H13 (640;F})' and NOS (644<1F):.. . ..

'/Performa.nce Step:.4 OETERMINETHE*AVERAd~bF SYMMETRICTHERMo. *.

COUPLES,. FOR EACH AFFECTED THERMOCOUPLE~

Standard:

Determines (636°F) for G02's: $ymmetric TC Determines (640°F +/- 2°F)forHo3's SymmetricTC.

Determines (636°F) forJ()~S Symmetric TO Comment:

If the candidate includestft, adjacent TCs With the EXAMINERS NOTE; Symmetric TC numbers the averages will be wrong and the end result "Yill be. that 8. wrong final difference will be given:

(~;::t.F) .

Determines ~ for G02's Symmetric TCs .

.' f- 3~1cf!f Determines 64 <IF) for H03's SYmmetricTCs .

.' Fl Determines for J021s Symmetric TCs.

~--------~~----------~

~ 31M~

2009ANRCAdmin Exam ROA1~1 FINAL

AppendixC . Page40f 11 Form ES..C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION

.;'." Performance Step: 5 CALCULATE THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN EACHAFFECTEO:

THERMOCOUPLE AND. THE AVERAGE OF ITS SYMMETRIC'

. THERMOCOUPLES." 'I"~~fo~ rt:;. GOX' it>pr.fct'" HO~'

standard: . f!l!JF ~r .Jo~

a.nd their symmetricTCs.)

. g~er.~

Reports that temperature difference is.wit~1 O°F~ .

.' v.**.* . . ". ',.

. ",,"'> ....... . . * * . .. c"i:f31~/D't: "

Evaluator Cue:

, >.:'.~,)}i' . <"

Terminating Cue: Difference between' ea~>affected" symmetric thermocouples has been calculated.

thermocouple EXAMINERS NOTE:* If the candidate included the TCswith the .

Symmetric TC n ' . , averages would have been*

wron e calculated difference would be 12°F.

erepo.rt would be that the temperature difference is .

$Jreater than 10°F. This report would provide the USCO with Inaccurate information.

2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A1-1 FINAL

AppendixC . Page 5 of 11 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION KEY Aftachmem:2~Adjacent

. . ... . ..... ... ~d<Symmetri~

Sheet fot 3* Th~rmOc~~.lOCatitlnS R~ Control Rod**

T - ThennooouPle 1+ *: Ttret1T!.oCQuplesabaoooned IJ:Y EC 4.100*7 AOP-001 Rev. 32 Page4Uof47 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A1-1 FINAL

Appendix C Page 60111 VE.RIFICATION OF' COMPLETION KEY MAlfUNCTION OF ROD CONIROLANO IHOICATtONSYSTEM Attaclmumt 2~ Adjacent ilfId Symmetric Tti~tlpfe lOCMI1$, .

Sheet2ofl.

  • S1o,Eor.. J-IOS,)<Os,tmt1POS have 11~ .me~~ locatiollS~;*
  • SymmetfictbermocoiJpIU are 1~in the~ row, s

y M

M E

T R

I C

1. £):ETERMIHE thermocoop~e ~ca1iOO{S)adJacen11Oths misaligned reid tlSingtOre grt~ map (Sheet 1), AND CIRCLE iocatioo(s)in Tabfeabove; .

AOP-IJ1J1 ~41of47 .

2009A NRC Admin Exam ROA1-1 FINAL

AppendixC Page 7 of 11 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION

AppendixC Page 8 of11 '. ."

VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION KEY MAlfUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL.::ANO INDICATION SYSTEM RECORD b~lli:rwirtgln tie table belowi

  • .\ Adjacent rc oomber . ' . <:', .

~ ,,~ ..

"';v e , ..

'. Adjacent TC WiUe: ush,; theR,vtlS Console., ERRS, or OSl",~f ';

  • . S>,mmetrieTC nI.lmbers (not including adjacent TCsl' .* "
  • S-ymm&flic Tt va~ fOr alfoPiSR/lSLETCS uS!ng~ RVUS' Cot1~;riRFi&, Or' Oal~Pf .... : . . . . . .... ",
4. COMPARE eaen adjacent thermoCouple valu& fisted to imsymmetrlc thermocouple av~ for indit::aticn of a;nli:Sai~ rod. {REFER TO Attachment 11.) .

--END OF ATTACHMENT 2-~

Pa~42 r:l41' 20091\ NRC Admin Exam RO A1-1 FINAL

AppendixC Page90f11 Form ES-C~1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETiON Job Performance ~a$ureN'tt;: 2009a NBCJPM RO/SROA1:"!'

DETERMJNEROO MISALIGNMENT USING, THERMOCOUPLES*

Number of Attempts:

Time to C6mplete~.

Question: ...

Response:.

Result: SAT UNSAT Examiner's Signature: * . O a t e : .

~----~----------------

20Q9A NRC Admin. Exam RO A1~1 FINAL

AppendixC Page 100f 11 Form ES-C-1

'JPM CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: The' ptant* w~s at. 90 Percent poweriwith a load decrease in

. progress. when the USCOnoticed. that the DRPf,ihdication for rod .

H02was' reading.24 steps higper< than. the group demand~ The load decrease. has been stopped and,A.OP-001 entered.

Initiating Cue: "'The USCOhas dire~d'YOU to cal,culatethe tem~ratur~

difference'between thermocoupJe(s) .adjac~nt to the misaligned rOd. and the average of symmetrictherinqcoupJe(s)f 4sing" .

Attachment 2 ofAOP-001 andthe providedTJCC9re;Maps; 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A1-1 FINAl.

Appendix q" Form ES-C-1 TIC CORE MAP (DATA SHEET 1,* TRAIf4S MSG1J.245'"

1 15 3, 4 5 TRAIN'A TIC CORE MAP 2 3 4 13 14 K

B C

0 E

F f:l rC** 636 640 640;"

644 632 I

'~"

.' E F

Q.

~,628 H' 640 644 652 640 640 H J ~

K 640 644 50 K t.: L M 640 M N 636 640 644 N P 640 P R

2 3 4 I 5 636 7 8 12 13 14 15 R

1 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A1 ..1 FINAL

Ab",),J ~PfV\

Ao A1-\

MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM

( Attachment 1 - Indications of Misaligned Rod Sheet 1 of 1 The table below indicates the varjation in plant parameters which may be indicative ohod misalignment. This variation refers to relative changes in indication from a reference condition at which the suspect rod's position was known to be properly aligned. The reference case may be taken from prior operating records, or it may be updated each time the proper rod positioning is verified by in-core measurements. In general, greater misalignment will cause larger variations. Variations in NI channel indication are also affected by the core location of the suspect rod. For example, a misaligned.rod that is closest to the N-44 detector should indicate that N-44 flux parameters are abnormal when compared with flux parameters of the other Power Range NI channels. If the parameters below exhibit no abnormal variations with an individual DRPI differing from its group step counter demand position by more than 12 steps, it is probably a rod position indication problem.

PLANT PARAMETER VALUE INDICATIVE OF ROD MISALIGNMENT Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio (QPTR) Greater than 1.02 .

Power Range Instrumentation Greater than 2% difference between any two channels (REFER TO Attachment 4)

Delta Flux Indicators Greater than 2% difference between any two channels (REFER TO Attachment 4)

Core Outlet Thermocouples Greater than 10°F difference between thermocouples adjacent to the misaligned rod and the average of symmetric thermocouples (PERFORM Attachment 2)

Axial Flux Traces (in-core movable CONSULT Reactor Engineering detector) AND EVALUATE using in-core movable detectors per EST-922, Control Rod Position Determination Via Incore Instrumentation

--END OF ATTACHMENT 1--

AOP-001 I Rev. 32 I Page 39 of 47

MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM Attachment 2 - Adjacent and Symmetric Thermocouple Locations Sheet 1 of3 THERMOCOUPLE LOCATIONS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... - ... T*

A J

J ... ... , ...

J T R R RT J.

J B I I

I I

C J

I

- R T R R T

... ... ... ... T R T R R R 0

R T R T T T R T T E

R T* R *T R R T R T R T R F

T* T R T R T R R T G

R T T R T T R T T R T H

T R R R T T* R J

K R T R T R RT R T* R R R T T R T R T*

L T R R T R T R M

T R T R T R T N

R T RT R P

R T R - Control Rod T - Thermocouple T* - Thermocouples abandoned by EC 47997 AOP-001 I Rev. 32 I Page 40 of 47

MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM

( Attachment 2 - Adjacent and Symmetric Thermocouple Locations Sheet 2 of3 NOTE

  • B10, E07, HOB, KOB, and POB have no symmetric locations .
  • Symmetric thermocouples are those in the same row.

SYMMETRIC LOCATIONS GRID II III. IV TRAIN A 8 A 8 A 8 A 8 AOa* H15 G01* G15 RO?

S L B05 E14 L14*

Y 0 coa H13 NOa H03 M C D03 C12 N04 M03 E04 D05 M11 L12

( ..

M A E12 E T H11 Eoa Loa H05 T F05 F11 E10 K11* K05 L06 R 0 F03* F13 N10 N06 K03 N G06 FOg J10 C S Goa HOg G02 J02 PO?

M09 J12*

1. DETERMINE thermocouple location(s) adjacent to the misaligned rod using core grid map (Sheet 1), AND CIRCLE location(s) in Table above.

AOP-001 I Rev. 32 I Page 41 of 47

MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM Attachment 2 - Adjacent and Symmetric Thermocouple Locations Sheet 3 of 3

2. RECORD the following in the table below:
  • Adjacent TC number
  • Adjacent TC value using the RVLlS Console, ERFIS, or OSI-PI
  • Symmetric TC numbers (not including adjacent TCs)
  • Symmetric TC values for*all OPERABLE TCs using the RVLlS Console, ERFIS, or OSI-PI
3. DETERMINE the average of symmetric thermocouples, for each adjacent thermocouple.

Adjacent TC ~)'mmetric TC Symmetric TC Number Value Number Value. Average

(

4. COMPARE each adjacent thermocouple value listed to its symmetric thermocouple average for indication of a misaligned rod. (REFER TO Attachment 1.)

--END OF ATTACHMENT 2--

AOP-001 I Rev. 32 I Page 42 of 47

, AppendixC Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet Facility: Shearon Harris. Task No.: 301005H401 Task

Title:

Determine Rod Misalignment Using' JPM No{:

Thermocouples .

KIA

Reference:

G2.17 Examinee:

Simulated Performance:. _ _....

Classroom READ TO THE EXAMINEE' I will explain the. initial conditions;. which steps to sirm.JlateBr~i;CUs.S; and~rQvide'initlating cues, When you complete the task successfully, the objeCtive for this Job Perf()rman~ .

Measure will be satisfied. . .

The plant was at 90 percent power,With a load decreas~inprogres$.'

when theUSCO noticed that the DRPL indication. for rod H02 was' .

reading 24 steps higher than the group dernand~ The toad decrease has been stopped and AOP-001 entered~ .

/" "  :  : .,\'

Initiating Cue: The USCOhas directed youtoealcufatethe temperature differenCe'*

between thermocouple(s) adjacent to the misaligned rod and the average of symmetric tnermocouple(s), using Attachment 2 of AOP-001 and the provid~dT/C Core Maps.

Task Standard: All calculations within:+/- 2° of actual:.>

Required Materjals: Calculator General

References:

AOP-001, Attachment 1 and Attachment 2; Rev. 32 and Tech Specs Handouts: JPMCue Sheets Pages 10-11 AOP-001, Attachments 1 and 2, (Rev; 32)

Time Critical i ask: No Validation Time: 16 minutes 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1':1 FINAL

, Page 2,of 11 '

'" PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time: ..........._ _--

PertormanceStep:1,' OBT~IN PROCEDURE (pro\lidedwith handout)'

, ,:~ ; , . ,

Standard: ObtainsAOP-001 aridfefers to AttaehrilEmts 1, and 2.

  • bETERMI~E'¥HERMoc6~;i.ELOCATION(S}AOJACENT THE MISALJGNED ROD USlNGTHECQRE GRID MAP, TO" (SHEET t),'ANDG1RCLE LOCATION(S) IN TABLE ABOVE..

, THESEJHERMOCOVfLES(S) ARE; AFFECTED",

Using'lhs*.core grid map (A~ChmeJli 2, pag~ 1 of, *2),t~ .*

Detarn'1inesaffectedthE!rmocouple$; ~obe G02, ,JO~. and HOS.: '

':'J' ,

circlea'G02,.J02; 8!1d HOS on th~t~~I~"

. "(Attachm~nt2. pageZof21***

Co.mment

./ Performance Step: a ' 'RECORD VALUES FO'RAU. OPERA8LEAFF~CTEDAND' .

SYMMeTRIC THERMOCOUPLES USING THE RVLlS CONSOLE OR ERFIS. SYMMETRIC THERMOCOUPLES ARE THOSEiN THE SAME ROW. ..' . . ,

Standard: Locates RVLlSConsole.and acceSSeS TIC CORE MAP for Train A and Train S .. (Printout of RVLlS core map provided in handout page 11)

" ' , ,/ ~ . " ' " ' , /

Records value for Affected tc G02 (662"F) and Symmetric TO P07 (636°F).

Records value for Affected TO J02 (62S0F) and Symmetric TO POT (6.36°P); . ' .'

Records value for Affected TO HOS (636°P) and SymmetrlcTCs C08 (636°F), H13 (640°F), and NOS (644°F);

Comment .

./ - Denotes a Critical Step 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A 1'-1 FINAL

AppendixC PageS of 11'" Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFPRMATION

../ Performance Step:* 4 DETERMINE THEA\lERAGE OF SYMMETRIC tHERMO~

COUPLES, FOR EACH AFFECTED THERMOCOUPLE; Standard: Det~rmines (636"F) forG02tsSymmetncTC.

. Detetmines*(636.°F) forJOa'sSymmetricTC. .

Determines (640"F +/-2°F) for H03's Symmetric TCs.

~.. Performance Step: 5 CALCULATeTHEDIFFE~ENCE BETWEEN EACH AFFECTED THERMOCOUPLE AND tHE AVERAGE OF ITS SYMMETRIC THERMOCOUPLES.

}'f>~ for T'c. Go:;.t.

.' . '.. 1PF'~or -n:.. H o~

Standard: Calculates difference of~~la:t gop~f' .)0:.2.

(+/- 2°F between aU affecteQ TCs and their s metnc TCs.)

Rep.orts that temperature'.' difference is.:f.A .oF '

t"~k~n Evaluato.r Cue: . USCO acknowledge~calculations and report.

(IF calculation difference is 4°Ftllen)

  • "A
  • Cue! Evafuate Tech Specs for compliance;" When evaluating Tecft Spec compliance, assume that the other parameters listed' onAttachment 1 of AOP..001 agree with your. determination of thermocouples.

(IF cal,culation difference is >10°F then)

Cue: Evaluate' Tech Specs for compliance. When evaluating Tech Spec compliance, assume that rod H02 is untnppable; Comment:

./ - Denotes a Critical Step 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-1 FINAL

AppehdixC Page 4 of 11. .

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

.r Performance Step: SOaTAIN AND EVALUATE TeCH SPECS Standard:

(lFcandidattincorrectly cafcUla~cI'~he te~petature .. . .

  • difference th1lJ Tech$pec reported wiUbe~ ACTION a)

.. . . * . . **3.1, 3.~.~ 3/"S/cft:t,/

Evaluator Cue: . U~CO ackno\Vledge$.Jech Spec calt.

END OF JPM' Comment:

stop Time: ______

Terminating Cue: Diff$rence between each affected therrn09Ouple, and it's symmetric thermocouples has been calculated/'* .

./ ~ Denotes a Critical Step 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-1 FINAl;.

Appendix C Page 5 of 11 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION KEY MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTE,..

AUnchment2

  • Adjacent and Symmetric Themlocouple Locations Sheen Qf3 THERMOCOUPLE LOCATIONS 1 2 :3 .:; 5 'H} 11 12 13 14 15 A "

..

  • I
  • B ~. .  : Y.-.' . , _ ' : :'" A_': ~'. '-h:. -.-" T If * * *
:  : ...-'t.-.t--!---l---II---+"'---i-~~~

C

    • * ~--< ".' . * *_"" ,,> .-.~>~

D

<<.----~

T E 'H ._.'.

F "

    • +_ < ft G T' H

J

_r\ T i'( T R  ;;, T' R K

L 1\ T It T R T R T ~ T M R r 1\ T R T II. r N

P R T ?iT 1t R

R- Control Rod T - ThemlOCQuple T'

  • ThermocDuples abandoned by EC 41997 AOP-O{)1 Rev. 32 Page 40 Of 47

./' - Denotes a Critical Step 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-1 FINAL

AppendixC .' Page 6 of 11. ....

PERFORMANCE INFQRMATION KEY I MAl.FUNCTION OF ROil CONTROL AND INOICATION SYSTEM Attaclunenfl' ;'Adjftceflt~nd symmetdc 1'bermocou,Ple'loeatiQUS.

, .. . .' Sheet;! Qf.3 '. '

Mi M

,E T J E1iJ R {)

I N C S

.. Thermooouptu abandoned by EC 41997

'f., DETERMiNE fllermocoup[e iOcaoort(s) adjatent tOt~eimliatigtled rod uslrtgcoregnd rna (Sheet 1), AND CIRCLE iOcetkm(s) in Table aflove. '

AOP-001

./ ~ Denotes a Critical Step 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-1 FINAL

AppendixC . Page 7 of 11 . Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

, ',>,~:"" "-'/

RECOfUlihe ~ing in ~ tal~ibl>

+' "rt~~~Wlue ~the R~LfSCOIl$Oie,ERftS;QIt{)S~fl.

  • $yrnmetrti Tcnumb~rs'{nottl'H:Ju~ ~tfcs) . .

... $:Y~C TCvalu~fo.r al~PERAStEJCli.j)~*me avtts'cci1:srJe. E~AS, or

';~'9S~~;:/ "~',C,~: ,"':'\.'~,;

COMPARE each adjacent tne~Upie wiue fisted to itss~me~ thermocouple average foriMicaWr'i Qf a miHligned rod (REFER TO Attachment t.)

-END OF ATTACHMENT ~"""'..

AOP.oo1

../ - Denotes a Critical Step 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-1 FINAL

AppendixC Page 8 of 11 PERFORMANCE. INFORMATION KEY

. A:rACJ~ E]~;'

./ - Denotes a Critical Step 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1w1 FINAL

AppendixC Page90f11 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2009a NRC JPM SRC A1-1 DETERMINE ROD MISALIGNMENT' USING THERMOCOUPLES* . ......

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Numb~r of Attempts; Time to Complete:

Question Documentation:

.Question:

Response

Result: SAT UNSAT.

Examiner's Signature:

~-----------:.....-,.:.....-,.--:.....-,.:.....-,.:.....-,.--~

2009A NRC Admin Exam SROA1-1 FINAL

AppendixC Page 100f 11 JPM CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: The plant was at 90 percent power, with a load* decrease* in progress, when the USCO noticed that the DRPI indication for rod H02 was reading 24 steps higher than the group demand. The load decrease has been stopped and AOP~001 entered.

Initiating Cue: The USCO has directed youto calculate the temperature difference between thermocouple(s) adjacent to the misaligned rod and the average of symmetric thermocouple(s), using Attachment 2 ofAOP-001 and the provided TIC Core M<aps.

2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A 1-1 FINAL

AppendixC Page 11".of 11 Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET TIC CORE MAP (PATA SHEET 1)" TRAIN B 3 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A 50:'* A B

I r a?"

c 632 I C

~ ~ '.

0 P E

~**652. 644 648 644 F

r. 644 652 640 640 G

H 62&. .,r.

K: 50 K L . L M 64Q 644 M N 636 640 644 I N p 640 I p It 636 I R.

1 2 3 4 5 6. 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 2009A NRC Admin Exam SROA1-1 FINAL

REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS 3/4.1.3 MOV8BLE CONTROL ASSEMBLlES, GBQUP HEIGHT LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION',:

. Al:1shutdown and control rods shall be OPERABLE and pos:ftiOnedwithin eps (indicated position} of their group, step c6unter"demand position ..

APPLICABILITY: MODES lo-and t', .... .. .... .' .

ACTION:

with .k9r'mor'e" rods. lncperabl/i due tOba\ng i.miovallle as a**

result' *of excessive fri ct i on or mechanica 1i nterference or Known to' be' untr1 . 1e, determi ne that the SHUTDOWN. MARGIN requi rement of Specifica ion. 3.1.1.1 ;ssaUsfied within', 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> ~nd be in HOT STANDBY within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />. '. .' ,. " . "'.' ... , . .,.

With more than one' rod,~is~lignedfromthe ~ouP'istep counter! ....

demand position by. more than +/- 12 steps (indicated position); be*

in HOT STANDBY within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />. ., .'.

c. With* more ,than one rod inoperable .'. due to a <r~ control urgent failure alarm, or obvious electrical problem in the rod control' system existing for greater than 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />. bein HOl STANDBY withinthefol1owing 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />.. " .
d. With one rod tri Qpabl e but 1noperab1e due to causes other than addressed by ACnONa. ~ above,or misaligned< from its group step counter demand he; ght by more than +/- 12, steps (indi cated position). POWER OPERATION may continue provided that within 1 hour: .
1. The rod is restored to OPERABLE statu$;withi nthe above alignment requi rements, or . .

2.. The rod i s declared inoperable and th~ remainder of' the rods i n the group wi th the. inoperable rod are a 11 gned to wi thi n

+/- 12. steps. of the inoperable rod while maintaining the rod sequenc.e 3.nd lnse, rtion.limlts. , of S~ecification3.L3.6. Tne'l THERMAL POWER level shall be'restrlcted pursuant to .

Specification 3.1.3.6 during subsequent operation, or .

3. The: rod 1S declared inoperable and' the SHUTDOWN MARGIN requ1rement of Specification 3.1.1. 1 is satisfied. POWER OPERATION may then continue prov;dedthat:

a) A reevaluation of each accident analysis of Table 3.1*1 is performed within 5 days; this reevaluation*shall conflrmthat the previously analyzed results of these 'accidents .

  • See Special Test Exceptions Specifications 3.10.2 and 3.10.3.

SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 1-14 Amendment No. 25

REACTIVITY CONTROL SYSTEMS, LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION ,'.

ACTION ~Continued):

remainvali;d' for theduratiori/ofoperation undet these conditions:

Q)\/ Th'e,SHUTOOWN "1AR~IN requirement of Sp~C' fi cat ion 3. L 1.1 is .

. determined at least once, per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />'; .

If powe~'~istributidn map' is obtained'tromthe,movable

," '".' ,~ >"" ,c ' " / /

incore

. detectors and Fo<l}(a~d' F:H, ar~Fverified t\l(~ewithin .

  • the:in.limits Withirif72 hOurs: af"fd~\;

d) The' ~ERMALPOWER'j:~~l . i s r~du2~dto less th~n' orequaT to 75l'of'RATE[} THERMAL POWER with; n the next hour and wi thin,\

the following 4. hours the High Neutron flux'Trip Setpoi*nt is;'.

reducedtq,less than 0requaTto 85% ofRATED',THERMAf. POWER.:

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS" L

4.1. 3. 1 The posit i on of each rodshall be detennined to be with; n the group,*

demand,limit by verifying theindividuaJrod positions at least once per 12 .

hour.s except during timeintetvals when the rod position deviatjon monitor is inoperabJ e~ then veri fy the Qroup pOs.itions at 1eastionce per 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.;

4.1,3,1.2 Each rod not fullY inserted in the core; shall be determined to be OPERABLE by movement of at least 10 steps in any olle directiOl1at least once per 92 days. " .. I SHEARON HARRIS - UNIT 1 3/4 ~-15 Amendment No. 93

rPM A l-f

MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM

( Attachment 1 - Indications of Misaligned Rod Sheet 1 of 1 The table below indicates the variation in plant .parameters which may be indicative of rod misalignment. This variation refers to relative changes in indication from a reference condition at which the suspect rod's position was known to be properly aligned. The reference case may be taken from prior operating records, or it may be updated each time the proper rod positioning is verified by in-core measurements. In general, greater misalignment will cause larger variations. Variations in NI channel indication are also affected by the core location ()f the suspect rod. For example, a misaligned rod that is closest to the N-44 detector should indicate that N-44 flux parameters are abnormal when compared with flux parameters of the other Power Range NI channels. If the parameters below exhibit no abnormal variations with an individual DRPI differing from its group step counter demand position by more than 12 steps, it is probably a rod position indication problem.

PLANT PARAMETER VALUE INDICATIVE OF ROD MISALIGNMENT Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio (QPTR) Greater than 1.02 Power Range Instrumentation Greater than 2% difference between any two channels (REFER TO Attachment 4)

(~. Delta Flux Indicators Greater than 2% difference between any two channels (REFER TO Attachment 4)

Core Outlet Thermocouples Greater than 10°F difference between thermocouples adjacent to the misaligned rod and the average of symmetric thermocouples (PERFORM Attachment 2)

Axial Flux Traces (in-core movable CONSULT Reactor Engineering detector) AND EVALUATE using in-core movable detectors per EST-922, Control Rod Position Determination Via Incore Instrumentation

--END OF ATTACHMENT 1--

AOP-001 I Rev. 32 I Page 39 of 47

MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM

( Attachment 2 - Adjacent and Symmetric Thermocouple Locations Sheet 1 of 3 THERMOCOUPLE LOCATIONS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... T*

A I

I ... , ...

I T R R RT B I I

I I

...*... ...*, ... R T R R T C I I

I

.*. t ' " T R T R R R D

      • f , **

R T R T T T R T T E I I

R T* R T R R T R T R T R F I T* T R T R T R R T G

H R T T R T T R T T R T

( J T R R R T T* R R T R T R RT R T* R R K

R T *T R T R T*

L M T R R T R T R T R T R T R T N

P R T RT R R T R - Control* Rod T - Thermocouple T* - Thermocouples abandoned by EC 47997 AOP-001 I Rev. 32 I Page 40 of 47

MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM

( Attachment 2 - Adjacent and Symmetric Thermocouple Locations Sheet 2 of3 NOTE

  • 810, E07, H08, K08, and P08 have no symmetric locations .
  • Symmetric thermocouples are those in the same row.

SYMMETRIC LOCATIONS GRID II III IV TRAIN A B A B A B A B A08* H15 G01* G15 R07 S L B05 E14 L14*

Y 0 C08 H13 N08 H03 M C D03 C12 N04 M03

( M A E04 D05 E12 M11 L12 "

E T H11 E08 L08 H05 T I F05 F11 E10 K11* K05 L06 R 0 F03* F13 N10 N06 K03 I N G06 FOg J10 C S G08 HOg G02 J02 P07 M09 J12*

1. DETERMINE thermocouple location(s) adjacent to the misaligned rod using core grid map (Sheet 1), AND CIRCLE location(s) in Table above.

AOP-001 l Rev. 32 I Page 41 of47

MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM Attachment 2 - Adjacent and Symmetric Thermocouple Locations Sheet 3 of 3

2. RECORD the following in the table below:
  • Adjacent TC number
  • Adjacent TC value using the RVLlS Console, ERFIS, or OSI-PI
  • Symmetric TC numbers (not including adjacent TCs)
  • Symmetric TC values for all OPERABLE TCs using the RVLlS Console, ERFIS, or OSI-PI
3. DETERMINE the average of symmetric thermocouples,for each adjacent thermocouple.

I--_ _---.-:A~djL:..:.a...:..cer-:n......:t_T......:C':----:--_ _+----:---:----:-S-"'-iy_lm_m_e-,t_ric_T-,-C..,.--:-_ _- l Symmetric TC Number Value Number Value Average

4. COMPARE each adjacent thermocouple value listed to its symmetric thermocouple average for indication of a misaligned rod. (REFER TO Attachment 1.)

--END OF ATTACHMENT 2--

AOP-001 I Rev. 32 1 Page 42 of 47

AppendixC Job Performance Measure Form ES-C.,1 Worksheet Facility: Shearon Harrl~ 001004H101 Task

Title:

JPM No.:' 2009a NRC JPM:

Perform A Manual Shutdown " ROA1*2 Margin Calculation '

I<1A

Reference:

2.1.25 3.112.8 '

Ability to obtain and interpret station ,reference mat~rial~~uch~s grl~ffsf~nograPh$iand tables which contain performance data ,..~/~{,~,' .

NR6\i~~rnlner; fWiU~xp.a(~ the initial' conditions, w,~ich steps to simulate or discuss~ and provide initiating

,cues; .When YOldcomplete the task $UccessrullYf the obJ~"efor this JobP~rfQrl11ance Measur~will be satisfied; ", ' ,

The plant has been operating at,750l0: power for 6 weeks Coreburnup is 350 EFPQ RCS boron concentration is 300 ppm '.

NO rods are believed t() ,beimtnovable I untrippable POWERTRAX is NOTavaifable .

Initiating Cue: The USCO has directed you to comPleteOST-1036. ShutdoWn Margin Calculation MOde$1-5; Section 7.~t;:'\Manual'SDM CalclJlatlon (Modes ,1 and ,2)" for current plant condjtiott~t' ",

NOTE; ,For this JPM assume independent verification has been performed. " . "

Task standard: OST-1036, Attachment3, Manual SDM Calcutation(Modes 1 and 2).

completed with SDM of.301 i'" 7i pcm (toleran ed on total of cllrves used and their division readabiJit}t)~ 3t"lt!> pcM Required Materials;" OS1..1036, Shutdown Mar~in Calculation MOde,s 1-5. Rev. 39 Curve Book (Gyele J It"" 1#3lcft (Ctd.e.. 13)*

General

References:

OST-1036, Shutdown Margin Calcul(ition Modes 1-5 Rev. 39 Curve Book.(Cycle ~ i~ . :;. :!/~/CPt 'e '3 )

Handouts: OST..,1036, Shutdown Margin Calcula Modes 1-5 Rev; 39 Time Critical Task: No Validation Time: 20 minutes 200gA NRC Admin Exam RO A1-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 2 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time: ._ _ __

Performance Step: 1 OBTAIN PROCEDURE (OST.. 1036 will be provided to allow candidates to write on, Curve Book will be included as a referencein.the Book Cart)

Standard: OST-t036, Section 7.3, Attachment 3, and Curve Book Comment:

Performance Step: 2 Enters Reactor Power Level Standard: Refers to given conditions and enters 75%

Comment:

./ Performance Step: 3 Determine Rod Insertion Limit for power level P:13 w I ~:r :3):.l5/cfl Standard: Refers to Curve..Ji..45ef and determines 1S limit for RIL to be 140 :!: 2 steps (tolerance based on curve division readability)

Comment:

Performance Step: 4 Enters core BUrn Up Standard: Refers to given conditions and enters 350 EFPD Comment:

./ - Denotes Critical Steps 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A1-2 FINAL

AppendixC PageS of 10* Form ES...0-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Performance Step: 5 Enters ROS Boron Concentration Standard: Referstoinitial ccmditions'al1d enters 300 ppm

'Determines Power Defect for cu~nt power level

"<:-13-3 $ ~fi~t~} ......'.. .* . . ' '

Standard: Refers toCurve~anddeterminespower defeetto be

. 1.3.1/0 .22et 50 PCITh(tolerance based on curve division' 1,'.:. '.ea.dability);*******

.-:r.

'.*10~t'.].,f5lcFf ..

Comment:

vi' Performance Step: 7. / DeterminesR~d"VVorth forRIf..poaition determined above

. ' . A..13-1I'$f* 3r,,~ IcPf ". . ...*...... '

Standard: Refers to Curve~ and determines rod worth to'be 630

+ 25 pcm (tolerance based on curve division readability) .

Comment: .

Performance Step: 8. Enters worth. of any additionalimmovabte or untripp"ble rods Standard: Refers to given conditions and enters 0 Comment:

.;'. - Denotes Critical Steps 2009A NRC Admin EXam RO A1-2 FINAL.

AppendixC Page 4 of 10 .Form ES-C-t PERFORMANCE INFORMATiON ..

./ Pel1ormance.Step~ 9 . . Determines Total Shutdown Marghl

.. ... 3'8~D ~. 31:1.5 /09 Standard: Determines Total Shutdown Margin to be..3M5"':!:75pcm (toJerance based on total of an curves. used and. their

. division readability) . . .

Comment:

"./ . .,,,,}

.. evaluator Note! When the candidate returns the complet,d OST~1036i Attachment 3tManqal§DM.Cal~l.(l.ation this~PM I~ complete.

Stt>p Time: _ _"""'-_

Terminating Cue: Competition of OS1-1036, Attachment 3, Manual.SDM Calculation.. . ..

.;: - Denotes Critical Steps 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A1-2 FINAL

HARRIS UNIT 1 CYCLE 13 ROD INSERTION LIMITS 240

-  !--- ~ .. ._---- .. (46.E ,22 t (! 2.2 ~~~ -..

lI' r (100,225) 220 _M_. _.- -- . - -........ .. ---

7 /

.-. - .-~- f-. , . -i--' - ~ "¥' ..

I- /

200 - .-

~

,. V:A

"'- .- ~ , ... ..

(100,196)

~ ./V,

- ~.~-

~ - _.

.... . -~,

-. - L 7 ~ (100,186) 180 I--

~i/ . --- - .. - / L

. / ./ "..~

~v

- c

!== 160 1(0;' -S8).I bL II" / ~c

~- ...

~A ~K ~

. ~ .... .- .,

~"q -

'I

/

/

/ -- -

/

~

.J "0

.c

. /"/ ~ 1/

==

CIJ 140 I V L 0.-

J!! / ---- .._.

/

V

-zCIJ -- I - - .- ]-

. ~ ~-'v.~

(0, ~28 ~

0 120 --- -- -- ** u _ _"

1--.'- --

j::

, ~ V ~~.~~...

-~

(f) 0 0-100 _*... .- .. *o-<<~ - .-

1/ ~ .

-r ~

~

z

< ~.- ...... . ... - ..I.

.. ~- -- I--

~

()'

,A'<!I III

....... ~-. ~AK 0 tt

/

0 0

80 V~ I ---- r - -.-

a:

- - .!I f-- ..,

. II

/

bI- I I

60 .- -- I "' .

. /" I I

I

- .. ./- t i ..'..

40 . / V- -

I i

, .. . ... 1-----

~ .,~.""

- --.- r-- t-- .

(0;<< 10)

,}

,..// I I

I I

20 -~ / --' 1,--, -.

I i

I

~

0 :7 ~o.( PO) I

. -~.~.~

- i i

o 10 20 30 40 PERCENT OF RATED THERMAL POWER 50 60 70

-'lS 80 90 100 CURVE NO. F-13-1 REV NO. 0 ORIGINATOR~~~*

SUPERVISOR A DA TE iIJj;'f/{)I! ..-:./,..k DATE /t1 flJ.& f;(

SUPERINTENDENT* - ~

SHIFT OPERATIONS C(( DATE lo!d411>~

HARRIS UNIT 1 CYCLE 13 POWER DEFECT vs. POWER LEVEL for VARIOUS BORON CONCENTRATIONS EOL (333 < EFPD S 517) e-o

-t; w

0-u..

w c

a::

w

~

o D.

..J

~

.J

~3200 2() PCMlDIV 1 "Ie/DIV 20 40 60 POWER LEVEL (PERCENT) -

1,80 100 CURVE NO. C-13-3 REV NO, 0 ORIGINATOR~~~ DATE it!-:/Z,d .. ~~

SUPERVISOR A DATE /0/1-110'(

SUPERINTENDENT - \

SHIFT OPERATIONS CI( k4 DATE Ivj,l.<l(Di

HARRIS UNIT 1 CYCLE 13 DIFFERENTIAL AND INTEGRAL ROD WORTH CONTROL BANKS D and C MOVING WITH 97 STEP OVERLAP EOL (333 < EFPD :s 517), HFP, EQUILIBRIUM XENON

-2100 -21

-2000 -20

  • 1900 -19

-1800 -18

-1700 -17

-1600 -16

-1500 -15 0

=n

-E -1400 u

-14 "TI gJ

- c. -1300

z:

t-a: -1200

-13

-12 r-

§m 0

-1100 -11 ~

c

== o 0 -10 ~

a: -1000

J.

a:

-900 -9 =I

r m -800 -8 :0-n

~ -700 ++++- -7 ~

""30-600

-500

-6

-5 400 4

~oo ~

-200 +++-+-t-H-H+ .2

~~~ -100 t~trttrrllfi~[i§t[Iwmllli~l1jjJj~Bi-10 o 20 40 60 80 100 120 J,40, 160 180 200 220 240 5STEPSJOIV o 97 225

  • BANKO 128 225 BANKe CURVE NO. A-13~11 REV NO. 0 ORIGINATOR~ ~

SUPERVISOR SUPERINTENDENT -

0,;,,= ~

DA TE Jl}fJ~/D't DATE t,1rb l~l-3l oj SHIFT OPERATIONS Ci<; DATE I~J.u J~<.(

Attachment 3 Sheet 10f 1 Manual SOM Calculation (Modes 1 and 2)

1. Reactor power level. 75  %
2. Rod insertion limit for the above power level

/;,/0 steps on bank _Di--_

3. Bum up (POWERTRAX/MCR Status Board). EFPD
4. Present ROS Boron Concentration :3Q()ppm NOTE: Use absolute values of numbers obtained from curves.
5. Total worth of all control and shutdown banks. minus the worth ofthe most reactive rod for Fuel Cycle 15.

6810 pcm (a)

6. Cycle 15 Power defect for the power level recorded in Step 1. (Refer to Curves C,..X-1 to C~X~3).

Curve used """"-'=--:c',., .:2.31{0 pcm-(b)

NOTE: HFP curves are used for power levels of10%'or greater.

7. Inserted contrOl rod worth at the rod insertion limit recorded in Step 2.

(Refer to Curves A-X-6 to A-X-11) . /i . . ./. -r Curve used M ~ 13-) ~..;....;;;:;;..pcm*-

(c)

8. Worth of any additional immovable or untrippable rods (for each stuck rod, use the most reactive single rod worth (1326 pcm) or obtain individual withdrawn rod worth from the reactor engineer).

o pcm (d)

9. Determine the Total Shutdown Margin using the following formula:

Total SDM Ds" (J (e) (a) (b) (0) (d) 3*<:I,f,J?'\

, . 0 'lj pcm-75"

( e)

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 31 of 351

Appendix C Page 90#*10

. VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.:

<~"_:~' <,:.~:. c **

Facility Evaluator:

Question:

Response~

Result: SAT UNSAr*

Examiner"s Signature: Date:


~~--~~~~~--~~

2009ANRC Admin Exam RO A1-2 FINAL

Appendix" C: Page100f 10 Form ES-C.,.1 JPM CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:

  • The'plant hasbeerfoperating at 75% power for $ weeks

~' Core burnup is350EFPO<'J .

.,'RCS boronconcentratlcmJs'300 ppm

.; NO rods are believed to' be. immovable I untrippable

.' POWERTRAX i$ NOT available>' .

" ,'" .;" {>.~:, ',;'  :(, .,

"'the used has direct~~!y~uto complet~!OST 036I,~hutdo~n

-1 Margjncatculation MOdes 1-5, Section 7.3, nManualSDM CalculatJ9rr(Mode~Jand 2)" for current plantcortditions.

2009A NRC Admin E~m RO A1-2 FINAL

AbM IN IPtvI f{o AI-2 c

C CONTINUOUS USE HARRIS NUCLEAR PLANT PLANT OPERATING MANUAL VOLUME 3 PART 9 PROCEDURE TYPE: OPERATIONS SURVEILLANCE TEST NUMBER: OST-1036 TITLE: SHUTDOWN MARGIN

( _~_

\,J CALCULATION MODES 1 - 5

- NOT':: - This procedure has been screened per PLP-100 Criteria and determined to be CASE III. No additional management involvement is required.

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 I Page 1 of 351

1.0, PURPOSE

(

NOTE: If the requirement to perform a SOM Calculation is time critical, the Manual Calculation ha$ been evaluated to be the preferred method.

1. Provide methods to ensure thatRCS boron concentration has a shutdown margin greater than 1770 pcm in Modes 1 and 2, through the use of calculations ..

2~ Provide methods to ensure that RCShas an adequate shutdown margin by verifying the RCS boron concentration is greater than the minimum required boron concentration in Modes 3 through 5.

3. This procedure satisfies the requirements of Technical Specification Surveillance Requirements 4.1.1.1.1.a, 4.1.1.2.a and 4.1.1.2.b.

NOTE: The boron concentration to satisfy FSAR Section 6.3.2.8 takes credit for all control rods being inserted into the core and does NOT satisfy Technical Specification SOM requirements.

4. This procedure calculates the RCS boron concentration required by FSAR Section 6.3.2.8 to block SI actuation signals.

2.0' REFERENCES 2.1. Plant Operating Manual Procedures

1. AP-039
2. AOP-002
3. PLP-106 l

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 2 of3S\

2.0 References (Cant.)

2.2. Technical Specifications C 1. 3.1.1.1

2. 3.1.1.2
3. 4.1.1.1.1.a
4. 4.1.1.2.a
5. 4.1.1.2.b 2.3.* Final Safety Analysis Report
1. 15.4.6.2
2. 6.3.2.8 2.4. Other
1. Plant Curve Book
2. "HNP Cycle 15PDD Setup" Calculation HNP-F/NFSA-0160.
3. EMF-1715(P) Powertrax Users Guide
4. ESR 98-00388
5. EC 64030

.. /

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 3 of 35 I

3.0 PREREQUISITES

1. The performance of this OST has been coordinated with other plant evolutions such that the minimum equipment operating requirements of Tech Specs are met.
2. OBTAIN any tools and equipment required per Section 5.0.
3. OBTAIN Unit SCO permission to perform this OST.

Signature Date 4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

1. If either of the following conditions exist, initiate emergency boration per AOP-002 and continue until the required shutdown margin is achieved:
  • In Modes 3 - 5 shutdown margin is less than required by PLP-106, Technical Specification Equipment List Program and Core Operating Program.
2. Projected conditions should be for the minimum shutdown margin expected in the next 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> unless a manual Xenon free calculation is performed. (This precaution is N/A if performing Section 7.4)
3. IfPOWERTRAX is being used it should have been updated with recent power history (less than 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> during steady state operation).
4. The POWERTRAX program cannot be run out long enough to calculate a totally Xenon-free value for SDM for any given time. To obtain Xenon Free data, either use the SOR Minimum Boron which is shown on any SDM printout, or perform a manual SDM calculation per Section 7.2.
5. Rod worth provided in this procedure for control banks, shutdown banks, and most reactive rod are the most conservative values for Cycle 15 only.

Subsequent fuel cycles will require a change to this procedure.

6. Samarium is considered in the assumptions used to develop the curve inputs and as a fixed input to the POWERTRAX transient calculations.

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 4 of 351

4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (Cont.)

7. The required minimum boron concentration usually varies with xenon decay. It is necessary to select a time and temperature based calculation that corresponds to planned plant evolution, and repeat this calculation as necessary if the plan changes.
8. Powertrax is an ICON based computer program. After a calculation is completed, positioning the mouse on a specific node located on the graph and clicking the center mouse button will display the parameters for that specific node. If the mouse is a two button unit the equivalent fUnction is obtained by depressing both buttons at the same time. This. function can be used as many times. as desired and allow a printout of the specific time/data points needed.
9. The Powertrax Shutdown Boron Concentration Module printout will show the Xenon free boron as SOR Minimum Boron. The minimum shutdown boron for the projected time will be listed in the table specific to the temperature under the "ppm Btl column.
10. The requirement to be borated to cold shutdown conditions prior to blocking SI is based on a commitment contained in FSAR Section 6.3.2.8.

This requirement ensures that if a steam line break occurs after SI has been blocked, the resultant cooldown will not resultinretum tb criticality~

The required value is not the Tech Spec shutdown margin; therefore, it is acceptable to credit the worth of all control rods inserted.

11. To ensure the requirements of FSAR Section 6.3.2.8 are met, prior to blocking SI, the RCS r:nust be borated to cold shutdown.

5.0 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT*

1. EMF-1715(P) Powertrax Users Guide
2. Operations Curve Book
3. Technical Specifications
4. PLP-106 Shutdown Margin Curve

(

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 5 of 351 1

6.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA This procedure will be completed satisfactorily if any one of the following criteria is met:

  • . IF performed for Modes 3, 4, or5, AND the RCS has been borated to the required Refueling Boron Concentration (COLR value),

OR

  • IF performed for Modes 3, 4, or 5, Section 7.1 is completed satisfactorily as indicated by the current ReS boron being greater than the minimum ReS boron listed on the POWERTRAX printout for the desired condition, OR
  • IF performed for Modes 3, 4 orS, Section 7.2 is completed satisfactorily as indicated by the current RCS boron being greater than the calculated required.shutdown boron concentration.

OR

(~

  • IF performed for Modes 1 or2, Section 7.3 is completed satisfactorily as indicated by the shutdown margin recorded in Item 9 of Attachment 3 being greater than or equal to 1770 pcm.

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 6 of 351

7.0 PROCEDURE CAUTION Do not use Section 7.1 before initial criticality on any new fuel cycle.

1. IFthis procedure is being performed to verify Shutdown Boron Concentration in Modes 3, 4, or 5 with two or more stuck rods, THEN PERFORM the following substeps:
a. The required Shutdown Boron Concentration is equal to 2172 ppm with no further calculation required.

Q. COMPLETE Attachment 6, Certifications and Reviews.

c. INFORM the Unit SCO that this test has been completed.
2. IF this procedure is being performed to verify adequate Shutdown Boron Concentration in Modes 3, 4, or 5, AND theRGS is boratedtQ the required Refueling Boron Concentration of 2172 ppm, THEN PERFORM the following substeps:*
a. COMPLETE Section 7.5, Test Completion
b. COMPLETE Attachment 6, Certifications and Reviews.
c. INFORM the Unit SCO that this test has been completed.

7.1. Shutdown Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3 - 5)

NOTE: The review of the Control Operator's Log will ensure adequate sampling of a

.constant xenon condition to provide an accurate Shutdown Margin.

1. IF performing this procedure while in Modes 1 or 2 for projected Mode 3-5 conditions, THEN PERFORM the following: (Otherwise this step N/A)
a. REVIEW the Control Operator's Log to ensure steady state conditions (less than 10% power manipulations) within the previous 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />.

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 7 of 351

7.1 Shutdown Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3 - 5) (Cont.)

b. IF steady state conditions have not existed for the past 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />, THEN PERFORM one of the following: (N/A if not pe.rformed)

(1) CONTACT Reactor Engineering AND have additional MICROBURN-P triggers processed, if required.

OR (2) DISCONTINUE this procedure section and PERFORM Section 7.2.

c. N/A Steps 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7.1~11, 7.1.14 and 7.1.15.d.
d. CONTINUE with Step 7.1.4.
2. IF performing this procedure while in Modes 3-5, THEN PERFORM the following:
a. CHECK that a MICROBURN-P file trigger has been processed at or subsequent to the reactor trip or shutdown.
b. IF a MICROBURN-P file trigger has not been processed, c THEN PERFORM one of the following: (This Step N/A if a file has been processed, N/A substep not performed)

(1) CONTACT Reactor Engineering and have additional MICROBURN-P triggers processed.

OR (2) DISCONTINUE this procedure section and PERFORM Section 7.2.

3. RECORD the following parameters:
a. RCS Sample Time and Date:
b. RCS Boron Concentration: ___ ppn
c. Projected SDM Time and Date
d. Projected SDM Temperature IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 8 of 351

7.1 Shutdown Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3 - 5) (Cont.)

NOTE: Powertrax is a case sensitive application. The commands listed in "apostrophes" should be typed as listed in the procedure.

4. To use the STA LAN computer PERFORM the following steps:
a. GO to START/STA Icons.
b. DOUBLE CLICK on PowerTrax at HNP icon.
c. SIGN ON User 10 as "sta".
d. TAB to Password.
e. USE "hnp_sta"as a password.
f. DEPRESS ENTER.

NOTE: Due to conflicts between the operating systems(Unix vs. Windows), Step 7.1.4.g may have to be performed twice. ...

g. WHEN the HNP Unix window opens, PERFORM the following:

(1) ENTER "hnpptx".

(2) DEPRESS ENTER.

5. From the PowerTrax... Main Menu SELECT:

Shutdown Horon Concentration Prediction

6. Once the POWERTRAX Shutdown Boron Concentration Module screen appears, PERFORM the following:
a. ACTIVATE the "Eile" pull down menu.
b. SELECT "Qpen".

C. SELECT "MB-P File".

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 9 of 351

7.1 Shutdown Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3 - 5) (Cont.)

(' NOTE: "Directories" will be listed in the following format: .

"/ptrax/hnp/CY111MBP/d.YYMMDD.f-.lHmmss". Example would be Iptra){Jhnp/CY111MBP/d.021201.090037 = 12/01/02 @ 0900.37 NOTE: In the case of a Reactor Trip or Emergency Shutdown, a new file will most likely be generated by Reactor Engineering.

7. WHILE viewing the File Selection Menu screen, PERFORM the following:
a. PERFORM one of the following: (N/A substep not performed)

(1) IF in Modes 1 or 2, in the Directories sub-screen, THEN SELECT a directory created within the previous 72 hrs(preferably the most receM directory).

OR (2) . IF in Modes 3-5, THEN SELECT a directory created at or subsequent to the reactor trip or shutdown (preferably the most recent).

b. SELECT "Filter".
c. In the Files sub-screen, SELECT the file labeled as "dat.YYMMDD.HHmmss".
d. RECORD the file name(date and time) selected in the previous step.

File _ _ _--'-_ _ _ _ __

e. SELECT "OK".

1 OST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 10 of 351

7.1 Shutdown Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3 -5) (Cont.)

8. On the POWERTRAX Shutdown Boron Concentration Module Screen, INPUT the following POWERTRAX data fields~
a. Calc Directory (suggest YYMMDD_XXX, where XXX is/the users initials)

NOTE: The preset defaults for the Number of Calculations and Delta Time will result in a 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> projection. These defaults will normally be used, however, they may be modified if a different projection time is desired.

NOTE: If this procedure is being performed in Modes*1 or 2 for projected shutdown conditions, the time between the last MICROBURN-P file and projected 80M should be 24 hrs in Step 7.1.8.b.

b. DETERMINE the time between the Jast MICROBURN-P file (Step 7.1.7.d) and the projectedSDM.

- - - Hrs

c. DIVIDE the number of hours (Step7.1.8.b) by2 and round up to the nearest whole number.

___ result (number of calculations)

d. ENTER the resultant from Step 7.1.8.c into the number of calculations field (Default is 12).
e. VERIFY (2) is entered in the Delta Time field.
f. . RECORD the value displayed for Burnup.

Burnup- _ _ _ _ EFPD

9. ACTIVATE the "Eile" pull down menu and PERFORM the following:
a. SELECT "Run".
b. At the "Job Execution Dialog" box, SELECT "Run".

IOST-1036 I Rev. 39 Page 11 of 35 I

7.1 Shutdown Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3 - 5) (Cont.)

NOTE: POWERTRAX will take several minutes to complete the necessary calculations.

10. AFTER the calculation is complete, PERFORM the fol!owing:
a. ACTIVATE the "Qutput" pull down menu.
b. SELECT "Qutput".

NOTE: Section 7.0 provides guidance if more than one rod is known to be immovable or untrippable.

11. IF any rod is known to be immovable or untrippable AND is not completely inserted in the core, THEN PERFORM the following: (otherwise, mark the Step "N/A" and proceed to the next Step)
a. For any stuck rod, USE the value of the most reactive single rod worth

(-1326 pcm) OR OBTAIN the individual withdrawn rod worth for each rod from Reactor Engineering. In the upper right hand portion of.the screen, INPUT the reactivity value of the known stuck rod(s).

12. ACTIVATE the "ReS Iemperatures" pull down menu, and PERFORM the following:
a. SELECT "§elect Temperatures".

NOTE: IF performing in Modes 1 or 2 forprojeded conditions in Modes 3-5, THEN the following temperatures are normally entered:

557,550,500,450,400, 350, 300, 250, 200, and 70°F

b. INPUT the desired corresponding temperature values.
c. SELECT "OK".

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 12 of 351

7.1 Shutdown Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3- 5) (Cont.)

13. ACTIVATE the "Eile" pull down menu, and perform the following:
a. SELECT "Erint".
b. SELECT "8eport".

.c. SELECT "No Format".

d. SELECT "OK".

NOTE: The POWERTRAX output indicates the postulated shutdown occurring at the 1st data point. Successive datapoints correspond to the elapsed time following the shutdown.

NOTE: The data for the time and date of the MICROBURN-P file is on line "1" of the printout. The data for projected time and d~te are on the last line.

14. PERFORM the following to verify the present ReS boron concentration is greater than the minimum boron concentration required for the projected conditions:
a. VERIFY the projected time and date on the printout are within two hours of that in Step 7.1.3.c.
b. VERIFY the present boron concentration is greater than that required:

(1) RECORD present boron . -..,..._ _ppm (Step 7.1.3.b)

(2) RECORD required boron _____ ppm (Printout)

15. From the POWERTRAX printout, PERFORM Independent verification of the following:
a. Date and Time for the first data point is at or subsequent to the time of the reactor trip or shutdown ..(N/A if no trip or shutdown occurred)
b. Date and time(1 second later) for the first data point corresponds to the file name recorded in Step 7.1.7.d.
c. IF there is a stuck rod, THEN the pcm value listed on the printout is

-1326 pcm, otherwise the value is zero.

d. The Acceptance Criteria listed in Step 7.1.14 is met.

105T-1036 Rev. 39 Page 13 of 351

7.1 Shutdown Boron Concentration Prediction Using POWERTRAX (Modes 3- 5) (Cont.)

16. UPDATE the MCR Status Board with the EFPD value recorded in Step 7.1.8.f.
17. IF performing in Modes 1 or 2 for projected Modes 3-5 conditions, THEN UPDATE the Xenon Free boron concentration for the temperatures specified on the status board. (N/A if performed in Modes 3-5)
18. To exit the PowerTrax application, PERFORM the following:
a. . ACTIVATE the "File" pull down menu.
b. SELECT "Close".
c. ACTIVATE the "File" pull down menu.
d. SELECT "Exit".
e. ACTIVATE "Exit" pull down menu.
f. SELECT "Exit".
g. DEPRESS Enter at the prompt.
h. TYPE "exit".
i. DEPRESS Enter.

1 OST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 14 of 351

7.2. Manual 80M Calculation (Modes 3 - 5)

1. RECORD the following information:

Value EFPO Core burn up from MCR Status board.

SOM Temp Temperature for which this SOM calculation is taking credit.

CRCS Latest available RCS boron sample.

NOTE: Following core reload, the RWST ATOM percent value should be used until a measurement is obtained for the current Cycle.

ARCS RCS B-10 ATOM percent from MCR status board.

OR RWST B-10 Atom percent, IF following Core Reload

2. CHECK rod status as follows:
a. IF all rods are inserted, RECORD CRODS = 0 in Step 7.2.3.a and N/A Step 7.2.2.b.

(

b. IF all rods are not inserted, COMPLETE Attachment 1.

NOTE: Curve A-X-22 contains Notes to ensure SOM requirements are met for plant conditions.

3. DETERMINE Xenon free SOM boron concentration, CSDM, as follows:
a. RECORD the following information:

Value Boron additionto compensate for stuck rods from Attachment 1 or Step 7.2.2.a.

CCURVE Uncorrected required SOM boron concentration from curve A-X-22 (Use action level line on curve.)

1 OST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 15 of 351

7.2 Manual SDM Calculation (Modes 3 - 5) (Cont.)

b. DETERMINE required Xenon free SOM uncorrected boron concentration CREQ:

CREQ = CRODS + CCURVE CREQ= _ _ _ __

c. DETERMINE Xenon free SOM corrected boron concentration, CSDM:

CSDM = 19.9* (C REQ ) ARCS- RCS 8-10 ATOM percent from ARcs Step 7.2.1.

CSDM= _ _ _ __ CREQ - Xe free SOM uncorrected boron concentration from Step 7.2.3.b

4. DETERMINE whether SOM requirements can be met by Xenon free SOM calculation:
a. COMPARE RCS boron concentration, CRcs,and Xenon free SOM corrected boron concentration, CSDM:

RCS boron sample from Step 7.2.1.

CSDM Xenon free SOM corrected boron concentration from Step 7.2.3.c.

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 16 of 351

7.2 Manual 8DM Calculation (Modes 3 - 5) (Cont.)

b. IF CRCS is greater than CSDM ,

THEN SOM requirements are met and this OST is satisfactory for the temperature recorded in Step 7.2.1 upon performance of the following:

(1 ) PERFORM an independent verification of this Section and applicable attachments.

(2) MARK remaining Steps in this Section N/A and COMPLETE

. Section 7.5 Test Completion.

c. IF C RCS is less than or equal to CSDM, THEN CONTINUE with Step 7.2.5 to take credit for Xenon effects.
5. PERFORM Attachment 2 to calculate SDM boron requirements to account for Xenon .effects;
6. DETERMINE SDM boron. concentration corrected for boron-1 0 and Xenon effects, C SDM, xi:::

CXE = ---- Boron equivalent to compensate for Xenon from Attachment 2 ..

c CSDM, XE CSDM,XE

= CSDM - CXE

=___

CSDM - Xenon free SOM corrected boron concentration from Step 7.2.3.c. .

7. DETERMINE whether SOM requirementscan be met by SOMboron conce~tration cG>rrected for boron-10 and* Xenon effects:
a. COMPARE RCS boron concentration, CRcs , and SOM boron concentration corrected for boron-1 0 and Xenon effects, CSDM XE:

CRCS Latest available RCS boron sample from Step 7.2.1.

CSDM,XE SOM boron concentration corrected for boron-10 and Xenon effects from Step 7.2.6.

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 17 of 351

7.2 Manual SOM Calculation (Modes 3 - 5) (Cant.)

b. IF CRcs is greater than CSDM,XE, THEN SOM requirements are met and this OST issatisfactory for

( the temperature recorded in Step 7.2.1 until the projected time recorded in Attachment 2 upon performance of the following:

(1) PERFORM an independent verification of this Section and applicable attachments.

(2) COMPLETE Section 7.5, Test Completion.

c. IF CRCS is less than or equal to CSDM, XE, THEN SOM requirements are not met and this OST is unsatisfactory. BORATE to establish adequate 80M.

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 18 of 351

7.3. Manual SOM Calculation (Modes 1 and 2)

( 1. ENTER the absolute value for each parameter on Attachment3.

2. PERFORM the calculation listed on Attachment 3 Item 9 for the required SOM boron concentration f~r the projected conditions.
3. PERFORM an independent verification of Attachment 3.
4. . VERIFY that total SOM recorded on Attachment 3 is 1770 pcm or greater.

(,

(

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 I Page 19 of 351

(

7.4. Manual Determination For Cold Shutdown Boron Requirements to Allow Blocking Safety Injection NOTE: The RCS temperature is assumed to be 200 OF for Cold Shutdown.

1. IF this section is being performed to determine the Projected Boron Required (CPBR) in preparation for plant shutdown, THEN MARK this step N/A, Otherwise VERIFY the following conditions (If all conditions cannot be met, discontinue use of this section and mark all remaining Steps N/A):
a. All reactor trip breakers are Open.
b. All reactor trip bypass breakers are Open.
c. All control bank and all shutdown rods are fully inserted.
2. RECORD the following information:

Value EFPD Core burn up from MCR Status board.

RCS Temp Temperature fbrwhich this SDM calculation is taking credit.

Latest available RCS boron sample.

RCS B-10 ATOM percent from MCR status board. .

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 20 of 35 I

7.4 Manual Determination For Cold Shutdown Boron Requirements to Allow Blocking Safety Injection (Cont.)

NOTE: Curve A-X-22 contains Notes to ensure SOM requirements are met for plant conditions.

3. DETERMINE the required Xenon free cold shutdown boron concentration, Ccso , as follows:
a. From Curve A-X-22, DETERMINE the required Xenon free SOM uncorrected boron concentration, CREQ:

C REQ = _ _ __

b. DETERMINE Xenon free cold shutdown corrected boron concentration, Ccso:

Ccso = 19.9 * (CREQ) ARCS - RCS B 10 ATOM percent from Step 7.4.2.

CREQ - Xe free SOM uncorrected boron concentration from Step 7.4.3.a.

Ccso= _ _ __

4. DETERMINE the absolute value of uncorrected differential boron worth, OBWUNC, from curve A-X-16, A-X-17, or A-X-18.

Curve Used OBWUNC =

OBWUNC = Uncorrected differential boron worth.

5. DETERMINE corrected differential boron worth OBWCORR:

OBWCOR R = (OBWUNd(ARcsL OBWUNC - Uncorrected differential boron 19.9 worth. Step 7.4.4.

ARCS - RCS B-10 ATOM percent from Step 7.4.2.

OBWCORR = _ __ Corrected differential boron worth.

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 21 of 351

7.4 Manual Determination For Cold Shutdown Boron Requirements to Allow Blocking Safety Injection (Cont.)

NOTE: Step 7.4.6 determines the boron equivalent of the most reactive rod being

-inserted into the core(instead of stuck out).

6. DETERMINE the boron equivalent for the most reactive control rod fully inserted into the core, CROD:

CROD = 1326 1326 - Additional reactivity worth of most -

DBWcORR reactive control rod fully inserted

-into the core.

DBWcORR - Corrected differential-boron worth from Step 7.4.5.

CRO D =___ Boron equivalent for most reactive control rod fully inserted.

IOST-1036 I Rev. 39 Page 22 of 35 I

7.4 Manual Determination For Cold Shutdown Boron Requirements to Allow Blocking Safety Injection (Cont.)

( 7. DETERMINE the projected time period after shutdown or reactor trip to be used in determining Xenon worth:

  • Time since shutdown/trip. _ _ _ hours.

(a)

  • Projected Time =

Time since shutdown/trip _ _ _ hours + 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

(a)

  • Projected Time =------- hours (b)

. Projected* Time period ::: ---,~_ hours to _:-:-:--_ hours (a) (b)

8. DETERMINE the absolute value of Xenon reactivity worth using either of the following: (Method not used is N/A)
a. IFEXSPACK is NOT available, THEN DETERMINE the absolute value of the lowest Xenon I.

reactivity worth during the- projected time period from curves B-X-5, B.,.X-6 or B-X-7, PXE:

Curve used = - - -

PXE= _ __ Absolute value of the lowest Xenon reactivity worth during the projected time period.

b. IF EXSPACK is available, THEN DETERMINE the absolute value of Xenon reactivity worth as follows:

. (1) VERIFY reactor power at steady state (less than 10 percent power change) for at least 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> prior to initiation of the sh utdown/trip:

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 23 of 35 I

7.4 Manual Determination For Cold Shutdown Boron Requirements to Allow Blocking Safety Injection (Cont.)

( (2) . OBTAIN a power history of the shutdown from any of the following:

  • Operator logs
  • ERFIS plots, archives, or other (3) RECORD the power history in Attachment 4.

(4) VERIFY EXSPACKversion PNR02020 is in use.

(5) ENTER the following data in the EXSPPACK program using the* STA computer:

  • EFPD from Step 7.4.2
  • Power history from Attachment 4 (6) USING the EXSPACK program, EXECUTE a Xenon transient calculation to determine the Xenon worth: .

(7) FROM the EXSPACK printout, DETERMINE the minimum value for Xenon during the 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> following the reaCtor trip or shutdown.

PXE= _ __ Xenon reactivity worth.

9. DETERMINE the boron equivalent for Xenon, CXE:

CXE = PXE PXE - Absolute value of the lowest Xenon reactivity worth DBWcoRR during the projected time period Step 7.4.8.a.

DBWcORR - Corrected differential boron worth from Step 7.4.5.

CXE= _ __ Boron equivalent for Xenon worth at projected time.

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 24 of 35 I

7.4 Manual Determination For Cold Shutdown Boron Requirements to Allow Blocking Safety Injection (Cont.)

( 10. DETERMINE if cold shutdown conditions are met with credit taken for Xenon and the most reactive rod fully inserted.

a. IF it is desired to determine what the Projected Boron Required (CPBR) to block Safety Injection, THEN PERFORM the following calculation:

(1)

CPBR = CCSD CXE CPBR =

(7.4.3.b) (7.4.6) (7.4.9)

CPBR =

Verified (2) MARK Steps 7.4.10.b, 7.4.10.c, 7A~10.d, and 7.4.10.e N/A.

(3) COMPLETE Section 7.5, Test Completion

b. '. IF it is desired to Calculate the equivalent RCS boron concentration CEQ, THEN PERFORM the following calculation:

= + + CXE (7.4.2) (7.4.6) (7.4.9)

CEQ = ---

Verified IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 25 of 35 I

7.4* Manual Determination For Cold Shutdown Boron Requirements to Allow Blocking Safety Injection (Cont.)

c. COMPARE the equivalent RCS boron concentration CEQ to the required boron concentration for cold shutdown:

CEQ = _ _ _ from Step 7.4.10.b CCSD = _--,---,-_ from Step 7.4.3.b NOTE: Substep d or e will be performed based on above results.

d. IF CEQ is greater than or equal to CCSD,

. THEN the RCS is borated to cold shutdown conditions and the automatic SI actuation signals can be blocked as follows:

(1) PERFORM an independent verification of this Section and applicable attachments.

(2) MARKStep 7.4.1 D.e as N/A.

(3) COMPLETE Section 7.5 Test Completion.

e. IF CEQ is less than CCSD, THEN the RCS is NOT borated to cold shutdown conditions and the automatic SI actuation signals can NOT be blocked.

(1) PERFORM an independent verification of this Section and applicable attachments.

(2) MARK Step 7.4.10.d as N/A.

(3) COMPLETE Section 7.5 Test Completion.

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 26 of 35 I

7.5. Test Completion

1. IF performed as a result of the detection of an inoperable control rod,

( THEN DOCUMENT completion of PMIO RQ 22121-01.

2. IF performed for the daily Modes 3, 4, and 5 requirements, THEN DOCUMENT completion of PMIO RQ 22122-01.
3. IF sections 7.1 or 7.2 were performed and the results were satisfactory, THEN RECORD the following:

SOM Temperature Projected time after shutdown ___ Hours (N/A for Xenon Free calculations)

4. IF Section 7.4 was performed, THEN RECORD the following for the substep that was performed (N/A the substep that was not performed):
a. Projected Boron Required (CPBR), Step 7.4.1 0.a(1) ___ PPM
b. IF the results for equivalent RCS boron concentration were l;)atisfactory ,

THEN RECORD the following:

Boron for cold shutdown conditions (Ccso),

Step 7.4.10.b ___ PPM Projected time after shutdown for calculation _ _...--Hours

5. IF being performed for the weekly online activity, THEN perform the following:
a. UPDATE the Unit Status Board.
h. PLACE a completed copy of this test in the Curve Book attheACP.
6. COMPLETE applicable portions of Attachment 6, Certifications ~nd Reviews, and INFORM the Unit SCQ that this QST is completed.

IQST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 27 of 35 I

8.0 DIAGRAMS/ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 - Boron Addition Calculation to Compensate for Stuck Rods Attachment 2 - Boron Equivalent Calculation to Compensate for Xenon Attachment 3 - Manual SDM Calculation (Modes 1 and 2)

Attachment 4 - Reactor Power History for EXSPACK Calculation of Xenon Reactivity.

Attachment 5 - Determining The Date and Time of MICROBURN-P Files Attachment 6 - Certifications and Reviews

(

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 28 of 35 I

Attachment 1 Sheet 10f 1 Boron Addition Calculation to Compensate for Stuck Rods

1. DETERMINE and RECORD the number of rods not fully inserted into the core, N:

N= Number of rods not fully inserted into the core NOTE: The reactivity worth of the single most reactive rod is 1326 pcm. Either this value or the individual withdrawn rod worth for each rod, as provided by the reactor engineer, may be used.

2. DETERMINE reactivity worth of rods not fully inserted into the core:

PRODS = N * (1326 pcm) or PRODS =Value provided by reactor engineering PRODS = __ Reactivity worth of rods not fully inserted into the core

3. DETERMINE the absolute value of uncorrected differential boron worth, OBWunc , from curves A-X-16; A-X-17, or A-X-18.

Curve used OBWUNC = OBWUNC - Uncorrected differential boron worth

4. DETERMINE boron addition to compensate for stuck rodS,CRODS:

PRODS PRODS - Reactivity worth of rods not fully OBWUNC inserted into the core from Attachment 1, Step 2 OBWUNC - Uncorrected differential boron worth from Attachment 1, Step 3 C RODS = _ _ Boron addition to compensate for stuck rods

5. RECORD value of CRODS in Step 7.2.3.a.

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 29 of 35 I

Attachment 2 Sheet 1 of 1 Boron Equivalent Calculation to Compensate for Xenon NOTE: The projected time from the shutdown margin calculation that compensates for Xenon effects should be for a minimum of 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> from the time this calculation is completed.

1. DETERMINE projected time after shutdown:

Projected Time = Time since shutdown_ _,Hours + 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> Projected Time =__ Hours

2. DETERMINE the absolute value of Xenon reactivity worth at projected time from curves B-X-5, 8-X-6 or B-X-7,pXE :

Curve used PXE = _ Xenon reactivity worth at projected time

3. DETERMINE the absolute value of uncorrected differential boron worth, DBWUNC , from curves A-X-16, A-X-17, or A-X-18.

Curve used

( DBWUNC = DBWUNC - Uncorrected differential boron worth

4. DETERMINE corrected differential boron worth DBWcorr :

DBWcorr = (DBWUNC)~ARCS) DBWUNC- Uncorrected differential boron worth 19.9 from Attachment 2, Step 3 ARCS - RCS B-1, 0 ATOM percent from Step 7.2.1 DBWcorr = Corrected differential boron worth

5. DETERMINE boron equivalent corrected for boron-10 and Xenon effects, CXE :

CXE = PXE PXE - Xenon reactivity worth at projected time

~--

DBWcorr from Attachment 2, Step 2 DBWcorr - Corrected differential boron worth from Attachment 2, Step 4 CXE = _ Boron equivalent to compensate for Xenon

6. RECORD value of CXE in Step 7.2.6.

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 30 of 35 I

Attachment 3 Sheet 1 of 1 Manual SDM Calculation (Modes 1 and 2)

(

1. Reactor power level. --_%
2. Rod insertion limit for the above power level

_ _ steps on bank _ __

3. Burn up (POWERTRAX/MCR Status Board). EFPD
4. Present RCS Boron Concentration _ _ ppm NOTE: Use absolute values of numbers obtained from curves,
5. Total worth of all control and shutdown banks, minus the worth of the most reactive rod for Fuel Cycle15~

6810 pcm (a )

6. Cycle 15 Power defect for the power level recorded in Step 1. (Refer to Curves C-X-1 to C-X-3).

, Curve used _ _ pcm c (b)

NOTE: HFP curves are used for power levels of 10% or greater.

7. Inserted control rod worth at the, rod insertion limit recorded in Step 2.

(Refer to Curves A-X-6 to A-X-11)

Curve used, _ _ pcm (c)

8. Worth of any additional immovable or untrippable rods (for each stuck rod, use the most reactive single rod worth (1326 pcm) or obtain individual withdrawn rod worth from the reactor engineer).

_-,-_pcm

( d)

9. Determine the Total Shutdown Margin using the following formula:

Total SDM CB =

(e) (a) (b) (c) (d)

___ pcm (e)

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 31 of 351

Attachment 4 Sheet 1 of1

( Reactor Power History for EXSPACK Calculation of Xenon Reactivity NOTE: The initial entry must be for steady state conditions since EXSPACK assumes equilibrium Xenon for this point.

NOTE: The Xenon transient must be projected 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> from the time of the reactor trip or shutdown.

Date Time Reactor Power Comments IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 32 of 35 I

Attachment 5 Page 1 of 1 Determining The Date and Time of MICROBURN-P Files

(

NOTE: Powertrax is a case sensitive application. The commands listed in "apostrophes" should be typed as listed in the procedure.

NOTE: All instructions assume that PowerTraxis accessed from the STA LAN computer.

1. GO to START/STA Icons
2. DOUBLE CLICK on PowerTrax at HNP icon.
3. SIGN ON !Jser IDas "sta".
4. TAB to Password
5. USE "hnp_sta" as a password
6. DEPRESS ENTER.

NOTE: Due to conflicts between the operating systems(Unix vs. Windows), Step 7 may have to be performed* twice.

7. WHEN the HNP Unix window opens, PERFORM the following:
a. ENTER "hnpptx"
b. DEPRESS ENTER.
8. From the PowerTrax Main Menu SELECT:

Shutdown Boron Concentration Prediction

9. Once the Powertrax Shutdown Boron Concentration Module screen appears, PERFORM the*

following:

a. ACTIVATE the "Eile" pull down menu
b. SELECT "Qpen"
c. SELECT"MB-P File" NOTE: "Directories" will be listed in the following format:

"/ptraxlhnp/CY11/MBP/d.YYMMDD.HHmmss". Example would be

=

Iptraxlhnp/CY11/MBP/d.021201.090037 12/01102 @ 0900.37

10. CLICK on the directory to highlight the file and determine the time and date at which the file was created.

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 33 of 35 I

Attachment 6 Sheet 1 of 1

( Certifications and Reviews This OST was performed as a: Periodic Surveillance Requirement:

Postmaintenance Operability Test:

Redundant Subsystem Test: -

Plant Conditions: MODE:

OST Completed By: Date:

Time:

OST Performed By:

Initials Name (Print) Initials Name (Print)

General Comments/Recommendations/Corrective Actions/Exceptions:

(

Pages used:

OST Completed with NO EXCEPTIONS/EXCEPTIONS Reviewed By:

Unit SCO Date After receiving the final review signature, this OST becomes a QA RECORD and should be submitted to Document Services.

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 34 of 35 I

Revision 38 Summary (PRR-190763)

General This revision is performed to incorporate EC 64030 (Cycle 15 Core reload design). All changes are directly related to EC 64030 .

. Description of Changes Page Section Change Description*

3 2.4.2 Changed reference to "HNP CYCLE 15 POD Setup,"

Calculation HNP-F/NFSA-0160.

2.4.5 . Changed reference to EC 64030

...,1 4 4.0.5 Changed "for Cycle 14" to "for Cycle 15" 7 7.0.1.a Changed "2181 ppm" to "2172 ppm" 7.0.2 Changed "2181 ppm" to "2172>ppm" 12 7.1.11.a Changed "-1028 pcm" to "-1326 pcm" 13 7.1.15.c Changed "-1028 pcm" to "-1326pcm" 22 7.4.6 Changed "1028" to "1326" (Two locations) 29 Attachment 1 In NOTE prior to Step 2, changed "1028 pcm" to "1326 pcm" In Step 2, changed "1028 pcm" to "1326 pcm" 31 Attachment 3 In Step 5, "Cycle 14" to "Cycle 15" In Step 5, changed "7249" to "6810" In Step 6, changed "Cycle 14" to "Cycle 15" In Step 8, changed "1028 pcm" to "1326 pcm" Revision 39 Summary (PRR-276071 )

General This editorial correction corrects a typo .

. Description of Changes Page Section Change Description All Updated revision level.

11 Step 7.1.8.b Corrected typo. Changed MICROBURB to MICROBURN.

IOST-1036 Rev. 39 Page 35 of 35 I

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet

( Facility: Shearon Harris Task No.: 301013H401 TaskTitle: Determine Boric Acid Addition JPM No.: 2009a NRC JPM Following CR Evacuation SRO A1-2 KIA

Reference:

G2.1.25 3.9/4.2 Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Date: _ _ __

Method of testing:

Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: x Classroom X Simulator ---

Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.

Initial Conditions: The Control Room has been evacuated and the MCB transfer to the ACP has been completed. Plant management has directed a plant cooldown to mode 5 utilizing AOP-004. BAT level is 86% with a concentration of 7300 ppm. The RCS is currently 745 ppm.

Initiating Cue: You are the "Unit" SCO. Perform a calculation of the required boric acid addition to achieve cold shutdown and BAT level change per AOP-004, Section 3.2 Step 25 to obtain an OST-1036 cold shutdown boron requirement of 1600 ppm.

Task Standard: Utilizes Curve D-2 and obtains a change of 23.5 to 29.5 percent (or a final level of 57.5 to 61.5 percent).

Actual is 26.5% change (or 59.5% final).

Required Materials: SHNPP CURVE BOOK Calculator General

References:

AOP-004 Rev. 44, Curve Book nomograph E-2 and curve D-2 Time Critical Task: No Validation Time: 15 minutes 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 2 of 6 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Start Time: _ _ _ __

Performance Step: 1 OBTAIN PROCEDURE Standard: Obtains AOP-004 and refers to Section 3.2 Step 25 Comment:

Performance Step: 2 Obtain cold shutdown boron concentration using copy of latest OST-1036 in back of book.

Standard:

Evaluator Cue: (If candidate asks: This information is provided in the initiating cue.)

Required shutdown boron concentration is 1600 ppm Comment:

2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-2 FINAL*

Appendix C Page 30f6 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION

./' Performance Step: 3 USING THE FORMULA ON THE BORON ADDITION NOMOGRAPH E-2 FROM THE CURVE BOOK, DETERMINE REQUIRED GALLONS OF BORIC ACID TO ACHIEVE REQUIRED RCS BORON CONCENTRATION.

Standard: Utilizes formula on Nomograph E-2 and calculates between 8975 to 9075 gallons of boric acid to be added. Actual is 9027 gallons Boron Addition (ReS @ 350°F) .

VB =- -M In['~!!Q~~~)

8.33 ,7000-Ci M =538,000 Comment:

Examiners NOTE: The Nomograph formula found on Curve E-2 assumes that the BAT boron concentration is 7000 ppm. In this JPM the given information is that the BAT concentration is 7300 ppm. The candidate MUST use the given concentration of 7300 ppm to come to the correct boron addition.

CORRECT CALCULATION v = -538000 In (7300-1600)

B 8.33 7300-745 If candidate uses 7000 ppm for BAT BA concentration (from the nomograph) instead of changing to 7300 ppm the result will be 9493 gallons INCORRECT CALCULATION v = -538000 In (7000-1600)

B 8.33 7000-745 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 4 of6 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION

( ./ Performance Step: 4 USING THE BORIC ACID TANK CURVE 0-2 FROM THE CURVE BOOK, DETERMINE THE CHANGE IN BORIC ACID TANK LEVEL EQUIVALENT TO THE REQUIRED GALLONS OF BORIC ACID.

Standard: Utilizes Curve 0-2 and obtains a change of 23.5 to 29.5 percent (or a final level of 57.5 to 61.5 percent).

Actual is 26.5% change (or 59.5% final).

!(If)(iO .

CONTROL ROOM COpy DO NOT REMOVE Comment:

Evaluator Note: When candidate completes the calculations the JPM is completed.

Stop Time: _ _ __

Termlnating Cue: Change in BAT level calculated.

2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 5 of 6 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION

(

Job Performance Measure No.: 2009a NRC JPM SRO A1-2 DETERMINE BORIC ACID ADDITION FOLLOWING CR EVACUATION Examinee's Name:

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Question Documentation:

Question:

Response

Result: SAT UNSAT Examiner's Signature: Date:


~----------------

2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 6 of6 Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: The Control Room has been evacuated and the MCS transfer to the ACP has been completed. Plant management has directed a plant cooldown to mode 5 utilizing AOP-004. SAT level is 86%

with a concentration of 7300 ppm. The RCS is currently 745 ppm.

INITIATING CUE: You are the USCO. Perform a calculation of the required boric acid addition to achieve cold shutdown and SAT level change per AOP-004, Section 3.2 Step 25 to obtain an OST-1036 cold shutdown boron requirement of 1600 ppm.

2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A1-2 FINAL

< EF£12- EN LE A j) /VI /N  ;
:rfJ 11,1 51<'0 r/1 (

REMOTE SHUTDOWN

( INSTRUCTIONS RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 3.2 Remote Shutdown With No Fire ACP/ STA and Unit SCQ o 24. EVALUATE the operational status of plant equipment AND INITIATE repairs to equipment required to achieve cold shutdown.

NOTE Reactor Engineering may need to be contacted to obtain the latest critical RCS boron concentration and RCS B':'10 atom percent.

ACP / Unit SCQ

25. REFER TO Curve Book AND PERFORM horation of ReS to cold shutdown boron concentration:

o a. OBTAIN cold shutdown boron concentration, using copy of latest OST-1036 in back of book:

_ _ _ _ ppm o b. DETERMINE gallons of boric acid required to achieve required boron concentration, using formula on boron addition nomograph E-2:

_ _ _ _ gallons o c. DETERMINE change in Boric Acid Tank level equivalent to the required gallons of boric acid, using curve 0-2:

_ _ _ _ % change (Continued on Next Page)

AQP-004 Rev. 44 Page 71 of 123

REMOTE SHUTDOWN INSTRUCTIONS RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 3.2 Remote Shutdown With No Fire

25. (continued)

NOTE

  • PRZ level (L1-459A2) may be raised to 90% to achieve required RCS boration.
  • RCS cooldown may be necessary to shrink RCS volume and allow completion of RCS boration.
  • Placing letdown in service using OP-107 may be desirable. However, some components needed for this evolution can not be controlled from the ACP, and would need to be operated locally. PNSC concurrence should be obtained prior to placing letdown in service.
  • If the Boric Acid Filter is isolated, it will be necessary to locally open 1CS-565, BA Filter Bypass Vlv.

o d. CHECK BOTH Boric Acid d. PERFORM the following:

Transfer Pumps UNAVAILABLE.

o (1) CONTINUE boration using charging pump and boric acid flow.

o (2) GO TO Step 27.

26.' COMMENCE boration using gravity feed from the Boric Acid Tank:

ACP I Unit SCO o a. STOP the running CSIP.

ACP I Unit SCO o b. VERIFY L1-161.2, Boric Acid Tank Level, ABOVE 20%.

248' RABIRAB o c. SHUT 1CS-292, B CSIP Supply From RWST.

(Continued on Next Page)

AOP-004 Rev. 44 Page 72 of 123

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet Facility: Shearon Harris Task No.: 015004H201 Task

Title:

Perform A Quadrant Power Tilt JPM No.: 2009a NRC JPM Ratio Calculation ROA-2 KJA

Reference:

G2.2.12 3.7/4.1 Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Date: _ _ __

Method of testing:

Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: x Classroom X Simulator - - - Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.

Initial Conditions: The plant is operating at 100 percent power. Power Range N41 is inoperable. AOP-001, Malfunction Of Rod Control And Indication System has been entered due to a misaligned control rod.

Initiating Cue: The USCG has directed you to perform a Manual QPTR utilizing OST-1039, Calculation Of Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio. All prerequisites have been satisfied.

The Power Range NIS readings are provided in the table below.

For the purposes of the examination, there will be no independent verification of your work.

Task Standard: QPTR correctly calculated per OST-1039, Rev 14.

Required Materials: Calculator General

References:

OST-1039 Rev 14 Handouts:

  • Provide page 9 (copy of curve F-1S-S) to the candidate with cue sheet
  • OST-1039 Revision 14 Time Critical Task: No Validation Time: 20 minutes 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 2 of 9 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Start Time: _ _ __

Performance Step: 1 OBTAIN PROCEDURE (Provided to candidate to allow candidate to write on the procedure. The required Curve book figure is supplied on page 9.)

Standard: Obtains OST-1039 Comment:

Performance Step: 2 PRIOR TO READING THE VALUE OF DETECTOR CURRENT, ENSURE THE METER RANGE/RATE SWITCH IS IN THE 400

~SLOW POSITION.

Standard: Locates Meter Range/Rate switches for NI-41, NI-42, NI-43, and NI-44 and verifies they are in the 400 ~SLOW position.

(Switches do not have to be checked all at once but should be checked before reading is taken from a drawer.)

NOTE: This step is not performed with conducting exam in a classroom setting. Readings will be provided to candidate.

Comment:

2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 3 of 9 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION

./ Performance Step: 3 RECORD ON ATTACHMENT 2 THE UPPER AND LOWER DETECTOR CURRENTS FROM ALL OPERABLE POWER RANGE CHANNELS AS READ AT THE NUCLEAR INSTRU-MENTATION CABINET.

Standard: Locates upper and lower detector current indications and records them on Attachment 2.

NOTE: This step is not performed with conducting exam in a classroom setting. Readings will be provided to candidate.

Comment:

./ Performance Step: 4 RECORDS ON ATTACHMENT 2 THE 100 % POWER*

NORMALIZED CURRENT FOR EACH CHANNEL Standard: References Curve F-1S-8 (Revision 7) and records the 100 %

values on Attachment 2.

Comment:

./ Performance Step: 5 DIVIDE VALUE IN COLUMN A BY THE RESPECTIVE NORMALIZED CURRENT IN COLUMN B AND RECORD THE RESULT IN COLUMN C.

Standard: Takes value of Upper Detector Currents and divides by Normalized value for each channel and records values in Column C.

Comment:

2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 4 of 9 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION

./ Performance Step: 6 CALCULATE THE AVERAGE VALUE FOR THE UPPER AND LOWER NORMALIZED FRACTION AND RECORD IN COLUMN D OF ATTACHMENT 2.

Standard: Adds the Upper Normalized Fractions and divides by 3 and enters in Column D. Adds the Lower Normalized Fractions and divides by 3 and enters in Column D.

Comment:

./ Performance Step: 7 USING THE FORMULA AND VALUES FROM ATTACHMENT 2 CALCULATE THE UPPER AND LOWER RATIOS Standard: Divides the Maximum Upper Normalized Fraction by the Average Upper Normalized Fraction. Divides the Maximum Lower Normalized Fraction by the Average Lower Normalized Fraction.

Enters the values on Attachment 2.

Comment:

./ Performance Step: 8 PERFORM INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION OF ALL CALCULATIONS MADE ON ATTACHMENT 2 Standard:

Evaluator Cue: (If Candidate asks for independent verification)

For the purpose of this examination, there will be no independent verification of your work.

Comment:

2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 5 of 9 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION

./ Performance Step: 9 THE UPPER RATIO OR THE LOWER RATIO, WHICHEVER IS GREATER, IS THE QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR).

RECORD QPTR AND VERIFY QPTR IS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 1.02 Standard: Acceptable band is +/- .5% (rounded to .005) around 1.0264 (1.0214 to 1.0314).

LOWER (Greatest) = 1.0264 QPTR is UNSAT Comment:

Evaluator Cue: When the candidate completes the calculations and provides the report of the QPTR then the JPM is completed.

Stop Time: _ _ __

Terminating Cue: After the USCO has been notified of QPTR: Evaluation on this JPM is complete.

2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 6 of 9 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION KEY A B C UPPER UPPER UPPER 100% POWER NORMALIZED UPPER DETECTOR DETECTOR CURRENT NORMALIZED CURRENT F(rACTI~~

NOTE 1 N-41 INOPERABLE INOPERABLE INOPERABLE N-42 193.1 192.5 1.0031 N-43 217.6 218.1 0.9977 N-44 176.4 176.1 1.0017 SUM 3.0025/3 =

1.0008 A B C LOWER LOWER LOWER 100% POWER NORMALIZED LOWER DETECTOR NORMALIZED FRACTION DETECTOR CURRENT CURRENT (NOTE 1)

N-41 INOPERABLE INOPERABLE INOPERABLE N-42 229.3 223.6 1.0254 N-43 237.1 240.6 0 .. 9854 N-44 209.9 212.8 0 .. 9863 SUM 2.9971/3 =

0.9990 Highest Upper (N-42) 1.0031/1.0008 = 1.0022 (0.9972 to 1.0072)

Highest Lower (N-42) 1.0254/0.9990 = 1.0264 (1.0214to 1.0314) 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 7 of 9 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2009a NRC JPM RO A2 PERFORM A QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO CALCULATION Examinee's Name:

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Question Documentation:

Question:

Response

Result: SAT UNSAT Examiner's Signature: Date:

2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 8 of 9 Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • The plant is operating at 100 percent power.
  • AOP-001, MALFUNCTION OF ROD CONTROL AND INDICATION SYSTEM has been entered due to a misaligned control rod.

INITIATING CUE: The USCO has directed you to perform a Manual QPTR utilizing OST-1039, Calculation Of Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio. All prerequisites have been satisfied.

The Power Range NIS readings are provided in the table below.

For the purposes of the examination, there will be no independent verification of your work.

PRNIS Readings N41 INOPERABLE INOPERABLE N42 193.1 229.3 N43 217.6 237.1 N44 176.4 209.9

  • All values were taken with the Range/Rate switch in 400 IJAiSlow position.

2009A NRC Admin Exam RO A-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 9 of 9 Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET Current and Vottage Setpoints Tabte (100% ~r! 0 % h~ AJd;jt O~l 2009A NRC Admin Exam RD A-2 FINAL

(

RrFEi/2 ENCE

/Ji) ft1 I fiI -.::TP~

f? 0 A (

C

( Progress Energy CONTINUOUS

\ USE HARRIS NUCLEAR PLANT PLANT OPERATING MANUAL VOLUME 3 PART 9 PROCEDURE TYPE: OPERATIONS SURVEILLANCE TEST NUMBER: 05T-1039 TITLE: CALCULATION OF QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO, WEEKLY INTERVAL (WITH ALARM OPERABLE) 12 HOUR INTERVAL (WITH ALARM INOPERABLE)

MODE 1 NOTE: This procedure has been screened per PLP-100 Criteria and determined to be CASE III. No additional management involvement is required.

(

IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 1 of 141

Table of Contents Section 1.0 PURPOSE ......................................................................................................................... 3

2.0 REFERENCES

.................................................................................................................. 3 2.1. Plant Operating Manual Procedures ....................................................................... 3 2.2. Technical Specifications .......................................................................................:... 3 2.3. Final Safety Analysis Report ................................................................................... 3 3.0 PREREQUISITES .............................................................................................................. 4 4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ................................................................................. 4 5.0 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................ 4 6.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ............................................ :.................................................... 5 7.0 PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................... 5 7.1. Computer Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation ............................................ ,....... 6 7.2. Manual Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation ........................................................ 8 7.3. Test Completion .............................. ,..................................................................... 10 8.0 DIAGRAMS/ATTACHMENTS .......................................................................................... 10

.Attachment 1 - Computer Data Sheet.. .......... :................................................................. 11 Attachment 2 - Manual Data Sheet.. ............................................. :., ................................ 12 Attachment 3 _ Certification and Reviews ........................................................................ 13 IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 2 of 141

1.0 PURPOSE In MODE 1, greater than 50% Rated Thermal Power:

1. This test is performed weekly, per Tech Spec 4.2.4.1.a, if the alarm is operable.
2. This test is performed every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />, per Tech Spec 4.2.4.1.b, if the alarm is inoperable.

The Power Range Detector Currents will be recorded and compared with calculated full power normalized currents to determine the upper and lower quadrant power tilt ratios~

The larger of these two ratios is the quadrant power tilt ratio referenced in technical specifications.

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1. Plant Operating Manual Procedures

1. OP-105
2. EST-911
3. EST-915

(~ 4. MST-10044

5. MST-10045
6. MST-10046
7. MST-10047 2.2. Technical Specifications
1. 3.2.4
2. 3.10.2 2.3. Final Safety Analysis Report
1. 4.4 IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 3 of 141

3.0 PREREQUISITES NOTE: Precaution and Limitation 4.0.1 has guidance if performing this OST with one Power Range Channel inoperable.

1. VERIFY instrumentation needed for the performance of this test is free of deficiencies that affect instrument indication.
2. VERIFY the most recent Curve F-x-8 is used in the performance of this procedure. (Reference 2.1.1 and 2.1.2)

Curve F-x-8 Revision Number _ _ _ _ _~

3. OBTAIN Unit SCO permission to perform this OST.

Signature Date 4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

1. With one power range channel inoperable, this OST shall be performed using the remaining three detectors. In addition, if Reactor Power is greater than 75%, EST-915 must also be performed per Surveillance Requirement 4.2.4.2. (Reference 2.1.3)
2. If performing this OST to support NIS calibration (MST-10044, 10045, 10046, and 10047), then new calculated currents on Curve F-x-8 are to be used per OP-1 05. (Reference 2.1.1)
3. There is usually a time lapse between the generation of the new curve values and the calibration of the power range Nls. Operations should approve the new curve with the QPTR alarm operable. The installed NI currents are outdated and will not be the same as the new values on the curve. This is conservative since the QPTR alarm will actuate when actual QPTR is below the setpoint. If the QPTR alarm actuates, the new curve values should be used in the calculation. These values reflect core conditions from the most recent flux map.

5.0 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

1. IBM PC or compatible 1 08T-1039 Rev. 14 Page 4 of 141

6.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

( 1. This OST will be completed satisfactorily if the Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio when measured at greater than 50% Rated Thermal Power is less than or equal to 1.02.

7.0 PROCEDURE

1. IF Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation Computer Program is used, THEN PERFORM the following:
a. MARK Step 7.0.2 N/A.
b. MARK Section 7.2 N/A.
c. PERFORM Section 7.1.
2. IF manual calculation of the Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio is used, THEN PERFORM the following:
a. MARK Section 7.1 N/A.
b. PERFORM Section 7.2.

IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 5 of 141

7.1. Computer Quadrant Power Tilt ~atio Calculation NOTE: The detector current meters on each power range channel drawer are designated as left-upper, right-lower.

1. Prior to reading the value of detector currenj, VERIFY the Meter Range/Rate switch is in the 400 ~AlSLOW position.
  • N-41 Upper
  • N-41 Lower
  • N-42 Upper
  • N-42 Lower
  • N-43 Upper
  • N-43 Lower
  • N-44 Upper
  • N-44 Lower
2. RECORD on Attachment 1 the upper and lower detector currents from all operable power range channels as read at the Nuclear Instrumentation Cabinet.

NOTE: If the STA's computer is not available, it is possible to use the floppy disc labeled "OST-1039 QPTR calculation Program Version 1.0". This will require attaching a floppy disc drive to the computer being used. The floppy disc write protect tab should be disabled prior to inserting into the A disk drive to allow updating the 100% Power Normalized currents.

3. From the STA's computer, ACCESS the OST-1039 program using the menu prompts.
4. VERIFY that the program version on the computer screen is version 1.0.
5. WHEN prompted, THEN ENTER the data from Attachment 1.
6. IF necessary, THEN CORRECT th~ 100% Power Normalized currents by comparing them to the updated currents on Curve F-x-8.

IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 6 of 141

7.1 Computer Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation (continued) c NOTE: The normalized fraction should approximately equal reactor power level.

NOTE: The computer program prints out to LPT1. By default, LPT1 is not normally mapped, since most programs do not need it. This can be verified, and if necessarily changed, by going to Start -> Programs -> Accessories -> Local PRT. This screen also allows enabling LPT1 if necessary.

7. PRINT the results from the computer program.
8. SIGN the Data Input Line.
9. PERFORM Independent Verification of data input.
10. SIGN the Data Input Verification Line.
11. RECORD QPTR from the printed results.

QPTR=

12. CHECK QPTR is less than or equal to 1.02.
13. ATTACH the printed results to this procedure.

( ';.r IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 7 of 141

7.2. Manual Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation

(

NOTE: The detector current meters on each poWer range channel drawer are designated as left-upper, right-lower.

1. Prior to reading the value of detector current, VERIFY the Meter Range/Rate switch is in the 400 IJAISLOW position.
  • N-41 Upper
  • N-41 Lower
  • N-42 Upper
  • N-42 Lower
  • N-43 Upper
  • N-43 Lower
  • N-44 Upper
  • N-44 Lower
2. RECORD on Attachment 2, in column A, the upper and lower detector currents from all operable power range channels as read on the Nuclear Instrumentation Cabinet.
3. RECORD on Attachment 2, in column B, the 100% power normalized current for each channel from Curve F-x-8)

NOTE: When recording all fractions and ratios, record to four decimal places, dropping the fifth and subsequent decimal places.

4. DIVIDE values in column A by the respective normalized current in column B recording the result in column C as the Normalized Fraction.
5. CALCULATE the average value for the upper and the lower Normalized Fractions as follows:
a. ADD the Normalized Fraction in each section of column C, recording the sum in the space provided.
b. DIVIDE the sum obtained in Step 7.2.5.a by the number of operable NI channels, recording the result in column 0 of Attachment 2.

IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 8 of 141

7.2 Manual Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation (continued)

6. Using the formula and values from Attachment 2, CALCULATE the Upper and Lower Ratios.
7. PERFORM independent verification of all calculations made on Attachment 2.

NOTE: The upper ratio or the lower ratio, whichever is greater, is the quadrant power tilt ratio (QPTR).

8. RECORD QPTR:

QPTR= _ _ __

9. CHECK QPTR is less than or equal to 1.02.

(

1 OST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 9 of 141

7.3. Test Completion

1. IF this test was performed due to an inoperable QPTR alarm, THEN DOCUMENT completion of PMID 22125 RQ01.
2. COMPLETE applicable sections of Attachment 3, Certifications and Reviews.
3. INFORM the Unit SCQ this test is completed.

8.0 DIAGRAMS/ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 - Computer Data Sheet Attachment 2 - Manual Data Sheet Attachment 3 - Certifications and Reviews IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 10 of 141

Attachment 1 - Computer Data Sheet Sheet 1 of 1 UPPER LOWER UPPER DETECTOR LOWER DETECTOR DETECTOR CURRENT DETECTOR CURRENT N-41 N-41 N-42 N-42 N-43 N-43 N-44 N-44

(

IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 11 of 14 I

Attachment 2 - Manual Data Sheet

( Sheet 1 of 1 A B C D UPPER UPPER AVERAGE UPPER 100% POWER NORMALIZED UPPER UPPER DETECTOR NORMALIZED FRACTION NORMALIZED DETECTOR CURRENT CURRENT (NOTE 1) FRACTION N-41 N-42 N-43 N-44 SUM Maximum Upper Normalized Fraction Upper Ratio = Average Upper Normalized Fraction

= ----= ----

( A B LOWER C

LOWER D

AVERAGE LOWER 100% POWER NORMALIZED LOWER LOWER DETECTOR NORMALIZED FRACTION NORMALIZED DETECTOR CURRENT CURRENT (NOTE 1) FRACTION N-41 N-42 N-43 N-44 SUM Maximum Upper Normalized Fraction Lower Ratio =

Average Upper Normalized Fraction

= ----=----

!I NOTE 1: Normalized Fraction should approximately equal reactor power level. I IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 12 of 141

Attachment 3 - Certification and Reviews Sheet 1 of 1 This OST was performed as a: Periodic Surveillance Requirement: _ _ __

Postmaintenance Operability Test: _ _ __

Redundant Subsystem Test: _ _ __

Plant Conditions: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ MODE: _ _ __

OST Completed By: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: _ _ _ _ __

Time:

OST Performed By:

Initials Name (Print) Initials Name (Print)

General Comments/Recommendation/Corrective Actions/Exceptions:

Pages Used:

OST Completed with NO EXCEPTIONS/EXCEPTIONS:

Date: - - - - -

Unit SCO After receiving the final review signature, this OST becomes a QA RECORD and should be submitted to Document Services.

108T-1039 Rev. 14 Page 13 of 141

Revision Summary

(

General Converted procedure to Word XP and formatted per PRO-NGGC-0201. Incorporated all outstanding PRRs.

Description of Changes Page Section Change Description All Updated revision level. Restored cross referencing. Corrected formatting to comply with PRO-NGGC-0202 and AP-005.

Separated Steps with multiple actions into individual steps (actual steps were unaffected) 2 TOC Added Table of Contents.

3 2.3.1 Corrected reference. 4.4.2.10 did not exist, instead referenced FSAR Chapter 4.4 7 7.1.7 Added Note on how to enable LPT1 to the default printer, if needed.

IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 14 of 141

Appendix C Job Peliormance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet Facility: Shearon Harris Task No.: 015004H201 Task

Title:

Peliorm A Quadrant Power Tilt JPM No.: 2009a NRC JPM Ratio Calculation SRO A-2 KIA

Reference:

G2.2.12 3.7/4.1 Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Date: _ _ __

Method of testing:

Simulated Peliormance: Actual Peliormance: x Classroom X Simulator - - - Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Peliormance Measure will be satisfied.

Initial Conditions: The plant is operating at 100 percent power. Power Range N41 is inoperable. AOP-001, Malfunction Of Rod Control And Indication System has been entered due to a misaligned control rod.

Initiating Cue:

  • The USCO has directed you to peliorm a Manual QPTR utilizing OST-1039, Calculation Of Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio.
  • All prerequisites have been satisfied. The Power Range NIS readings are provided in the table below.
  • IF calculations are outside acceptable tolerances THEN evaluate Tech Specs.
  • For the purposes of the examination, there will be no independent verification of your work.

Task Standard: QPTR correctly calculated per OST-1039, Rev 14.

Required Materials: Calculator General

References:

OST-1039 Rev 14 Handouts:

  • Provide page 10 (copy of curve F-1S-S) to the candidate with cue sheet
  • OST -1039 Revision 14
  • Tech Specs Time Critical Task: No Validation Time: 25 minutes 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 2 of 10 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Start Time: _ _ __

Performance Step: 1 OBTAIN PROCEDURE (Provided to candidate to allow candidate to write on the procedure. The required Curve book figure is supplied on page 10.)

Standard: Obtains OST-1039 Comment:

Performance Step: 2 PRIOR TO READING THE VALUE OF DETECTOR CURRENT, ENSURE THE METER RANGE/RATE SWITCH IS IN THE 400

~SLOW POSITION.

Standard: Locates Meter Range/Rate switches for NI-41, NI-42, NI-43, and NI-44 and verifies they are in the 400 ~SLOW position.

(Switches do not have to be checked all at once but should be checked before reading is taken from a drawer.)

NOTE: This step is not performed with conducting exam in a classroom setting. Readings will be provided to candidate with cue sheet.

Comment:

2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 3 of 10 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION

./ Performance Step: 3 RECORD ON ATTACHMENT 2 THE UPPER AND LOWER DETECTOR CURRENTS FROM ALL OPERABLE POWER RANGE CHANNELS AS READ AT THE NUCLEAR INSTRU-MENTATION CABINET.

Standard: Locates upper and lower detector current indications and records them on Attachment 2.

NOTE: This step is not performed with conducting exam in a classroom setting. Readings will be provided to candidate.

Comment:

./ Performance Step: 4 RECORDS ON ATTACHMENT 2 THE 100 % POWER NORMALIZED CURRENT FOR EACH CHANNEL Standard: References Curve F-15-8 (Revision 7) and records the 100 %

values on Attachment 2.

Comment:

./ Performance Step: 5 DIVIDE VALUE IN COLUMN A BY THE RESPECTIVE NORMALIZED CURRENT IN COLUMN B AND RECORD THE RESULT IN COLUMN C.

Standard: Takes value of Upper Detector Currents and divides by Normalized value for each channel and records values in Column C.

Comment:

2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 4 of 10 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION

./ Performance Step: 6 CALCULATE THE AVERAGE VALUE FOR THE UPPER AND LOWER NORMALIZED FRACTION AND RECORD IN COLUMN D OF ATTACHMENT 2.

Standard: Adds the Upper Normalized Fractions and divides by 3 and enters in Column D. Adds the Lower Normalized Fractions and divides by 3 and enters in Column D.

Comment:

./ Performance Step: 7 USING THE FORMULA AND VALUES FROM ATTACHMENT 2 CALCULATE THE UPPER AND LOWER RATIOS Standard: Divides the Maximum Upper Normalized Fraction by the Average Upper Normalized Fraction. Divides the Maximum Lower Normalized Fraction by the Average Lower Normalized Fraction.

Enters the values on Attachment 2.

Comment:

./ Performance Step: 8 PERFORM INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION OF ALL CALCULATIONS MADE ON ATTACHMENT 2 Standard:

Evaluator Cue: (If Candidate asks for independent verification)

For the purpose of this examination, there will be no independent verification of your work.

Comment:

2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 5 of 10 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION

./ Performance Step: 9 THE UPPER RATIO OR THE LOWER RATIO, WHICHEVER IS GREATER, IS THE QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO (QPTR).

RECORD QPTR AND VERIFY QPTR IS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 1.02 Standard: Acceptable band is +/- .5% (rounded to .005) around 1.0264 (1.0214 to 1.0314).

=

LOWER (Greatest) 1.0264 QPTR is UNSAT Evaluator Note: The SRO Candidate should determine that the QPTR is UNSAT, and continue to evaluate Tech Specs for compliance.

Comment:

Performance Step: 10 OSTAI N TECH SPECS Standard: Obtains Tech Specs Comment:

./ Performance Step: 11 Refers to Tech Spec 3.2.4 Standard: Determines that ACTION a. is to be applied Evaluator Note: When candidate completes calculations and reports Tech Spec evaluation (IF QPTR is determined to be UNSAT) the JPM is complete Comment:

Stop Time: _ _ __

Terminating Cue: Determines QPTR and Tech Spec action for the QPTR calculation exceeding 1.02 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 6 of 10 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION KEY A B C UPPER UPPER UPPER 100% POWER NORMALIZED UPPER DETECTOR NORMALIZED FCrACTION DETECTOR CURRENT CURRENT NOTE 1)

N-41 INOPERABLE INOPERABLE INOPERABLE N-42 193.1 192.5 1.0031 N-43 217.6 218.1 0.9977 N-44 176.4 176.1 1.0017 SUM 3.0025/3 =

1.0008 A B C LOWER LOWER LOWER 100% POWER NORMALIZED LOWER DETECTOR NORMALIZED FRACTION DETECTOR CURRENT CURRENT (NOTE 1)

N-41 INOPERABLE INOPERABLE INOPERABLE N-42 229.3 223.6 1.0254 N-43 237.1 240.6 0.9854 N-44 209.9 212.8 0.9863 SUM 2.9971/3 =

0.9990 Highest Upper (N-42) 1.0031/1.0008 = 1.0022 (0.9972 to 1.0072)

Highest Lower (N-42) 1.0254/0.9990 = 1.0264 (1.0214 to 1.0314) 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 7 of 10 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION KEY POWER OlSTRUtm(lN l~nS 3/4. Z." . QtJAO FtAt(TP\l'IljItT!lT ~ArlO 3.2.4 The QUAOAAHT ~ TILT RATIO shaH not ItXcud 1.0%.

AP'LICAa!U1"¥: MOO! 1 * *oya sal 01 RATm lH~J.. PMP'.

ACTIOtf:

.t. Wltften. qUAO~T ~iR TIt-TRAna 4",1'\\11* eo*acMd 1.0'2 but 1." t.l'Iu Qt' tq\Ml t4 l.G,:

1. Calculate tneQUADRANT POWER Tt1.TAATIO at 1.." oncape,. ~Q;U'l" untf 1 .1 WI'":
  • 11 The QUAOMHT PmiERTU.T !fAnO it l"'tdt.Ietd t4 wit""in its Hllit, o!"

b) TH!~L poweR f. ~.a. t4 l.ss tJI.tn SOl of AAi£D 11iiRMAL POWER.

&) leduc. 'tl'Ie qUAOAAHTP<NEI TILfRAnO to* w1tMrt its a_it. 01' b) ;R4tClUc.TM~1. ~R at tell" 3S ft'Cll 1ATS) ~L POWEJ for tIC." 11 of i 1Iidi C'.ItIC ~ POWER TlU AATIOf."

~*** of 1 udsi.narly .~ tM Pcwel' ltanijl:!leutNft '

F1 ...*tU;ft Trip htpofnQ wfUin tM ~ ,. 1'I4m"t.

3:. "I""fy til,., tne QUAOItMT PCWaTlU'Ul1:O f' within ftllf.it wi'tl'lil'l 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> at'tu.xC:M<lil'l9 W Hil1tol" "'u:c.i1i~l PMR to 1'1$ Ult'I SasQf IA'I'U THERMAL .PQWSwithin 'tl'I. nut 2: MU1"'S UId ~,~tMPC!if4!r Ran;e ,...utnm FlliDli"'H n Trip htl)4ilttS t4 leu tnu 01" ~i tc es of um ~

wi utn W flaxt 4 MUrs;_

4. ,Identify.1ftd eoi"'l"'Kt t.'-

pr1ol' wi' ,.' .

taus.,,*' ttl. #V'C"'CJf"Hl'Iit OM1'U\\,U'I POWER; ***~t,Pmi£1 QPWTIQH 1Cov. SOl of RATm PMI BY pNCftd providu that t!!.,

QU,M)UHT PMI nl..T .no it ver1tf_ ..,iUl1ft iu Hilit It ll..t onel per !'Icu" fa1" lZ Mul'" 0'1" until 11,,111" ~qUbl. at 95%

Or' g:re""t' RATtO niE1I:MAL 1110'411.

2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 8 of 10 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2009a NRC JPM SRO A-2 PERFORM A QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO CALCULATION Examinee's Name:

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Question Documentation:

Question:

Response

Result: SAT 'UNSAT Examiner's Signature: Date:

2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 9 of 10 Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: The plant is operating at 100 percent power. Power Range N41 is inoperable. AOP-001, Malfunction Of Rod Control And Indication System has been entered due to a misaligned control rod.

Initiating Cue: The USCG has directed you to perform a Manual QPTR utilizing OST-1039, Calculation Of Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio.

All prerequisites have been satisfied. The Power Range NIS readings are provided in the table below.

IF calculations are outside acceptable tolerances THEN evaluate Tech Specs.

For the purposes of the examination, there will be no independent verification of your work.

PRNIS Readings N41 INOPERABLE INOPERABLE N42 193.1 229.3 N43 217.6 237.1 N44 176.4 209.9

  • All values were taken with the Range/Rate switch in 400 IJA/Slow position.

2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL

Appendix C Page 10 of 10 Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET HARRIS 2009 NRC SRO JPM A-2 Curve F-1S-8 HANDOUT Current and Voltage Sat poi n1;$ Tab*e

('100% ~r\ () if1Cl'Ji~ ~l 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-2 FINAL

(

XEF£~£N C£ A b M ltV  ::rpW/

.s I'<, 0 A' "" 7,....

(' ..

C

( ~ Progress Energy CONTINUOUS USE HARRIS NUCLEAR PLANT PLANT OPERATING MANUAL VOLUME 3 PART 9 PROCEDURE TYPE: OPERATIONS SURVEILLANCE TEST NUMBER: 05T-1039 CALCULATION' OF QUADRANT POWER TILT RATIO,

( TITLE:

WEEKLY INTERVAL (WITH ALARM OPERABLE) 12 HOUR INTERVAL (WITH ALARM INOPERABLE)

MODE 1 NOTE: This procedure has been screened per PLP-100 Criteria and determined to be CASE III. No additional management involvement is required.

IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 1 of 141

Table of Contents

( Section 1.0 PURPOSE ......................................................................................................................... 3

2.0 REFERENCES

.............................................................................. ,................................... 3 2.1. Plant Operating Manual Procedures ....................................................................... 3 2.2. Technical Specifications .......................................................................................... 3 2.3. Final Safety Analysis Report ................................................................................... 3 3.0 PREREQUiSiTES .............................................................................................................. 4 4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ................................................................................. 4 5.0 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................ 4 6.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA .................................................................................................. 5 7.0 PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................... 5 7.1. Computer Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation .................................................... 6 7.2. Manual Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation ........................................................ 8 7.3. Test Completion ..................................................................................................... 10 8.0 DIAGRAMS/ATTACHMENTS .......................................................................................... 10 Attachment 1 - Computer Data Sheet.. ............................................................................ 11 Attachment 2 - Manual Data Sheet. .................................................................................. 12 Attachment 3 - Certification and Reviews ........................................................................ 13 IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 2 of 141

1.0 PURPOSE

(

In MODE 1, greater than 50% Rated Thermal Power:

1. This test is performed weekly, per Tech Spec 4.2.4.1.a, if the alarm is operable.
2. This test is performed every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />, per Tech Spec 4.2.4.1.b, if the alarm is inoperable.

The Power Range Detector Currents will be recorded and compared with calculated full power normalized currents to determine the upper and lower quadrant power tilt ratios.

The larger of these two ratios is the quadrant power tilt ratio referenced in technical specifications.

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1. PlantOperating Manual Procedures

1. OP-105
2. EST-911
3. EST-915

( 4. MST-10044

5. MST-10045
6. MST-10046
7. MST-10047 2.2. Technical Specifications
1. 3.2.4
2. 3.10.2 2.3. Final Safety Analysis Report
1. 4.4 1 OST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 3 of 141

3.0 PREREQUISITES NOTE: Precaution and Limitation 4.0.1 has guidance if performing this OST with one Power Range Channel inoperable.

1. VERIFY instrumentation needed for the performance of this test is free of deficiencies that affect instrument indication.
2. VERIFY the most recent Curve F-x-8 is used in the performance of this procedure. (Reference 2.1.1 and 2.1.2) .

Curve F-x-8 Revision Number ------

3. OBTAIN Unit SCO permission to perform this OST.

Signature Date 4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

1. With one power range channel inoperable, this OST shall be performed using the remaining three detectors. In addition, if Reactor Power is greater than 75%, EST-915 must also be performed per Surveillance Requirement 4.2.4.2. (Reference 2.1.3)
2. If performing this OST to support NIS calibration (MST-10044, 10045, 10046, and 10047), then new calculated currents on Curve F-x-8 are to be used per OP-105. (Reference 2.1.1)
3. There is usually a time lapse between the generation of the new curve values and the calibration of the power range Nls. Op~rations should approve the new curve with the QPTR alarm operable. The installed NI currents are outdated and will not be the same as the new values on the curve. This is conservative since the QPTR alarm will actuate when actual QPTR is below the setpoint. If the QPTR alarm actuates, the new curve values should be used in the calculation. These values reflect core conditions from the most recent flux map.

5.0 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

1. IBM PC or compatible 108T-1039 Rev. 14 Page 4 of 141

6.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

1. This OST will be completed satisfactorily if the Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio when measured at greater than 50% Rated Thermal Power is less than or equal to 1.02.

7.0 PROCEDURE

1. IF Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation Computer Program is used, THEN PERFORM the following:
a. MARK Step 7.0.2 N/A.
b. MARK Section 7.2 N/A.
c. PERFORM Section 7.1.
2. IF manual calculation of the Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio is used, THEN PERFORM the following:
a. MARK Section 7.1 N/A.
b. PERFORM Section 7.2.

108T-1039 Rev. 14 Page 5 of 141

7.1. Computer Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation NOTE: The detector current meters on each power range channel drawer are designated as left-upper, right-lower.

1. Prior to reading the value of detector current, VERIFY the Meter Range/Rate switch is in the 400 J.JAlSLOW position.
  • N-41 Upper
  • N-41 Lower
  • N-42 Upper
  • N-42 Lower
  • N-43 Upper
  • N-43 Lower
  • N-44 Upper
  • N-44 Lower
2. RECORD on Attachment 1 the upper and lower detector currents from all operable power range channels as read at the Nuclear Instrumentation Cabinet.

NOTE: If the STA's computer is not available, it is possible to use the floppy disc labeled "OST-1039 QPTR calculation Program Version 1.0". This will require attaching a floppy disc drive to the computer being used. The floppy disc write protect tab should be disabled prior to inserting into the A disk drive to allow updating the 100% Power Normalized currents.

3. From the STA's computer, ACCESS the OST-1039 program using the menu prompts.
4. VERIFY that the program version on the computer screen is version 1.0.
5. WHEN prompted, THEN ENTER the data from Attachment 1.
6. IF necessary, THEN CORRECT the 100% Power Normalized currents by comparing them to the updated currents on Curve F-x-8.

(

IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 6 of 141

7.1 Computer Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation (continued)

(

NOTE: The normalized fraction should approximately equal reactor power level.

NOTE: The computer program prints out to LPT1. By default, LPT1 is not normally mapped, since most programs do not need it. This can be verified, and if necessarily changed, by going to Start -> Programs -> Accessories -> Local PRT. This screen also allows enabling LPT1 if necessary.

7. PRINT the results from the computer program.
8. SIGN the Data Input Line.
9. PERFORM Independent Verification of data input.
10. SIGN the Data Input Verification Line.
11. RECORD QPTR from the printed results.

QPTR=

12. CHECK QPTR is less than or equal to 1.02.
13. ATTACH the printed results to this procedure.

(~

c. IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 7 of 141

7.2. Manual Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation

(

NOTE: The detector current meters on each power range channel drawer are designated as left-upper, right-lower.

1. Prior to reading the value of detector current, VERIFY the Meter Range/Rate switch is in the 400 !-lA/SLOW position.
  • N-41 Upper
  • N-41 Lower
  • N-42 Upper
  • N-42 Lower
  • N-43 Upper
  • N-43 Lower
  • N-44 Upper
  • N-44 Lower
2. RECORD on Attachment 2, in column A, the upper and lower detector currents from all operable power range channels as read on the Nuclear Instrumentation Cabinet.
3. RECORD on Attachment 2, in column B, the 100% power normalized current for each channel from Curve F-x-8)

NOTE: When recording all fractions and ratios, record to four decimal places, dropping the fifth and subsequent decimal places.

4. DIVIDE values in column A by the respective normalized current in column B recording the result in column C as the Normalized Fraction.
5. CALCULATE the average value for the upper and the lower Normalized Fractions as follows:
a. ADD the Normalized Fraction in each section of column C, recording the sum in the space provided.
b. DIVIDE the sum obtained in Step 7.2.5.a by the number of operable NI channels, recording the result in column 0 of Attachment 2.

IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 8 of 141

7.2 Manual Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio Calculation (continued)

6. Using the formula and values from Attachment 2, CALCULATE the Upper and Lower Ratios.
7. PERFORM independent verification of all calculations made on Attachment 2.

NOTE: The upper ratio or the lower ratio, whichever is greater, is the quadrant power tilt ratio (QPTR).

8. RECORD QPTR:

QPTR= _ _ __

9. CHECK QPTR is less than or equal to 1.02.

108T-1039 Rev. 14 Page 9 of 141

7.3. Test Completion

1. IF this test was performed due to an inoperable QPTR alarm, THEN DOCUMENT completion of PMID 22125_ RQ 01.
2. COMPLETE applicable sections of Attachment 3, Certifications and Reviews.
3. INFORM the Unit SCQ this test is completed.

8.0 DIAGRAMS/ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1 - Computer Data Sheet Attachment 2 - Manual Data Sheet Attachment 3 - Certifications and Reviews IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 10 of 141

Attachment 1 - Computer Data Sheet

( Sheet 1 of 1 UPPER LOWER UPPER DETECTOR LOWER DETECTOR DETECTOR CURRENT DETECTOR CURRENT N-41 N-41 N-42 N-42 N-43 N-43 N-44 N-44

(

IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 11 of 14 I

Attachment 2 - Manual Data Sheet

( Sheet 1 of 1 A B C D UPPER UPPER AVERAGE UPPER 100% POWER NORMALIZED UPPER UPPER DETECTOR NORMALIZED FRACTION NORMALIZED DETECTOR CURRENT CURRENT (NOTE 1) FRACTION N-41 N-42 N-43 N-44 SUM Maximum Upper Normalized Fraction Upper Ratio =

Average Upper Normalized Fraction

----

A B C D LOWER LOWER AVERAGE LOWER 100% POWER NORMALIZED . LOWER LOWER DETECTOR NORMALIZED FRACTION NORMALIZED DETECTOR CURRENT CURRENT (NOTE 1) FRACTION N-41 N-42 N-43 N-44 SUM Maximum Upper Normalized Fraction Lower Ratio = Average Upper Normalized Fraction =----=----

INOTE 1: Normalized Fraction should approximately equal reactor power level. I IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 12 of 141

Attachment 3 - Certification and Reviews Sheet 1 of 1 This OST was performed as a: Periodic Surveillance Requirement: _ _ __

Postmaintenance Operability Test: _ _ __

Redundant Subsystem Test: _ _ __

Plant Conditions: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ MODE:

OST Completed By: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: _ _ _ _ __

Time: ------

OST Performed By:

Initials Name (Print) Initials Name (Print)

( General Comments/Recommendation/Corrective Actions/Exceptions:

Pages Used:

OST Completed with NO EXCEPTIONS/EXCEPTIONS:

Date: - - - - -

Unit SCO After receiving the final review signature, this OST becomes a QA RECORD and should be submitted to Document Services.

IOST-1039 Rev. 14 Page 13 of 141

Revision, Summary General Converted procedure to Word XP and formatted per PRO-NGGC-0201. Incorporated all outstanding PRRs.

Description of Changes Page Section Change Description All Updated revision level. Restored cross referencing. Corrected formatting to comply with PRO-NGGC-0202 and AP-005.

Separated Steps with multiple actions into individual steps (actual steps were unaffected) 2 TOC Added Table of Contents.

3 2.3.1 Corrected reference. 4.4.2.10 did not exist, instead referenced FSAR Chapter 4.4 7 7.1.7 Added Note on how to enable LPT1 to the default printer, if needed.

IOST-1039 Rev. 14 I Page 14 of 141

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet Facility: Shearon Harris Task No.: 34502H601 Task

Title:

Determine TEDE While Working in a JPM No.: 2009a NRC JPM High Airborne Area RO/SRO A3 KIA

Reference:

2.3.4 3.2 I 3.7 Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Date: _ _ __

Method of testing:

Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: x Classroom X Simulator - - - Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.

Initial Conditions:

  • The unit is being shut down for refueling and a planned crud burst is in progress.
  • The RAB AO is being directed to enter an area to align several valves. He is the only AO available to perform this task.
  • This individual was employed at North Anna earlier this same year. At North Anna he received a combined 3,486 mRem TEDE during routine and emergency repair work response.
  • In the same calendar year while working at HNP, he has received another 349 mRem TEDE.
  • The estimated dose rate in the area is 520 mRem/hr. An airborne contamination concern also exists.
  • It is estimated that it will take approximately 20 minutes to complete the alignment if he uses a respirator. If he does NOT wear a respirator, the alignment will take only 10 minutes, but Radiation Protection projects that your internal exposure will be 8 DAC-hrs.

Initiating Cue: 1. Determine the resultant total effective dose equivalent for both with a respirator (1.a) and without a respirator (1.b).

2. Using the lowest dose determined in number 1, determine if the individual can perform the task without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Administrative Dose Limit.

Show your calculations on the next page 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet Task Standard: Determination made that NOT wearing a respirator will result in a lower TEDE and that the individual can perform the task without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Administrative Dose Limit.

Required Materials: None General

References:

DOS-NGGC-0004, NGGM-PM-0002, Radiation Control and Protection Manual Handouts: JPM Cue Sheet Pages 9 and 10 Time Critical Task: No Validation Time: 10 minutes 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL

Appendix C Page 3 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Start Time: _ _ _ __

NOTE: Steps in this JPM may be performed in any order.

Performance Step: 1 Determines internal exposure while wearing a respirator Standard: Determines internal exposure to be ZERO while wearing a respirator Comment:

./ Performance Step: 2 Determines external exposure while wearing a respirator Standard: Determines external exposure to be 173.3 mRem TEDE while wearing a respirator (520 mRem / hr x 20 min = 173.3 mRem)

(NOTE: Could round to 173 tolerance +/- 2)

Comment:

Performance Step: 3 Determines TOTAL exposure while wearing a respirator Standard: Determines total exposure to be 173.3 mRem while wearing a respirator (0 mRem internal + 173.3 mRem external = 173.3 mRem total)

(NOTE: Could round to 173 tolerance +/- 2)

Comment:

./ - Denotes a Critical Step 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL

Appendix C Page 4 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

~ Performance Step: 4 Determines internal exposure while NOT wearing a respirator Standard: Determines internal exposure to be 20 mRem while not wearing a respirator (2.5 mRem / hr x 8 DAC-hr = 20 mRem)

(NO tolerance)

Comment:

~ Performance Step: 5 Determines external exposure while NOT wearing a respirator Standard: Determines external exposure to be 86.7 mRem TEDE while not wearing a respirator (520 mRem / hr x 10 min = 86.7 mRem)

(NOTE: Could round to 87 tolerance +/-2)

Comment:

Performance Step: 6 Determines TOTAL exposure while NOT wearing a respirator Standard: Determines total exposure to be 106.7 mRem while not wearing a respirator (20 mRem internal + 86.7 mRem external = 106.7 mRem total)

(NOTE: Could round to 107 tolerance +/-2)

Comment:

Performance Step: 7 Determines individual's total exposure for the year Standard: Determines individual's total exposure for the year to be 3835 mRem (3485 mRem + 349 mRem = 3835 mRem)

Comment:

~ - Denotes a Critical Step 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL

Appendix C Page 5 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

./ Performance Step: 8 Determines individual's total exposure for the year if the work is allowed without a respirator Standard: Determines individual's total exposure for the year if the work is allowed to be 3941.7 mRem (3835 mRem + 106.7 = 3941.7)

(NOTE: Could round to 3942 tolerance +/-2)

Note: If calculated wearing a respirator the total exposure for the year will be 4008.3 mRem and work cannot be performed. The directions were to use the lowest dose and this represents UNSAT performance.

(NOTE: Could round to 4008 tolerance +/-2)

Comment:

./ Performance Step: 8 Determines if the individual can perform the work without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Administrative Dose Limit of 4000 mRem Standard: Determines the individual CAN perform the work not wearing a respirator without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Administrative Dose Limit of 4000 mRem (3835 mRem + 106.7 = 3941.7)

Comment:

Stop Time: _ _ __

Terminating Cue: When all calculations have been completed and the determination that work can proceed, this JPM is complete .

./ - Denotes a Critical Step 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL

Appendix C Page 6 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION KEY 1.a Calculation for resultant total effective dose equivalent with a respirator.

Determines internal exposure to be ZERO while wearing a respirator Determines external exposure to be 173.3 mRem TEDE while wearing a respirator (520 mRem / hr x 20 min = 173.3 mRem)

(NOTE: Could round to 173 tolerance +/- 2)

Determines TOTAL exposure while wearing a respirator (0 mRem internal + 173.3 mRem external = 173.3 mRem total)

(NOTE: Could round to 173 tolerance +/- 2)

Determines individual's total exposure for the year to be 3835 mRem (3485 mRem + 349 mRem = 3835 mRem)

Determines individual's total exposure for the year if the work is allowed to be 4008.3 mRem (3835 mRem + 173.3 = 4008.3)

(NOTE: Could round to 4008 tolerance +/-2)

Note: If calculated wearing a respirator the total exposure for the year will be 4008.3 mRem and work CANNOT be performed. The directions were to use the lowest dose and this represents UNSAT performance.

1.b Calculation for resultant total effective dose equivalent without a respirator.

Determines internal exposure to be 20 mRem while not wearing a respirator (2.5 mRem / hr x 8 DAC-hr = 20 mRem)

(NO tolerance)

Determines external exposure to be 86.7 mRem TEDE while not wearing a respirator (520 mRem / hr x 10 min = 86.7 mRem)

(NOTE: Could round to 87 tolerance +/-2)

Determines total exposure to be 106.7 mRem while not wearing a respirator (20 mRem internal + 86.7 mRem external = 106.7 mRem total)

(NOTE: Could round to 107 tolerance +/-2 )

Determines individual's total exposure for the year if the work is allowed to be 3941.7 m Rem (3835 mRem + 106.7 = 3941.7)

(NOTE: Could round to 3942 tolerance +/-2)

The individual CAN perform the task without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Admin Dose Limit if the task is performed WITHOUT a respirator.

./ - Denotes a Critical Step 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL

Appendix C Page 7 of 10 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION KEY

2. Using the lowest dose determined from the above calculations (1a or 1b):

CAN the individual perform the task without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Administrative Dose Limit?

YES (without a respirator)

./ - Denotes a Critical Step 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL

Appendix C Page 8 of 10 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2009a NRC JPM RO/SRO A3 Determine TEDE While Working in a High Airborne Area Examinee's Name:

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Question Documentation:

Question:

Response

Result: SAT UNSAT Examiner's Signature: Date:

2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL

Appendix C Page 9 of 10 Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS: The unit is being shut down for refueling and a planned crud burst is in progress.

The RAB AO is being directed to enter an area to align several valves. He is the only AO available to perform this task.

This individual was employed at North Anna earlier this same year. At North Anna he received a combined 3,486 mRem TEDE during routine and emergency repair work response.

In the same calendar year while working at HNP, he has received another 349 mRem TEDE.

The estimated dose rate in the area is 520 mRem/hr. An airborne contamination concern also exists.

It is estimated that it will take approximately 20 minutes to complete the alignment if he uses a respirator. If he does NOT wear a respirator, the alignment will take only 10 minutes, but Radiation Protection projects that your internal exposure will be 8 DAC-hrs.

INITIATING CUE: 1. Determine the resultant total effective dose equivalent for both with a respirator (1.a) and without a respirator (1.b)

2. Using the lowest dose determined in number 1, determine if the individual can perform the task without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Administrative Dose Limit.

Show your calculations on the next page 2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL

Appendix C Page 10 of 10 Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET 1.a Calculation for resultant total effective dose equivalent with a respirator.

1.b Calculation for resultant total effective dose equivalent without a respirator.

2. Using the lowest dose determined from the above calculations (1 a or 1b):

CAN the individual perform the task without exceeding Progress Energy's Annual Administrative Dose Limit?

2009A NRC Admin Exam RO/SRO A3 FINAL

Appendix C Job Performance Measure Form ES-C-1 Worksheet Facility: Shearon Harris Task No.: 345001 H602 Task

Title:

CLASSIFY AN EVENT JPM No.: 2009a NRC JPM SROA4 KIA

Reference:

2.4.41 2.3/4.1 Examinee: NRC Examiner:

Facility Evaluator: Date: _ _ __

Method of testing:

Simulated Performance: Actual Performance: x Classroom X Simulator - - - Plant READ TO THE EXAMINEE I will explain the initial conditions, which steps to simulate or discuss, and provide initiating cues. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this Job Performance Measure will be satisfied.

Initial Conditions: The operating crew was performing a rapid shutdown of the plant when they were forced to initiate a manual reactor trip.

Initiating Cue: Using the attached information sheet and the EAL Flow Path, classify the event. Mark the EAL Flow Path appropriately.

THIS IS A TIME CRITICAL JPM.

Task Standard: Event classified as an Site Area Emergency (2-1-3)

Required Materials: None General

References:

PEP-110 EAL Flowpath (EP-EAL is an allowed reference)

Handouts: JPM Cue Sheets Pages 4 and 5 PEP-110 EAL Flowpath (EP-EAL is an allowed reference)

Time Critical Task: Yes Validation Time: 15 minutes 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-4 FINAL

Appendix C Page 2 of 5 Form ES-C-1 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION Evaluator Note: Start Time for this JPM begins when the individual has been briefed and accepted the task Start Time: _ _ __

Performance Step: 1 OBTAIN EAL FLOW PATH.

Standard: Obtains EAL Flow Path. (EP-EAL is an allowed reference)

Comment:

'" Performance Step: 2 CLASSIFY EVENT Standard: Identifies an Site Area Emergency (2-1-3), Two Fission Product Barriers BREACHED OR JEOPARDIZED. The Fuel is BREACHED due to an increase> 1.0E5 CPM in 30 minutes.

CNMT is BREACHED due to primary to secondary leakage in 'A' SG >10 GPM and an 'A' SG safety valve not shut Evaluator Cue: ENDOFJPM Stop Time: _ _ __

Terminating Cue: Event classification stated to evaluator.

'" - Denotes a Critical Step 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-4 FINAL

Appendix C Page 3 of 5 Form ES-C-1 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION Job Performance Measure No.: 2009a NRC JPM RO/SRO A1-1 CLASSI FY AN EVENT Examinee's Name:

Date Performed:

Facility Evaluator:

Number of Attempts:

Time to Complete:

Question Documentation:

Question:

Response

Result: SAT UNSAT Examiner's Signature: Date:

2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-4 FINAL

Appendix C Page 4 of 5 Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET Initial Conditions: The operating crew was performing a rapid shutdown of the plant when they were forced to initiate a manual reactor trip.

Initiating Cue: Using the attached information sheet and the EAL Flow Path, classify the event. Mark the EAL Flow Path appropriately.

THIS IS A TIME CRITICAL JPM 2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-4 FINAL

Appendix C Page 5 of 5 Form ES-C-1 JPM CUE SHEET CLASSIFICATION INFORMATION SHEET The plant was operating at 100% power when the following sequence of events occurred:

At 1029, A SGTL was diagnosed on 'A' SG at 12.0 GPM At 1038, the operating crew began a reactor shutdown per AOP-038, Rapid Downpower At 1039, the GFFD was reading 1.5E1 CPM when the shutdown was commenced At 1101, a manual reactor trip was initiated due to high vibration on "A" RCP At 1103, the following indications exist immediately after the reactor trip:

  • One Safety Valve on 'A' SG opened and did not reseat
  • All MSIVs were manually closed
  • The GFFD is reading 1.2E5 CPM EAL Classification: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

2009A NRC Admin Exam SRO A-4 FINAL